10-K

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

FORM 10-K

(Mark One)

x ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2006

OR

¨ TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the transition period from              to             

ARMSTRONG WORLD INDUSTRIES, INC.

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

Pennsylvania	1-2116	23-0366390
(State or other jurisdiction of incorporation or organization)	Commission file number	(I.R.S. Employer Identification No.)

P. O. Box 3001, Lancaster, Pennsylvania	17604
(Address of principal executive offices)	(Zip Code)

Registrant’s telephone number, including area code (717) 397-0611

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act: None

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:

Title of each class

Common Stock ($0.01 par value)

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act.    Yes  ¨    No  x

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act.     Yes  ¨    No  x

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months, and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.     Yes   x    No  ¨

Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K. [    ]

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, or a non-accelerated filer (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Act).

Large accelerated filer  ¨    Accelerated filer  ¨    Non-accelerated filer  x

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Act).     Yes  ¨    No  x

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has filed all documents and reports required to be filed by Section 12, 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 subsequent to the distribution of securities under a plan confirmed by a court.     Yes  x    No  ¨

The Common Stock of Armstrong World Industries, Inc. was not publicly traded as of the end of the second quarter (June 30, 2006). As of March 23, 2007, the number of shares outstanding of registrant’s Common Stock was 56,341,091.

Documents Incorporated by Reference

None

TABLE OF CONTENTS

	SECTION	PAGES
	Uncertainties Affecting Forward-Looking Statements	4
	PART I
Item 1.	Business	5
Item 1A.	Risk Factors	14
Item 2.	Properties	16
Item 3.	Legal Proceedings	17
Item 4.	Submission of Matters to a Vote of Security Holders	17
	PART II
Item 5.	Market for the Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities	18
Item 6.	Selected Financial Data	19
Item 7.	Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations	20
Item 7A.	Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk	47
Item 8.	Financial Statements and Supplementary Data	50
Item 9.	Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure	122
Item 9A.	Controls and Procedures	122
Item 9B.	Other Information	122
	PART III
Item 10.	Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance	123
Item 11.	Executive Compensation	129
Item 12.	Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters	155
Item 13.	Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence	158
Item 14.	Principal Accountant Fees and Services	161
	PART IV
Item 15.	Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules	162
Signatures		167

3

Uncertainties Affecting Forward-Looking Statements

Our disclosures here and in other public documents and comments contain forward-looking statements within the meaning of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act. Those statements provide our future expectations or forecasts, and can be identified by our use of words such as “anticipate,” “estimate,” “expect,” “project,” “intend,” “plan,” “believe,” “outlook,” etc. in discussions of future operating or financial performance or the outcome of contingencies such as liabilities or legal proceedings.

Any of our forward-looking statements may turn out to be wrong. Actual future results may differ materially. Forward-looking statements involve risks and uncertainties because they relate to events and depend on circumstances that may or may not occur in the future. We undertake no obligation to update any forward-looking statement.

You should take into account risks and uncertainties that affect our business, operations and financial condition in evaluating any investment decision involving Armstrong. It is not possible to predict all factors that could cause actual results to differ materially from expected and historical results. The discussion in the “Risk Factors” section below at Item 1A is a summary of what we currently believe to be our most significant risk factors. Related disclosures in subsequent 10-K, 10-Q and 8-K reports should also be consulted.

4

PART I

ITEM 1. BUSINESS

Introduction

Armstrong World Industries, Inc. (“AWI” or “the Company”) is a Pennsylvania corporation incorporated in 1891. On December 6, 2000, AWI filed a voluntary petition for relief under Chapter 11 of the U.S. Bankruptcy Code in order to use the court-supervised reorganization process to achieve a resolution of AWI’s asbestos-related liability. On October 2, 2006, AWI’s plan of reorganization (the “POR”), as confirmed by the U.S. District Court for the District of Delaware by order dated August 18, 2006, became effective, and AWI emerged from Chapter 11.

Armstrong Holdings, Inc. (“AHI”) is a Pennsylvania corporation and, as of September 30, 2006, was the publicly held parent holding company of AWI. Armstrong Holdings, Inc.’s only operation was its indirect ownership, through Armstrong Worldwide, Inc. (“AWWD,” a Delaware corporation), of all of the capital stock of AWI. Upon AWI’s POR becoming effective on October 2, 2006, all then-current shares of AWI were cancelled, and AHI was not entitled to any distribution under the POR in respect of its former equity interest in AWI. AHI, AWWD and AWI have a settlement (“the Settlement”) of claims pending court approval in AWI’s Chapter 11 case. See Note 1 to the Consolidated Financial Statements for additional information about AWI’s Chapter 11 case and the Settlement.

In connection with its emergence from bankruptcy on October 2, 2006 (the “Effective Date”), AWI adopted fresh-start reporting in accordance with AICPA Statement of Position 90-7, “Financial Reporting by Entities in Reorganization under the Bankruptcy Code” (“SOP 90-7”). Adopting fresh-start reporting has resulted in material adjustments to the historical carrying amount of reorganized Armstrong’s assets and liabilities. See Note 3 to the consolidated financial statements for more information. As a result, our post-emergence financial statements are not comparable with our pre-emergence financial statements. Despite the lack of comparability, we have combined the results of the Predecessor Company (which represent the first nine months of 2006) with the results of the Successor Company (which represent the last three months of 2006) in certain sections of this report to provide a total year view of operating results. Combining pre-emergence and post-emergence results is not in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles (“GAAP”).

We maintain a website at http://www.armstrong.com. Information contained on our website is not incorporated into this document. Annual reports on Form 10-K, quarterly reports on Form 10-Q, current reports on Form 8-K, all amendments to those reports and other information about us are available free of charge through this website as soon as reasonably practicable after the reports are electronically filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”).

General

We are a leading global producer of flooring products and ceiling systems for use primarily in the construction and renovation of commercial, institutional and residential buildings. Through our United States (“U.S.”) operations and U.S. and international subsidiaries, we design, manufacture and sell flooring products (primarily resilient and wood flooring) and ceiling systems (primarily mineral fiber, fiberglass and metal) around the world. We also design, manufacture and sell kitchen and bathroom cabinets in the U.S.

Our business strategy focuses on product innovation, product quality and customer service. In our businesses, these factors are the primary determinants of market share gain or loss. Our objective is to ensure that anyone buying a floor or ceiling can find an Armstrong product that meets his or her needs. Our cabinet strategy is more focused – on stock cabinets in select geographic markets. In these segments, we have the same objectives: high quality, good customer service and products that meet our customers’ needs. Our markets are very competitive, which limits our pricing flexibility. This requires that we increase our productivity each year – both in our plants and in our administration of the businesses.

5

Chapter 11 Proceeding

On December 6, 2000, AWI filed a voluntary petition for relief under Chapter 11 of the U.S. Bankruptcy Code in the United States Bankruptcy Court for the District of Delaware (the “Bankruptcy Court”) in order to use the court-supervised reorganization process to achieve a resolution of its asbestos liability. Also filing under Chapter 11 were two of AWI’s wholly-owned subsidiaries, Nitram Liquidators, Inc. and Desseaux Corporation of North America, Inc. The Chapter 11 cases are being jointly administered under case number 00-4471 (the “Chapter 11 Case”). Through October 1, 2006, AWI operated its business and managed its properties as a debtor-in-possession subject to the provisions of the Bankruptcy Code. On October 2, 2006, when all conditions precedent were met, AWI’s court-approved Plan of Reorganization became effective, and AWI emerged from Chapter 11. AWI’s two wholly-owned subsidiaries that commenced Chapter 11 proceedings at the same time as AWI remain in Chapter 11. See Note 1 of the Consolidated Financial Statements for information on the Chapter 11 Case and Note 32 of the Consolidated Financial Statements for information on asbestos litigation.

Reportable Segments

Resilient Flooring — produces and sources a broad range of floor coverings primarily for homes and commercial and institutional buildings. Manufactured products in this segment include vinyl sheet, vinyl tile, linoleum flooring, luxury vinyl tile, automotive carpeting and other specialized textile floor products. In addition, our Resilient Flooring segment sources and sells laminate flooring products, ceramic tile products, adhesives, installation and maintenance materials and accessories. Resilient Flooring products are offered in a wide variety of types, designs and colors. We sell these products to wholesalers, large home centers, retailers, contractors and to the manufactured homes industry.

Wood Flooring — produces and sources wood flooring products for use in new residential construction and renovation, with some commercial applications in stores, restaurants and high-end offices. The product offering includes solid wood (predominantly pre-finished), pre-finished engineered wood floors in various wood species (with oak being the primary species of choice) and related accessories. Virtually all of our Wood Flooring’s sales are in North America. Our Wood Flooring products are generally sold to independent wholesale flooring distributors and large home centers under the brand names Bruce^®, Hartco^®, Robbins^®, Timberland^®, Armstrong™, HomerWood^®, Capella^® and T. Morton™.

Building Products — produces suspended mineral fiber, soft fiber and metal ceiling systems for use in commercial, institutional and residential settings. In addition, our Building Products segment sources complementary ceiling products. Our products are available in numerous colors, performance characteristics and designs, and offer attributes such as acoustical control, rated fire protection and aesthetic appeal. Commercial ceiling materials and accessories are sold to ceiling systems contractors and to resale distributors. Residential ceiling products are sold primarily in North America to wholesalers and retailers (including large home centers). Suspension system (grid) products manufactured by WAVE are sold by both Armstrong and our WAVE joint venture.

Cabinets — produces kitchen and bathroom cabinetry and related products, which are used primarily in the U.S. residential new construction and renovation markets. Through our system of Company-owned and independent distribution centers and through direct sales to builders, our Cabinets segment provides design, fabrication and installation services to single and multi-family homebuilders, remodelers and consumers under the brand names Armstrong™ and Bruce^®.

Unallocated Corporate - includes assets and expenses that have not been allocated to the business units. Unallocated Corporate assets are primarily deferred tax assets, cash, the Armstrong brand name and the U.S. prepaid pension cost. Expenses for our corporate departments and certain benefit plans are allocated to the reportable segments based on known metrics, such as time reporting, headcount or square-footage. The remaining expenses, which cannot be attributable to the reportable segments without a high degree of generalization, are reported in Unallocated Corporate.

6

The following chart illustrates the breakdown of our consolidated net sales for the year ended December 31, 2006 by segment:

2006 Consolidated Net Sales by Segment

(in millions)

See Note 4 of the Consolidated Financial Statements and Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations of this Form 10-K for additional financial information on our reportable segments.

Markets

The major markets in which we compete are:

North American Residential. Nearly one-half of our total consolidated net sales are for North American residential use. Our Resilient Flooring, Wood Flooring, Building Products and Cabinets segments sell products for use in the home. Homeowners have a multitude of finishing solution options for every room in their house. For flooring, they can choose from our vinyl and wood products, for which we are North America’s largest provider, or from our laminate and ceramic products. We compete directly with other domestic and international suppliers of these products. Our flooring products also compete with carpet, which we do not offer. Our ceiling products compete against mineral fiber and fiberglass products from other manufacturers, as well as drywall installations. In the kitchen and bath areas, we compete with thousands of other cabinet manufacturers that include large diversified corporations as well as small local craftsmen.

Our products are used in new home construction and existing home renovation work. Industry estimates are that existing home renovation (also known as replacement / remodel) work represents approximately two-thirds of the total North American residential market opportunity. Key U.S. statistics that indicate market opportunity include existing home sales (a key indicator for renovation opportunity), housing starts, housing completions, interest rates and consumer confidence. For our Resilient Flooring and Wood Flooring products, we believe there is some longer-term correlation between these statistics and our revenue, after reflecting a lag period between change in construction activity and our operating results of approximately several months. However, we believe that consumers’ preferences for product type, style, color, availability and affordability also significantly impact our revenue. Further, changes in

7

inventory levels and product focus at national home centers, which are our largest customers, can also significantly impact our revenue. Sales of our ceiling products for residential use appear to follow the trend of existing home sales, with a several month lag period between change in existing home sales and our related operating results.

North American Commercial. Nearly one-third of our total consolidated net sales are for North American commercial use. Many of our products, primarily ceilings and Resilient Flooring, are used in commercial and institutional buildings. Our revenue opportunities come from new construction as well as renovation of existing buildings. Renovation work is estimated to represent approximately three-fourths of the total North American commercial market opportunity. Most of our revenue comes from four major segments of commercial building – office, education, retail and healthcare. We monitor U.S. construction starts (an indicator of U.S. monthly construction activity that provides us a reasonable indication of upcoming opportunity) and follow new projects. We have found that our revenue from new construction can lag behind construction starts by as much as one year. We also monitor office vacancy rates and general employment levels, which can indicate movement in renovation and new construction opportunities. We believe that these statistics, taking into account the time-lag effect, provide a reasonable indication of our future revenue opportunity from commercial renovation and new construction.

Non-North American. The non-North American geographies account for about one-fourth of our total consolidated net sales. The vast majority of our revenues generated outside of North America are in Europe and are commercial in nature. For the countries in which we have significant revenue, we monitor various national statistics (such as GDP) as well as known new projects. Revenues come primarily from new construction and renovation work.

The following table provides an estimate of our segments’ 2006 net sales, by major markets.

(Estimated percentages of individual segment’s sales)	North American Residential		North American Commercial		Non-North American		Total
Resilient Flooring	40	%	30	%	30	%	100	%
Wood Flooring	95	%	5	%	—		100	%
Building Products	10	%	50	%	40	%	100	%
Cabinets	100	%	—		—		100	%

8

Geographic Areas

We sell our products in more than 80 countries. Approximately 76% of our 2006 revenue was derived from sales in the Americas, the vast majority of which came in the United States and Canada. The following chart illustrates the breakdown of our consolidated net sales for the year ended December 31, 2006 by region, based on where the sale was made:

2006 Consolidated Net Sales by Geography

(in millions)

See Note 4 of the Consolidated Financial Statements and Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations of this Form 10-K for financial information by geographic areas.

Customers

We use our reputation, capabilities, service and brand recognition to develop long-standing relationships with our customers. We principally sell products through building materials distributors, who re-sell our products to retailers, builders, contractors, installers and others. In the commercial sector, we also sell to several contractors and to subcontractors’ alliances. In the North American retail channel, which sells to end-users in the residential and light commercial segments, we have important relationships with national home centers such as The Home Depot, Inc. and Lowe’s Companies, Inc. In the North American residential sector, we have important relationships with major homebuilders and buying groups.

9

The following charts illustrate the estimated breakdown of our 2006 consolidated net sales geographically by distribution channel:

Net sales (in millions) to specific customers in excess of 10% of our consolidated net sales for 2006, 2005 and 2004 were:

Customer	2006		2005		2004
The Home Depot, Inc.	$	364.1	$	384.1	$	393.4

Net sales to The Home Depot were recorded in our Resilient Flooring, Wood Flooring and Building Products segments. No other customers accounted for 10% or more of our total consolidated net sales.

Competition

There is strong competition in all of the reportable segments in which we do business. Principal methods of competition include product performance, product styling, service and price. Competition in North America comes from both domestic and international manufacturers. Additionally, some of our products compete with alternative products or finishing solutions, such as our resilient, laminate and wood flooring products competing with carpet products, and our ceiling products competing with drywall and exposed structure (also known as open plenum). There is excess industry capacity for certain products in some geographies, which tends to increase price competition. The following companies are our primary competitors:

Flooring segments – Amtico International, Inc., Anderson Hardwood Floors, Inc., Balta Industries, N.V., Beaulieu International Group, N.V., Columbia Forest Products, Inc., Congoleum Corporation, Faus, Inc., Forbo Holding AG, Gerflor Group, Interface, Inc., Krono Holding AG, Mannington Mills, Inc., Mohawk Industries, Inc., Pergo AB, Shaw Industries, Inc., Tarkett AG and Wilsonart International.

Building Products – CertainTeed, Chicago Metallic Corporation, Georgia-Pacific Corporation, Knauf AMF GmbH & Co. KG, Lafarge SA, Odenwald Faserplattenwerk GmbH, Rockfon A/S, Saint-Gobain and USG Corporation.

Cabinets – American Woodmark Corporation, Fortune Brands, Inc. and Masco Corporation.

10

Raw Materials

Raw materials essential to our businesses are purchased worldwide in the ordinary course of business from numerous suppliers. The principal raw materials used in each business include the following:

Business	Principal Raw Materials
Resilient Flooring	Polyvinylchloride (“PVC”) resins and films, plasticizers, backings, limestone, pigments, linseed oil, inks and stabilizers
Wood Flooring	Hardwood lumber, veneer, coatings and stains
Building Products	Mineral fibers, perlite, waste paper, clays, starches, and steel used in the production of metal ceilings and for our joint venture’s manufacturing of ceiling grids
Cabinets	Lumber, veneer, plywood, particleboard, fiberboard and components, such as doors and hardware

We also purchase significant amounts of packaging materials and consume substantial amounts of energy, such as electricity and natural gas, and water.

In general, adequate supplies of raw materials are available to all of our businesses. However, availability can change for a number of reasons, including environmental conditions, laws and regulations, shifts in demand by other industries competing for the same materials, transportation disruptions and/or business decisions made by, or events that affect, our suppliers. There is no assurance that a significant shortage of raw materials will not occur.

Prices for certain high usage raw materials can fluctuate dramatically. Cost increases for these materials can have a significant adverse impact on our manufacturing costs. Given the competitiveness of our markets, we may not be able to recover the increased manufacturing costs through increasing selling prices to our customers.

Sourced Products

Some of the products that we sell are sourced from third parties. The primary sourced products include laminate, wood flooring, vinyl tile and ceramic products, specialized ceiling products, and installation-related products and accessories for some of our manufactured products. For certain sourced products, the majority of our purchases come from one supplier. We purchase some of our sourced products from suppliers that are located outside of the U.S, primarily from Asia and Europe. Sales of sourced products represented approximately 10% to 15% of our total consolidated revenue in 2006, 2005 and 2004.

In general, we believe we have adequate supplies of sourced products. However, we cannot guarantee that a significant shortage will not occur.

Hedging

We use financial instruments to hedge the following exposures: sourced product purchases denominated in foreign currency, cross-currency intercompany loans, and energy. We use derivative financial instruments as risk management tools and not for speculative trading purposes. See Item 7A. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk and Note 20 to the Consolidated Financial Statements of this Form 10-K for more information.

Patent and Intellectual Property Rights

Patent protection is important to our business in the U.S. and other markets. Our competitive position has been enhanced by U.S. and foreign patents on products and processes developed or perfected within Armstrong or obtained through acquisitions and licenses. In addition, we benefit from our trade secrets for certain products and processes.

11

Patent protection extends for varying periods according to the date of patent filing or grant and the legal term of a patent in the various countries where patent protection is obtained. The actual protection afforded by a patent, which can vary from country to country, depends upon the type of patent, the scope of its coverage, and the availability of legal remedies. Although we consider that, in the aggregate, our patents, licenses and trade secrets constitute a valuable asset of material importance to our business, we do not regard any of our businesses as being materially dependent upon any single patent or trade secret, or any group of related patents or trade secrets.

Certain of our trademarks, including without limitation, house marks , Armstrong™, Bruce^®, Hartco^®, Robbins^®, T. Morton™, Timberland^®, Capella^®, HomerWood^® and DLW™, and product line marks Allwood™, Arteffects^®, Axiom^®, Cirrus^®, Corlon^®, Cortega^®, Designer Solarian^®, Excelon^®, Fundamentals^® , Medintech^®, Natural Inspirations^®, Nature’s Gallery^®, Second Look^®, Solarian^®, ToughGuard^® and Ultima^® are important to our business because of their significant brand name recognition. Trademark protection continues in some countries as long as the mark is used, and continues in other countries as long as the mark is registered. Registrations are generally for fixed, but renewable, terms.

Employees

As of December 31, 2006, we had approximately 14,500 full-time and part-time employees worldwide, with approximately 9,900 employees located in the United States. Approximately 9,700 of the 14,500 are production and maintenance employees, of whom approximately 7,100 are located in the U.S. Approximately 69% of the production and maintenance employees in the U.S. are represented by labor unions. This percentage includes all production and maintenance employees at our plants and warehouses where labor unions exist. Outside the U.S., most of our production employees are covered by either industry-sponsored and/or state-sponsored collective bargaining mechanisms. Of our 14,500 employees, approximately 1,000 are associated with the principal operating companies of our Textiles and Sports Flooring segment, which was classified as a discontinued operation during the fourth quarter of 2006 (see Note 7 to the Consolidated Financial Statements for more information).

Research & Development

Research and development (“R&D”) activities are important and necessary in helping us improve our products’ competitiveness. Principal R&D functions include the development and improvement of products and manufacturing processes. We spent $48.8 million in 2006, $48.0 million in 2005 and $46.5 million in 2004 on R&D activities worldwide.

Environmental Matters

Most of our manufacturing and certain of our research facilities are affected by various federal, state and local environmental requirements relating to the discharge of materials or the protection of the environment. We make expenditures necessary for compliance with applicable environmental requirements at each of our operating facilities.

We are actively involved in proceedings under the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Act (“CERCLA”), and similar state “Superfund” laws at 6 off-site locations. We have also been investigating and/or remediating environmental contamination allegedly resulting from past industrial activity at 4 domestic and 5 international current or former plant sites. Certain of AWI’s environmental liabilities were discharged through its Chapter 11 Case while others were not. Those environmental obligations that AWI has with respect to property that it owns or operates or for which a non-debtor subsidiary is liable were unaffected by the Chapter 11 Case. Therefore, AWI and its subsidiaries will be required to continue meeting their ongoing environmental compliance obligations at such properties.

Liabilities of $6.3 million and $27.3 million at December 31, 2006 and December 31, 2005, respectively were for potential environmental liabilities that we consider probable and for which a reasonable estimate of the probable liability could be made.

12

Information Filed With the Bankruptcy Court

Under applicable bankruptcy law, AWI was required to file periodically with the Bankruptcy Court various documents, including certain financial information on an unconsolidated basis, while it was operating under Chapter 11. This information included statements, schedules, and monthly operating reports in forms prescribed by Federal Bankruptcy Law. We caution that, while such materials accurately provided then-current information required under Federal Bankruptcy Law, they were nonetheless unconsolidated, unaudited, and were prepared in a format different from that used in our consolidated financial statements filed under the securities laws. Accordingly, we believe the substance and format do not allow meaningful comparison with our regular publicly disclosed consolidated financial statements. The materials filed with the Bankruptcy Court were not prepared for the purpose of providing a basis for an investment decision relating to the stock of AHI or the debt securities of AWI, or for comparison with other financial information filed with the SEC.

Most of AWI’s filings with the Bankruptcy Court are available to the public at the office of the Clerk of the Bankruptcy Court. Those filings may also be obtained through private document retrieval services.

13

ITEM 1A. RISK FACTORS

As noted in the introductory section titled, “Uncertainties Affecting Forward-Looking Statements” above, our business, operations and financial condition are subject to various risks. These risks should be taken into account in evaluating any investment decision involving Armstrong. It is not possible to predict or identify all factors that could cause actual results to differ materially from expected and historical results. The following discussion is a summary of what we believe to be our most significant risk factors. These and other factors could cause our actual results to differ materially from those in forward-looking statements made in this report.

We try to reduce both the likelihood that these risks will affect our businesses and the damage they could have if they do occur. But, no matter how accurate our foresight, how well we evaluate risks, and how effective we are at mitigating them, it is still possible that one of these problems or some other issue could have serious consequences for us, up to and including a materially adverse effect. See related discussions in this document and our other SEC filings for more details and subsequent disclosures.

Claims, Litigation and Regulatory Actions

While we strive to ensure that our products comply with applicable government regulatory standards and internal requirements, and that our products perform effectively and safely, customers from time to time could claim that our products do not meet contractual requirements, and users could be harmed by use or misuse of our products. This could give rise to breach of contract, warranty or recall claims, or claims for negligence, product liability, strict liability, personal injury or property damage. The building materials industry has been subject to claims relating to silicates, mold, PVC, formaldehyde, toxic fumes, fire-retardant properties and other issues, as well as for incidents of catastrophic loss, such as building fires. Product liability insurance coverage may not be available or adequate in all circumstances. In addition, claims may arise related to patent infringement, environmental liabilities, distributor terminations, commercial contracts, antitrust or competition law, employment law and employee benefits issues, and other regulatory matters. While we have in place processes and policies to mitigate these risks and to investigate and address such claims as they arise, we cannot predict the costs to defend or resolve such claims.

Construction activity variability and the size of the market opportunity

Our businesses have greater sales opportunities when construction activity is strong and, conversely, have fewer opportunities when such activity declines. Construction activity tends to increase when economies are strong, interest rates are favorable, government spending is strong, and consumers are confident. Since most of our sales are in the U.S., its economy is the most important for our business, but conditions in Europe, Canada and Asia also are relevant.

Raw materials and sourced product issues

The cost and availability of raw materials, packaging materials and energy are critical to our operations. For example, we use substantial quantities of natural gas, petroleum-based raw materials, hardwood lumber and mineral fiber in our manufacturing operations. The cost of these items has been volatile in recent years and availability has sometimes been tight. We source some of these materials from a limited number of suppliers, which increases the risk of unavailability. Limited availability could cause us to reformulate products or to limit our production. The impact of increased costs is greatest where our ability to pass along increased costs through price increases on our products is limited, whether due to competitive pressures or other factors.

Consumer preference and competition

Our customers consider our products’ performance, product styling, customer service and price when deciding whether to purchase our products. Shifting consumer preference in our highly competitive markets, e.g. from residential vinyl products to other flooring products, styling preferences or inability to offer new competitive performance features could hurt our sales. For certain products, there is excess industry capacity in several geographic markets, which tends to increase competition, as does competition from overseas competitors with lower cost structures.

14

International trade and operations

A significant portion of our products move in international trade, particularly among the U.S., Canada, Europe and Asia. Also, approximately 30% of our annual revenues are from operations outside the U.S. Our international trade is subject to currency exchange fluctuations, trade regulations, import duties, logistics costs and delays and other related risks. They are also subject to variable tax rates, credit risks in emerging markets, political risks, uncertain legal systems, restrictions on repatriating profits to the U.S., and loss of sales to local competitors following currency devaluations in countries where we import products for sale.

Challenges in executing operational restructuring actions

We look for ways to make our operations more efficient and effective. We reduce, move and expand our plants and operations as needed. Each action generally involves substantial planning and capital investment. We can err in planning and executing our actions, which could hurt our customer service and cause unplanned costs.

Labor contracts

Most of our manufacturing employees are represented by unions and are covered by collective bargaining or similar agreements that must be periodically renegotiated. Although we anticipate that we will reach new contracts as older ones expire, our negotiations may result in a significant increase in our costs. Failure to reach new contracts could lead to work stoppages, which could hurt production, revenues, profits and customer relations.

Dependence on key customers

Some of our businesses are dependent on a few key customers. For example, much of our North America revenue comes from sales to home center retailers, including The Home Depot, Inc. and Lowe’s Companies, Inc. We do not have long-term contracts with them. The loss of sales to one of these major customers, or changes in our business relationship with them, could hurt both our revenues and profits.

15

ITEM 2. PROPERTIES

Our world headquarters are in Lancaster, Pennsylvania. We own a 100-acre, multi-building campus comprising the site of our corporate headquarters, most operational headquarters, our U.S. R&D operations and marketing, and customer service headquarters. Altogether, our headquarters’ operations occupy approximately one million square feet of floor space.

We produce and market Armstrong products and services throughout the world, operating 43 manufacturing plants in 12 countries as of December 31, 2006. Three of our plants are leased and the remaining 40 are owned. We have 26 plants located throughout the United States. In addition, Armstrong has an interest through its two joint ventures in eight additional plants in five countries.

Business Segment	Number of Plants	Location of Principal Facilities
Resilient Flooring	13	U.S. (California, Illinois, Mississippi, Oklahoma, Pennsylvania), Australia, Canada, Germany, Sweden and the U.K.
Wood Flooring	11	U.S. (Arkansas, Kentucky, Mississippi, Missouri, Pennsylvania, Tennessee, Texas, West Virginia)
Building Products	14	U.S. (Alabama, Florida, Georgia, Oregon, Pennsylvania), China, France, Germany and the U.K.
Cabinets	2	U.S. (Nebraska and Pennsylvania)

As of December 31, 2006, we also operated three plants in Belgium and The Netherlands in our now discontinued textiles and sports flooring business. See Note 7 to the Consolidated Financial Statements for further information regarding the sale of that operation.

Sales and administrative offices are leased and/or owned worldwide, and leased facilities are utilized to supplement our owned warehousing facilities.

Production capacity and the extent of utilization of our facilities are difficult to quantify with certainty. In any one facility, utilization of our capacity varies periodically depending upon demand for the product that is being manufactured. We believe our facilities are adequate and suitable to support the business. Additional incremental investments in plant facilities are made as appropriate to balance capacity with anticipated demand, improve quality and service, and reduce costs.

16

ITEM 3. LEGAL PROCEEDINGS

See Note 32 of the Consolidated Financial Statements, which is incorporated herein by reference, for a full description of our legal proceedings.

ITEM 4. SUBMISSION OF MATTERS TO A VOTE OF SECURITY HOLDERS

No matters were submitted to a vote of stockholders during the fourth quarter of 2006.

17

PART II

ITEM 5. MARKET FOR THE REGISTRANT’S COMMON EQUITY, RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS AND ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES

Following AWI’s emergence from Chapter 11, AWI’s new common shares began trading on the New York Stock Exchange on October 10 under the ticker symbol “AWI”. As of March 23, 2007, there were approximately 156 holders of record of AWI’s Common Stock.

2006	First	Second	Third	Fourth		Total Year
Price range of common stock—high	n/a	n/a	n/a	$	42.50	$	42.50
Price range of common stock—low	n/a	n/a	n/a	$	30.00	$	30.00
2005
Price range of common stock—high	n/a	n/a	n/a		n/a		n/a
Price range of common stock—low	n/a	n/a	n/a		n/a		n/a

There were no dividends declared or paid during 2006 or 2005.

No Company securities were repurchased by the Company during 2006 or 2005.

18

ITEM 6. SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA

	Successor Company			Predecessor Company
(Dollars in millions except for per-share data)	Three Months Ended December 31, 2006			Nine Months Ended September 30, 2006(1)			Year 2005			Year 2004			Year 2003			Year 2002
Income statement data
Net sales	$	817.3		$	2,608.6		$	3,326.6		$	3,279.1		$	3,069.0		$	2,998.2
Cost of goods sold		660.4			2,028.7			2,651.8			2,654.4			2,461.4			2,282.8
Selling, general and administrative expenses		144.0			417.0			590.0			567.7			552.4			574.5
Charge for asbestos liability, net		—			—			—			—			81.0			2,500.0
Goodwill impairment		—			—			—			108.4			—			—
Restructuring charges, net		1.7			10.0			23.0			17.9			2.3			2.2
Equity (earnings) from joint venture		(5.3	)		(41.4	)		(39.3	)		(31.6	)		(20.8	)		(19.7	)
Operating income (loss)		16.5			194.3			101.1			(37.7	)		(7.3	)		(2,341.6	)
Interest expense		13.4			5.2			7.7			7.9			8.9			10.3
Other non-operating expense		0.3			1.0			1.5			3.1			5.7			3.6
Other non-operating (income)		(4.3	)		(7.2	)		(11.8	)		(6.4	)		(4.6	)		(7.3	)
Chapter 11 reorganization (income) costs, net		—			(1,955.5	)		(1.2	)		6.9			9.4			23.5
Income tax expense (benefit)		3.8			726.6			(1.2	)		21.4			—			(825.9	)
Earnings (loss) from continuing operations before cumulative change in accounting principle		3.3			1,424.2			106.1			(70.6	)		(26.7	)		(1,545.8	)
Per common share – basic (a)	$	0.06			n/a			n/a			n/a			n/a			n/a
Per common share – diluted (a)	$	0.06			n/a			n/a			n/a			n/a			n/a
Cumulative effect of a change in accounting principle, net of tax of $2.2		—			—			—			—			—			(593.8	)
Earnings (loss) from continuing operations		3.3			1,424.2			106.1			(70.6	)		(26.7	)		(2,139.6	)
Per common share – basic (a)	$	0.06			n/a			n/a			n/a			n/a			n/a
Per common share – diluted (a)	$	0.06			n/a			n/a			n/a			n/a			n/a
Earnings (loss) from discontinued operations		(1.1	)		(68.4	)		5.0			(9.1	)		(12.6	)		(3.2	)
Net earnings (loss)	$	2.2		$	1,355.8		$	111.1		$	(79.7	)	$	(39.3	)	$	(2,142.8	)
Per common share – basic (a)	$	0.04			n/a			n/a			n/a			n/a			n/a
Per common share – diluted (a)	$	0.04			n/a			n/a			n/a			n/a			n/a
Dividends declared per share of common stock		n/a			n/a			n/a			n/a			n/a			n/a
Average number of common shares outstanding (in millions)		55.0			n/a			n/a			n/a			n/a			n/a
Average number of employees		14,500			14,700			14,900			15,400			15,800			16,700
Balance sheet data (end of period)
Working capital	$	854.8					$	1,128.0		$	985.8		$	933.3		$	849.7
Total assets		4,170.7						4,606.0			4,609.4			4,647.8			4,504.8
Liabilities subject to compromise		1.3						4,869.4			4,870.9			4,863.2			4,865.8
Net long-term debt (b)		801.5						21.5			29.2			39.4			39.9
Shareholders’ equity (deficit)		2,164.7						(1,319.9	)		(1,425.3	)		(1,345.0	)		(1,361.0	)

(1) Reflects the effects of the Plan of Reorganization and fresh-start reporting. See Note 3 to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

Notes:

(a) See definition of basic and diluted earnings per share in Note 2 of the Consolidated Financial Statements. The common stock of the Predecessor Company was not publicly traded.

(b) Net long-term debt excludes debt subject to compromise for all periods presented.

Certain prior year amounts have been reclassified to conform to the current year presentation. See Note 2 of the Consolidated Financial Statements.

19

ITEM 7. MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

Armstrong World Industries, Inc. (“AWI”) is a Pennsylvania corporation incorporated in 1891. Armstrong Holdings, Inc. (“AHI”) is a Pennsylvania corporation and, as of September 30, 2006, was the publicly held parent holding company of AWI. Armstrong Holdings, Inc.’s only operation was its indirect ownership, through Armstrong Worldwide, Inc. (a Delaware corporation), of all of the capital stock of AWI. Upon AWI’s Plan of Reorganization (the “POR”) becoming effective on October 2, 2006, all then-current shares of AWI were cancelled and AHI no longer has any ownership interest in AWI. When we refer to “we”, “our” and “us” in this report, we are referring to AWI and its subsidiaries. References in this report to “reorganized Armstrong” are to AWI as it was reorganized under the POR on October 2, 2006, and its subsidiaries collectively. We use the term “AWI” when we are referring solely to Armstrong World Industries, Inc.

This discussion should be read in conjunction with the financial statements and the accompanying notes included elsewhere in this Form 10-K. This discussion contains forward-looking statements based on our current expectations, which are inherently subject to risks and uncertainties. Actual results and the timing of certain events may differ significantly from those referred to in such forward-looking statements. We undertake no obligation beyond what is required under applicable securities law to publicly update or revise any forward-looking statement to reflect current or future events or circumstances, including those set forth in the section entitled “Uncertainties Affecting Forward-Looking Statements” and elsewhere in this Form 10-K.

Financial performance metrics excluding the translation effect of changes in foreign exchange rates are not in compliance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles (“GAAP”). We believe that this information improves the comparability of business performance by excluding the impacts of changes in foreign exchange rates when translating comparable foreign currency amounts. We calculate the translation effect of foreign exchange rates by applying constant foreign exchange rates to the equivalent periods’ reported foreign currency amounts. We believe that this non-GAAP metric provides a clearer picture of our operating performance. Furthermore, management evaluates the performance of the businesses excluding the effects of foreign exchange rates.

In connection with its emergence from bankruptcy on October 2, 2006 (the “Effective Date”), AWI adopted fresh-start reporting in accordance with AICPA Statement of Position 90-7, “Financial Reporting by Entities in Reorganization under the Bankruptcy Code” (“SOP 90-7”). Adopting fresh-start reporting has resulted in material adjustments to the historical carrying amount of reorganized Armstrong’s assets and liabilities. See Note 3 to the consolidated financial statements for more information. As a result, our post-emergence financial statements are not comparable with our pre-emergence financial statements. Despite the lack of comparability, we have combined the results of the Predecessor Company (which represent the first nine months of 2006 and includes the impact of emergence) with the results of the Successor Company (which represent the last three months of 2006) to facilitate the year-to-year discussion of operating results in certain sections of this Form 10-K. The combined financial information for 2006 is merely cumulative and does not give pro forma effect to the Predecessor’s results as if the consummation of the Plan and the related fresh-start reporting and other adjustments had occurred at the beginning of the period presented. Combining pre-emergence and post-emergence results is not in accordance with GAAP.

We maintain a website at http://www.armstrong.com. Information contained on our website is not necessarily incorporated into this document. Annual reports on Form 10-K, quarterly reports on Form 10-Q, current reports on Form 8-K, all amendments to those reports and other information about us are available free of charge through this website as soon as reasonably practicable after the reports are electronically filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”).

OVERVIEW

We are a leading global producer of flooring products and ceiling systems for use primarily in the construction and renovation of residential, commercial and institutional buildings. Through our United

20

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

(dollar amounts in millions)

States (“U.S.”) operations and U.S. and international subsidiaries, we design, manufacture and sell flooring products (primarily resilient and wood) and ceiling systems (primarily mineral fiber, fiberglass and metal) around the world. We also design, manufacture and sell kitchen and bathroom cabinets in the U.S. As of December 31, 2006 we operated 43 manufacturing plants (including three plants related to discontinued operations) in 12 countries, including 26 plants located throughout the United States. Through WAVE, our joint venture with Worthington Industries, Inc., we also have an interest in 7 additional plants in 5 countries that produce suspension system (grid) products for our ceiling systems. We also have an interest in a plant from our 50% interest in Kunshan Holdings Limited.

We report our financial results through the following segments: Resilient Flooring, Wood Flooring, Building Products, Cabinets and Unallocated Corporate. See “Reportable Segment Results” for additional financial information on our segments.

On December 6, 2000, AWI filed a voluntary petition for relief under Chapter 11 of the U.S. Bankruptcy Code in the United States Bankruptcy Court for the District of Delaware (the “Bankruptcy Court”) in order to use the court-supervised reorganization process to achieve a resolution of its asbestos liability. Also filing under Chapter 11 were two of AWI’s wholly-owned subsidiaries, Nitram Liquidators, Inc. and Desseaux Corporation of North America, Inc. The Chapter 11 cases are being jointly administered under case number 00-4471 (the “Chapter 11 Case”). Through October 1, 2006, AWI operated its business and managed its properties as a debtor-in-possession subject to the provisions of the Bankruptcy Code. On October 2, 2006, AWI’s court-approved Plan of Reorganization became effective, and AWI emerged from Chapter 11. AWI’s two wholly-owned subsidiaries that commenced Chapter 11 proceedings at the same time as AWI remain in Chapter 11. See Note 1 of the Consolidated Financial Statements for information on the Chapter 11 Case and Note 32 of the Consolidated Financial Statements for information on asbestos litigation.

Our consolidated net sales for 2006 were $3.4 billion, approximately 3% greater than consolidated net sales in 2005. Operating income was $210.8 million in 2006, as compared to $101.1 million in 2005. Cash and cash equivalents decreased by $338.4 million in 2006, primarily due to distributions related to our emergence from bankruptcy. In 2006:

• Building Products generated record sales and operating income, mainly due to continued strength in the U.S. commercial construction markets.

• Wood Flooring’s operating performance reflected growth through the first two-thirds of the year, and significant weakness in the final third due to declines in the U.S. housing markets. The cumulative effect for the entire year was lower operating profit on slightly higher revenue.

• Cabinets delivered a significantly improved operating performance on higher price realization, manufacturing efficiencies and better product mix.

• Resilient Flooring also had improved operating performance, and was profitable despite declining revenue.

• Corporate Unallocated expense improved by $39 million, primarily due to an increase in the U.S. pension credit.

Factors Affecting Revenues

For an estimate of our segments’ 2006 net sales by major markets, see “Markets” in Item 1. Business, of this Form 10-K.

Markets. We compete in building material markets around the world. The majority of our sales are in North America and Europe. During 2006, these markets experienced the following:

21

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

(dollar amounts in millions)

• In the North American residential market, housing starts declined nearly 11% from a record seasonally adjusted annual rate of 2.30 million units in 2005. With Canadian housing starts increasing by 1.3% to 228 thousand units in 2006, the United States accounted for the entirety of the decline, falling 12.3% to 1.82 million units started. Due to the lag between start and completion, housing completions in the United States increased by 3.0% in 2006 with approximately 1.99 million units completed. Sales of existing homes declined sharply in the second half of 2006 and registered an 8.0% decrease for the entire year over 2005, from 7.06 million homes sold to 6.50 million in 2006.

U.S. retail sales through building materials, garden equipment and supply stores (an indicator of home renovation activity) increased 9.0% in 2006 over sales levels in 2005, according to figures from the U.S. Census Bureau. This growth has been partially due to the strong sales of existing homes in the first half on 2006, after allowing for the usual lag for renovation-related expenditures. Continued strength in employment conditions and consumer confidence has also sustained solid retail sales.

Within specific market segments, vinyl flooring products continued to lose share to laminate flooring, ceramic tile and wood flooring.

• The North American commercial market strengthened in 2006 with construction completions in the office, healthcare, retail and education segments increasing by approximately 14%, 14%, 10% and 7%, respectively, in nominal dollar terms.

• Markets in Western European countries generally remained soft with pockets of modest growth, while Eastern European markets continued to grow.

• Growth continued across most Pacific Rim markets.

All of our primary markets are cyclical, and the 2007 outlook for each is uncertain to varying degrees.

Quality and Customer Service. Our quality and customer service are critical components of our total value proposition. In 2006, we experienced no significant quality or customer service issues.

Pricing Initiatives. During 2006 and 2005, we modified prices in response to changes in costs for raw materials and energy to market conditions and the competitive environment. The net impact of these pricing initiatives improved sales in 2006 compared to 2005.

The most significant of these pricing actions were:

• Resilient Flooring implemented select price increases for commercial products during the year in response to inflationary cost pressures.

• In Wood Flooring, there were no significant pricing actions in 2006.

• Building Products implemented select price increases during the year in response to inflationary cost pressures.

• In Cabinets, we implemented a January 2006 price increase.

In certain cases, price increases realized are less than the announced price increases because of our response to competitive actions and changing market conditions.

We estimate that the various pricing actions provided a net increase to our total consolidated net sales in 2006 compared to 2005 of approximately $55 million.

22

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

(dollar amounts in millions)

Impact From Major Customers’ Decisions. Lowe’s Companies, Inc. (“Lowe’s”), one of our largest customers, advised us in 2004 that they would reduce the number of laminate flooring products they purchase from us starting in the first quarter of 2005. Due to this decision, laminate flooring sales to Lowe’s were reduced by approximately $20 million in 2006 compared to 2005. That impact was largely offset by double-digit volume growth in other channels.

Factors Affecting Operating Costs

Operating Expenses. Our operating expenses consist of direct production costs (principally raw materials, labor and energy) and manufacturing overhead costs, costs to purchase sourced products and selling, general and administrative (“SG&A”) expenses.

Our largest individual raw material expenditures are for lumber and veneers, PVC resins, backings for various flooring products and plasticizers. Fluctuations in the prices of these raw materials are generally beyond our control and have a direct impact on our financial results. In 2006, we experienced the following:

• PVC is a widely used, oil-based raw material. We experience cost pressures on PVC when energy prices increase and when industrial demand for the material increases. Our cost to acquire PVC resin and plasticizers prices increased by approximately $11 million in 2006 compared to 2005. In 2007, we expect these costs to decline modestly.

We incurred approximately $17 million of additional costs for natural gas in 2006 compared to 2005 due to price increases. In 2007, we expect further increases, but at a lower pace than experienced in 2006.

Cost Reduction Initiatives. During 2004, we implemented several significant manufacturing and organizational changes to improve our cost structure and enhance our competitive position. We did not initiate any additional manufacturing or organizational changes in 2005 but did incur costs in 2005 related to previously announced cost reduction initiatives and for changes to the U.S. defined benefit pension plan. The major 2004 initiatives were:

• We ceased production of certain products at our Resilient Flooring manufacturing plant in Lancaster, Pennsylvania, transferring production to other Resilient Flooring plants.

• We announced that we would cease production at our Building Products plant in The Netherlands. Acceptance of the closure proposal was received from the local works council in the fourth quarter of 2004. The plant ceased production in the first quarter of 2005, and production was transferred to another Building Products location.

• We ceased production at our Cabinets manufacturing plant in Morristown, Tennessee, transferring production to other Cabinets plants.

• We restructured the sales force and management structure in our North America flooring organization.

• We announced that we would cease production at our Wood Flooring manufacturing plant in Searcy, Arkansas. Production ended in the first quarter of 2005, and was transferred to other Wood Flooring plants. We recorded an impairment charge related to this closure.

In 2006 we announced that we would cease production at our Wood Flooring manufacturing plant in Nashville, Tennessee.

23

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

(dollar amounts in millions)

We incurred the following net expenses in 2006 to implement these cost reduction initiatives:

	Cost of Goods Sold		SG&A		Restructuring Charges			Total Expenses
Resilient Flooring	$	10.1	$	7.4	$	9.9		$	27.4
Wood Flooring		0.7		—		1.4			2.1
Building Products		0.2		—		0.5			0.7
Cabinets		—		—		—			—
Corporate Unallocated		—		—		(0.1	)		(0.1	)
Total Consolidated	$	11.0	$	7.4	$	11.7		$	30.1

Cost of goods sold includes $0.7 million of fixed asset impairments (incurred in the nine months ended September 30, 2006), $0.3 million of accelerated depreciation (incurred in the nine months ended September 30, 2006) and $10.0 million of other related costs in 2006 ($0.6 million incurred in the three months ended December 31, 2006 and $9.4 million incurred in the nine months ended September 30, 2006). The Resilient Flooring SG&A costs in 2006 (incurred in the nine months ended September 30, 2006) relate to the Lancaster Plant cost reduction initiative.

In 2006, we recorded a gain of $14.3 million from the sale of a warehouse which became available as a result of the Resilient Flooring cost reduction initiatives. This gain was recorded in SG&A.

We incurred the following net expenses in 2005 due to implementing these cost reduction initiatives:

	Cost of Goods Sold		Restructuring Charges		Total Expenses
Resilient Flooring	$	12.7	$	16.2	$	28.9
Wood Flooring		13.9		0.1		14.0
Building Products		1.6		6.3		7.9
Cabinets		1.2		0.4		1.6
Corporate Unallocated		—		—		—
Total Consolidated	$	29.4	$	23.0	$	52.4

Cost of goods sold includes $14.3 million of fixed asset impairments, $7.1 million of accelerated depreciation and $8.0 million of other related costs in 2005.

We incurred the following expenses in 2004 due to implementing these cost reduction initiatives:

	Cost of Goods Sold		Restructuring Charges		Total Expenses
Resilient Flooring	$	28.1	$	4.5	$	32.6
Wood Flooring		0.8		1.6		2.4
Building Products		2.5		10.9		13.4
Cabinets		1.9		0.4		2.3
Corporate Unallocated		—		0.5		0.5
Total Consolidated	$	33.3	$	17.9	$	51.2

Cost of goods sold includes $18.9 million of fixed asset impairments, $13.2 million of accelerated depreciation and $1.2 million of other related costs.

24

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

(dollar amounts in millions)

We recorded a gain of $1.1 million in Wood Flooring SG&A in 2004 related to the sale of a building that had previously been reserved as part of a cost reduction initiative.

See Note 15 of the Consolidated Financial Statements for more information on restructuring charges.

On-going Cost Reduction. We expect to incur additional expenses of approximately $0.4 million in 2007 to implement these cost reduction initiatives. In addition to significant cost reduction programs we have an ongoing focus on continuously improving our cost structure.

As a result of these cost reduction initiatives and our on-going improvement efforts, we have realized significant reductions in our manufacturing conversion costs.

Employee Benefits. We recorded a pre-tax charge of $16.9 million in the fourth quarter of 2005 in cost of goods sold ($11.4 million) and SG&A ($5.5 million), related to changes made to the U.S. defined benefit pension plan. The changes are considered a curtailment under SFAS No. 88 “Employers’ Accounting for Settlements and Curtailments of Defined Benefit Pension Plans and for Termination Benefits” (“FAS 88”).

Non-cash Impairment Charges. 2004 included a $108.4 million charge for goodwill impairment and a $44.8 million charge for fixed asset impairment, both related to the European resilient flooring business.

See also “Results of Operations” for further discussion of fresh-start and other significant items affecting operating costs.

Factors Affecting Cash Flows

Historically, excluding the cash demands for asbestos-related claims in 2000 and prior years and the effects of settlement accounting, we typically generate cash in our operating activities. The amount of cash generated in any one period is dependent on a number of factors, including the amount of operating profit generated and the amount of working capital (such as inventory, receivables and payables) required to operate our businesses. We typically invest in property, plant & equipment (“PP&E”) and computer software.

During 2006, our cash and cash equivalents decreased by $386.4 million for the first nine months and increased $48.0 million during the final 3 months of 2006, for a net decrease of $338.4 million for the twelve months of 2006. This compared to an increase of $86.3 million for 2005. The year on year net reduction of $424.7 million was primarily due to payments of $1.1 billion to the Asbestos PI Trust and other creditors upon emergence, and payments for acquisitions of $60.5 million, partially offset by the proceeds of new debt of $800.0 million.

Deferred Taxes

Our consolidated balance sheet as of December 31, 2006, includes total deferred tax assets of $1,082.4 million (see Note 16 to the Consolidated Financial Statements). Included in these amounts is a deferred tax asset of $552.7 million and $45.5 million, respectively, relating to the U.S. federal and state income tax benefits expected to be realized in future periods with respect to various federal and state net operating losses arising in 2006 and prior years as a result of the amounts paid to the Asbestos PI Trust in 2006. We have concluded, based on the weight of available evidence, that all but $19.8 million of these tax benefits are more likely than not to be realized in the future. This amount represents a decrease of $29.2 million from the valuation allowance previously recorded with respect to these tax benefits as of December 31, 2005.

In arriving at this conclusion, we considered the profit before tax generated for the years 1996 through 2005, as well as future reversals of existing taxable temporary differences and projections of future profit before tax. The federal income tax deduction resulting from the amounts paid to the Asbestos PI Trust created a net operating loss in 2006. Under the Internal Revenue Code, a net operating loss resulting from the payment of asbestos claims, including payments to the Trust, can be carried back and offset against our federal taxable income in either the two or the ten preceding years, generating a refund of taxes paid in those years. The Company is still evaluating the alternative elections, but has

25

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

(dollar amounts in millions)

assumed a two-year carryback for purposes of calculating the tax provision. In addition, the Company may apply the loss as a carryforward adjustment to reduce future taxes. If certain specified changes in our ownership should occur, there could be an annual limitation on the amount of the carryforwards that can be utilized; however, we cannot anticipate this change for purposes of our valuation allowances assessment. As a result, it is more likely than not that we will realize the federal deferred tax asset value relating to these carryforwards.

In contrast to the results under the Internal Revenue Code, most U.S. states do not allow the carryback of a net operating loss in any significant amount. As a result, most of the state tax benefits resulting from the amounts paid to the Asbestos PI Trust will be realized through a reduction of future state income tax liabilities by offsetting the net operating losses resulting from our payments to the Trust against future state taxable income. Based on projections of future taxable income (consistent with historical results and anticipated future trends) in the U.S. states in which we conduct business operations and the loss carryforward periods allowed by current state laws (generally 5 to 20 years), we have concluded that all but $19.8 million of the $45.5 million of state income tax benefits relating to our state net operating loss carryforwards is more likely than not to be realized.

Employees

As of December 31, 2006, we had approximately 14,500 full-time and part-time employees worldwide. This compares to approximately 14,900 employees as of December 31, 2005. The decline reflects headcount reductions in both production and staff positions as part of ongoing cost reduction efforts. Of our 14,500 employees, approximately 1,000 are associated with the principal operating companies of our Textiles and Sports Flooring segment, which was classified as a discontinued operation during the fourth quarter of 2006 (see Note 7 to the Consolidated Financial Statements for more information).

During 2006, we negotiated six collective bargaining agreements, with no locations experiencing a work stoppage. Throughout 2007, collective bargaining agreements covering certain employees at three plants will expire. As of the date of this filing, no employees are working under an expired contract.

CRITICAL ACCOUNTING ESTIMATES

In preparing our consolidated financial statements in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles, we are required to make certain estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements, and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. We evaluate our estimates and assumptions on an on-going basis, using relevant information from inside and outside the Company. We believe that our estimates and assumptions are reasonable. However, actual results may differ from what was estimated and could have a significant impact to the financial statements.

We have identified the following as our critical accounting estimates. We have discussed the application of these critical accounting estimates with our Audit Committee.

Fresh-Start Reporting and Reorganization Value – As part of our emergence from bankruptcy on October 2, 2006, we implemented fresh-start reporting in accordance with AICPA Statement of Position 90-7 (“SOP 90-7”), Financial Reporting by Entities in Reorganization under the Bankruptcy Code. Accordingly, our assets, liabilities and equity were adjusted to fair value. In this regard, our consolidated financial statements for periods subsequent to October 2, 2006 reflect a new basis of accounting and are not comparable to our historical consolidated financial statements for periods prior to October 2, 2006.

Under fresh-start reporting, a reorganization value is determined and allocated to our net assets based on their relative fair values in a manner similar to the accounting provisions applied to business combinations under Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 141, Business Combinations. Adjustments necessary to state our balance sheet accounts at fair value were made based on the work of management, financial consultants and independent appraisals. The estimates and assumptions used to derive the reorganization value and allocation of value to assets are inherently subject to significant

26

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

(dollar amounts in millions)

business, economic and competitive uncertainties and contingencies, many of which are beyond our control. Modification to these assumptions could have significantly changed the reorganization value, and hence the resultant fair values of our assets and liabilities.

Accordingly, the adoption of fresh-start reporting has had a material effect on our consolidated financial statements and is based on assumptions that employ a high degree of judgment. See Notes 1 and 3 to the Consolidated Financial Statements for further information relative to our reorganization and the assumptions used to value reorganized Armstrong.

U.S. Pension Credit and Postretirement Benefit Costs – We maintain pension and postretirement plans throughout the world, with the most significant plans located in the U.S. The U.S. defined benefit pension plans were closed to new salaried and salaried production employees on January 1, 2005. We also froze benefits for certain non-production salaried employees effective February 28, 2006. Our defined benefit pension and postretirement benefit costs are developed from actuarial valuations. These valuations are calculated using a number of assumptions, which are determined in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles (“GAAP”). Each assumption represents management’s best estimate of the future. The assumptions that have the most significant impact on reported results are the discount rate, the estimated long-term return on plan assets and the estimated inflation in health care costs. These assumptions are generally updated annually at the beginning of the year and applied in the valuations recorded for that year. However, we also updated each of these assumptions and adopted Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 158, “Employers’ Accounting for Defined Benefit Pension and Other Postretirement Plans,” as part of adopting fresh-start reporting in accordance with SOP 90-7.

The discount rate is used to determine retirement plan liabilities and to determine the interest cost component of net periodic pension and postretirement cost. Our actuary provides the expected modified duration of the liabilities. Management utilizes the yield for Moody’s AA-rated long-term corporate bonds as the primary basis for determining the discount rate. As of December 31, 2006, we assumed a discount rate of 5.75% compared with a discount rate of 5.50% as of December 31, 2005 for the U.S. plans. This increase is consistent with the increase in U.S. corporate bond yields during the year. The effects of the increased discount rate will be amortized against earnings as described below. A one-quarter percentage point decrease in the discount rate to 5.50% would increase 2007 operating income by $1.2 million, as the resulting decrease in the interest cost component of the pension expense calculation would more than offset the increased service cost component. A one-quarter percentage point increase in the discount rate to 6.00% would reduce 2007 operating income by $0.9 million.

We have two U.S. defined benefit pension plans, a qualified funded plan and a nonqualified unfunded plan. For the funded plan, the expected long-term return on plan assets represents a long-term view of the future estimated investment return on plan assets. This estimate is determined based on the target allocation of plan assets among asset classes and input from investment professionals on the expected performance of the equity and bond markets over 10 to 20 years. Over the last 10 years, the annualized return was approximately 9.3% compared to an average expected return of 8.6%. The expected long-term return on plan assets used in determining our 2006 U.S. pension credit was 8.0%. The actual return on plan assets achieved for 2006 was 12.8%. In accordance with GAAP, this excess will be amortized into earnings as described below. We do not expect to be required to make cash contributions to the qualified funded plan during 2007. We have assumed a return on plan assets during 2007 of 8.0%. A one-quarter percentage point increase or decrease in this assumption would increase or decrease 2007 operating income by approximately $5.3 million. Contributions to the unfunded plan were $3.2 million in 2006 and were made on a monthly basis to fund benefit payments. We estimate the contributions to be approximately $3.5 million in 2007. See Note 18 of the Consolidated Financial Statements for more details.

The estimated inflation in health care costs represents a long-term view (5-10 years) of the expected inflation in our postretirement health care costs. We separately estimate expected health care cost increases for pre-65 retirees and post-65 retirees due to the influence of Medicare coverage at age 65, as illustrated below:

27

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

(dollar amounts in millions)

	Assumptions						Actual
	Post 65		Pre 65		Overall		Post 65		Pre 65		Overall
2005	10.0	%	8.0	%	9.0	%	(3	)%	(2	)%	(3	)%
2006, nine months ended September 30	9.0		7.0		8.0
2006, three months ended December 31	12.0		11.5		11.8
2006, full year							9		(1	)	6
2007	12.0		11.5		11.8

In accordance with GAAP, the difference between the actual and expected health care costs is amortized into earnings as described below. As of December 31, 2006, the percentage of health care cost increases are estimated to decrease by 1 percentage point per year until 2014, after which it is constant at 5%. A one percentage point increase in the assumed health care cost trend rate would reduce 2007 operating income by $0.7 million, while a one percentage point decrease in the assumed health care cost trend rate would increase 2007 operating income by $0.8 million. See Note 18 of the Consolidated Financial Statements for more details.

Actual results that differ from our various pension and postretirement plan estimates are captured as actuarial gains/losses and are amortized into future earnings over the expected remaining service period of plan participants, which is approximately 11 years depending on the participants in the plan, in accordance with GAAP. Changes in assumptions could have significant effects on earnings in future years.

Impairments of Long-Lived Tangible and Intangible Assets – We periodically review significant tangible and intangible assets, including goodwill, for impairment under the guidelines of the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) Statement Nos. 142 – “Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets” (“FAS 142”) and 144 – “Accounting for the Impairment or Disposal of Long-Lived Assets” (“FAS 144”). In accordance with these Statements, we review our businesses for indicators of impairment such as operating losses and/or negative cash flows. If an indication of impairment exists, we estimate the fair value and compare it to the carrying value of the asset. If the fair value is less than the carrying value of the asset, we record an impairment charge equal to the difference between the fair value and carrying value of the asset. The cash flow estimates are based on management’s analysis of information available at the time of the estimate. Actual cash flows in the future that turn out to be lower than the estimate could lead to significant future impairments. In connection with our adoption of fresh-start reporting upon emerging from Chapter 11, all long-lived tangible and intangible assets were adjusted to fair value. If subsequent testing (either as a result of required annual testing or as a result of a triggering event) indicates that new fair values are less than the values derived from fresh-start reporting, those amounts would be adjusted downward and our future statements of income would be impacted.

See Notes 10 and 12 to the Consolidated Financial Statements for further information.

Sales-related Accruals – We provide direct customer and end-user warranties for our products. These warranties cover manufacturing defects that would prevent the product from performing in line with its intended and marketed use. Generally, the terms of these warranties range up to 25 years and provide for the repair or replacement of the defective product. We collect and analyze warranty claims data with a focus on the historical amount of claims, the products involved, the amount of time between the warranty claims and the products’ respective sales and the amount of current sales.

28

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

(dollar amounts in millions)

We also maintain numerous customer relationships that incorporate different sales incentive programs (primarily volume rebates and promotions). The rebates vary by customer and usually include tiered incentives based on the level of customers’ purchases. Certain promotional allowances are also tied to customer purchase volumes. We estimate the amount of expected annual sales during the course of the year and use the projected sales amount to estimate the cost of the incentive programs. For sales incentive programs that are on the same calendar basis as our fiscal calendar, actual sales information is used in the year-end accruals.

The amount of actual experience related to these accruals could differ significantly from the estimated amounts during the year. If this occurs, we adjust our accruals accordingly. We maintained sales-related accruals of $79.3 million and $73.0 million as of December 31, 2006 and 2005, respectively. We record the costs of these accruals as a reduction to gross sales.

Income Taxes – Our effective tax rate is primarily determined based on our pre-tax income and the statutory tax rates in the geographies in which we operate. The effective tax rate also reflects the tax impacts of items treated differently for tax purposes than for financial reporting purposes. Some of these differences are permanent, such as expenses that are not deductible in our tax return, and some differences are temporary, reversing over time, such as depreciation expense. These temporary differences create deferred tax assets and liabilities.

In accordance with the requirements for fresh-start reporting pursuant to SOP 90-7, the Company has adopted FASB Interpretation No. 48 (“FIN48”), Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes, effective as of October 2, 2006. The transition adjustments, although not material in the aggregate, were shown as an adjustment to the opening fresh-start balance sheet as of October 2, 2006.

Deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized by applying enacted tax rates to temporary differences that exist as of the balance sheet date. These deferred tax assets and liabilities assume that benefits are recorded at the highest amount that is more likely than not of being sustained through the tax audit cycle.

As further described in Note 16, our consolidated balance sheet as of December 31, 2006 includes a total deferred tax asset of $1,082.4 million. Included in these amounts is a deferred tax asset of $552.7 million and $45.5 million, respectively, relating to the tax benefits expected to be realized in future periods with respect to various federal and state net operating losses arising primarily as a result of the amounts paid to the Asbestos PI Trust in 2006. We have estimated that all but $19.8 million of these tax benefits are more likely than not to be realized in the future.

We record valuation allowances to reduce our deferred tax assets if it is more likely than not that some portion or all of the deferred tax assets will not be realized. As of December 31, 2006, we have recorded valuation allowances totaling $190.3 million for various state and foreign net operating loss and tax credit carryforwards. While we have considered future taxable income in assessing the need for the valuation allowances based on our best available projections, if these estimates and assumptions change in the future or actual results differ from our projections, we may be required to adjust our valuation allowances accordingly.

Inherent in determining our effective tax rate are judgments regarding business plans and expectations about future operations. These judgments include the amount and geographic mix of future taxable income, limitations on usage of net operating loss carry-forwards after emergence from bankruptcy, potential tax law changes, the impact of ongoing or potential tax audits, earnings repatriation plans and other future tax consequences.

We establish reserves for certain tax positions that management believes are supportable, but are potentially subject to successful challenge by the applicable taxing authority. We review these tax uncertainties in light of the changing facts and circumstances and adjust them when significant changes warrant it. We have a number of audits in process in various jurisdictions.

29

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

(dollar amounts in millions)

If our actual results differ from any of the estimates and assumptions used, an adjustment affecting income tax expense would be necessary in the period that such determination is made, unless the change is related to a pre-emergence asset or liability that is required to be reflected as an adjustment to the fresh-start reporting opening balance sheet, pursuant to SOP 90-7. Such adjustment could be material to our financial statements.

ACCOUNTING PRONOUNCEMENTS EFFECTIVE IN FUTURE PERIODS

In September 2006, the FASB issued Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 157 (“FAS 157”), “Fair Value Measurements,” which establishes a framework for measuring fair value in generally accepted accounting principles and expands disclosures about fair value measurements. FAS 157 is effective for fiscal years beginning after November 15, 2007. We do not expect any material impact from adopting FAS 157.

In February 2007, the FASB issued Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 159 (“FAS 159”), “The Fair Value Option for Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities Including an Amendment of FASB Statement No. 115,” which permits companies to measure financial instruments and certain other assets and liabilities at fair value on an instrument by instrument basis. FAS 159 is effective for fiscal years beginning after November 15, 2007. We are currently evaluating the effects of this pronouncement on our financial statements.

30

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

(dollar amounts in millions)

RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

Unless otherwise indicated, net sales in these results of operations are reported based upon the location where the sale was made. Certain prior year amounts have been reclassified to conform to the current year presentation. Please refer to Note 4 in the Consolidated Financial Statements for a reconciliation of operating income to consolidated income before income taxes, extraordinary items, discontinued operations, and cumulative effect of changes in accounting principles.

2006 COMPARED TO 2005

CONSOLIDATED RESULTS

	Successor			Predecessor			Combined			Predecessor			Change is Favorable/ (Unfavorable)
	Three Months Ended December 31, 2006			Nine Months Ended September 30, 2006			Year 2006			Year 2005			As Reported		Excluding Effects of Foreign Exchange Rates(1)
Net Sales:
Americas	$	606.9		$	2,011.3		$	2,618.2		$	2,562.4		2.2	%	1.8	%
Europe		172.2			499.4			671.6			643.7		4.3	%	4.8	%
Pacific Rim		38.2			97.9			136.1			120.5		12.9	%	13.6	%
Total Consolidated Net Sales	$	817.3		$	2,608.6		$	3,425.9		$	3,326.6		3.0	%	2.8	%
Cost of goods sold		660.4			2,028.7			2,689.1			2,651.8
SG&A		144.0			417.0			561.0			590.0
Restructuring charges, net		1.7			10.0			11.7			23.0
Equity earnings		(5.3	)		(41.4	)		(46.7	)		(39.3	)
Operating Income	$	16.5		$	194.3		$	210.8		$	101.1		Favorable		99.7	%
Interest Expense		13.4			5.2			18.6			7.7
Other non-operating expense		0.3			1.0			1.3			1.5
Other non-operating (income)		(4.3	)		(7.2	)		(11.5	)		(11.8	)
Chapter 11 reorganization (income), net		—			(1,955.5	)		(1,955.5	)		(1.2	)
Income tax expense (benefit)		3.8			726.6			730.4			(1.2	)
(Gain) loss from discontinued operations		1.1			68.4			69.5			(5.0	)
Net earnings	$	2.2		$	1,355.8		$	1,358.0		$	111.1

⁽¹⁾ Excludes favorable foreign exchange rate effect in translation of $7.8 million on net sales and $2.0 million on operating income

Consolidated net revenue grew 3%, with positive contributions from both price and mix offsetting a modest volume decline.

Net revenue in the Americas increased 2%, on volume growth in the Wood Flooring business and both price and mix improvement in the Building Products and Cabinets segments. Declines in Resilient Flooring volumes and lower Wood Flooring pricing partially offset this growth.

Excluding the translation effect of changes in foreign exchange rates, net revenue in the European markets grew by 5%, mainly in the Building Products segment. Improved product mix and price realization increased revenue and offset modest volume declines.

31

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

(dollar amounts in millions)

Excluding the translation effect of changes in foreign exchange rates, net revenue in the Pacific Rim increased 14% on volume and product mix improvement.

Operating expenses in 2006 were impacted by the effects of adopting fresh-start reporting, as a result of AWI emerging from Chapter 11 on October 2, 2006 (net sales were not impacted by fresh-start reporting). In addition, both 2006 and 2005 operating expenses were impacted by several other significant items. The fresh-start and other significant items, which impacted cost of goods sold (“COGS”), selling, general and administrative expenses (“SG&A”), restructuring charges and Equity Earnings, include:

Increase / (Reduction) in Expenses, reported in $ millions
Item	Where Reported	2006			2005
Fresh-Start(1):
Change in depreciation and amortization	COGS	$	(1.3	)	—
Change in costs for benefit plans	COGS		(4.6	)	—
Impact on hedging-related activity	COGS		(1.0	)	—
Inventory-related costs	COGS		29.6		—
Change in depreciation and amortization	SG&A		2.8		—
Change in costs for benefit plans	SG&A		(2.3	)	—
Inventory-related costs (WAVE)	Equity Earnings		3.7		—
Expenses from WAVE step-up	Equity Earnings		1.7		—
Other Significant Items:
Business interruption claim(2)	COGS		(4.7	)	(3.5	)
Settlement of breach of contract dispute	COGS		—		(6.4	)
Cost reduction initiatives expenses(3)	COGS		11.0		29.4
Product warranty accrual(4)	COGS		3.3		—
Pension curtailment charge(3)	COGS		—		11.4
Fixed asset impairments	COGS		—		2.7
Contribution to Armstrong Foundation(5)	SG&A		5.0		—
Liability settlement related to a divested business(6)	SG&A		2.8		—
Patent infringement settlement(7)	SG&A		(8.6	)	—
Cost reduction initiatives expenses(3)	SG&A		7.4		—
Gain on sale of properties(8)	SG&A		(17.0	)	—
Pension curtailment charge(3)	SG&A		—		5.5
Chapter 11 related post-emergence expenses(9)	SG&A		4.6		—
Environmental charges	SG&A		—		3.1
Fixed asset impairments	SG&A		—		0.5
Cost reduction initiatives expenses(3)	Restructuring		11.7		23.0

(1) See Note 3 for more information on fresh-start reporting.

(2) In the fourth quarter, we received the final payment for a business interruption claim, totaling $4.7 million. We received $3.5 million in 2005 for the same claim.

(3) See “Factors Affecting Operating Costs” and Note 15 for a discussion on the cost reduction expenses and pension curtailment charges.

(4) The majority of the product warranty accrual increase was from revising certain assumptions that were used in prior periods when estimating the accrual.

(5) We made a contribution to the Armstrong Foundation (a community giving program funded by Armstrong) in the third quarter.

(6) We settled a liability related to a previously divested business in the third quarter for an amount greater than what was previously accrued.

(7) In the first quarter, we recorded a gain from the settlement of a patent infringement case.

(8) During the year, we recorded a gain from the sale of two buildings.

(9) AWI incurred expenses during the fourth quarter for Chapter 11 related post-emergence activities.

32

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

(dollar amounts in millions)

Cost of goods sold in 2006 was 78.5% of net sales, compared to 79.7% in 2005. This reduction was the result of benefits from higher selling prices, primarily in Building Products, better manufacturing performance, mainly in the Resilient and Wood Flooring businesses, and improvement from sales volume and mix. Cost of goods sold in 2006 also benefited from a larger U.S. pension plan credit. These factors more than offset raw material, energy and freight inflation across all businesses. In addition, cost of goods sold in 2006 and 2005 were impacted by the items as detailed in the above table.

SG&A expenses in 2006 were $561.0 million, or 16.4% of net sales compared to $590.0 million or 17.7% of net sales in 2005. The $29.0 million decrease was realized despite higher revenue and included the benefit from a larger U.S. pension plan credit. Resilient and Wood Flooring and Cabinets reduced spending, while Building Products grew at less than the rate of growth in revenue. In addition, both 2006 and 2005 SG&A expenses were impacted by the items as detailed in the above table.

Equity earnings, primarily from our WAVE joint venture, were $46.7 million in 2006, as compared to $39.3 million in 2005. 2006 results include expenses related to the adoption of fresh-start reporting as detailed in the above table. See Note 11 for further information.

We recorded operating income of $210.8 million in 2006, compared to operating income of $101.1 million in 2005.

Interest expense was $18.6 million in 2006, compared to $7.7 million in 2005. In accordance with SOP 90-7, we did not record contractual interest expense on prepetition debt during our Chapter 11 proceedings. This unrecorded interest expense was $57.6 million in 2006 and $82.8 million in 2005. Unrecorded interest expense reflects the amount of interest expense we would have incurred under the original maturities of prepetition debt. Included in the $18.6 million in 2006 was $12.2 million from debt incurred as part of emerging from Chapter 11.

Other non-operating income of $11.5 million in 2006 compared to $11.8 million in the prior year. The 2005 results included a $3.4 million gain on the sale of our equity investment in Interface Solutions, Inc.

Net Chapter 11 reorganization income in 2006 was $1,955.5 million compared to $1.2 million of income recorded in 2005. See Note 3 to the Consolidated Financial Statements for a detailed breakout of the 2006 results. 2005 income primarily resulted from income on cash balances and a reversal of an accrual for professional fees for certain advisors.

During 2006, income tax expense of $730.4 million compared to income tax benefit of $1.2 million in 2005. The effective tax rate for 2006 as reported was 33.8% and was 38.3% excluding the tax impact of fresh-start reporting and POR-related settlement adjustments. The 2005 tax rate was lower than 2006 primarily due to certain one-time benefits recorded during 2005 of approximately $61.2 million related to a subsidiary capital restructuring.

33

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

(dollar amounts in millions)

REPORTABLE SEGMENT RESULTS

Resilient Flooring

	Successor			Predecessor		Combined		Predecessor			Change is Favorable/ (Unfavorable)
	Three Months Ended December 31, 2006			Nine Months Ended September 30, 2006		Year 2006		Year 2005			As Reported		Excluding Effects of Foreign Exchange Rates(1)
Net Sales:
Americas	$	187.0		$	662.6	$	849.6	$	882.8		(3.8	)%	(4.3	)%
Europe		74.2			223.2		297.4		296.9		0.2	%	0.7	%
Pacific Rim		17.3			43.6		60.9		52.9		15.1	%	16.1	%
Total Segment Net Sales	$	278.5		$	929.4	$	1,207.9	$	1,232.6		(2.0	)%	(2.2	)%
Operating Income	$	(1.2	)	$	12.6	$	11.4	$	(28.4	)	Favorable		Favorable

⁽¹⁾ Excludes favorable foreign exchange rate effect in translation of $2.4 million on net sales and $1.5 million on operating income

Net sales in the Americas decreased primarily due to volume declines in residential products primarily as a result of declining U.S. housing markets. Laminate sales were down slightly as lower prices offset volume growth as increases in sales to other customers more than offset a reduction in sales to Lowes. Commercial product sales grew on improved product mix and better pricing.

Net sales in Europe grew slightly on improvements in price realization and product/geographic mix. Net sales in the Pacific Rim sustained double-digit growth rates in strong markets.

Despite the decline in sales, operating profit increased significantly as benefits from cost reduction initiatives, reduced SG&A expenses and improved product mix offset substantial increases in the costs of petroleum-based raw materials. In addition, both 2006 and 2005 operating profit were impacted by the items that were previously described, and are detailed in the following table.

Increase / (Reduction) in Expenses, reported in $ millions
Item	2006			2005
Fresh-Start (1)
Change in depreciation and amortization	$	(0.8	)		—
Change in costs for benefit plans		(0.8	)		—
Impact on hedging-related activity		(0.2	)		—
Inventory-related costs		7.2			—
Other Significant Items:
Business interruption claim (2)		(4.7	)	$	(3.5	)
Settlement of breach of contract dispute		—			(5.2	)
Cost reduction initiative expenses (3)		27.4			28.9
Fixed asset impairments		—			1.8
Gain on sale of properties (4)		(17.0	)		—
Environmental charges		—			3.1

(1) See Note 3 for more information on fresh-start reporting.

(2) In the fourth quarter, we received the final payment for a business interruption claim, totaling $4.7 million. We received $3.5 million in 2005 for the same claim.

(3) See “Factors Affecting Operating Costs” for a discussion on the cost reduction expenses and pension curtailment charges.

(4) During the year, we recorded a gain from the sale of two buildings.

34

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

(dollar amounts in millions)

Wood Flooring

	Successor			Predecessor		Combined		Predecessor
	Three Months Ended December 31, 2006			Nine Months Ended September 30, 2006		Year 2006		Year 2005		Change is Favorable/ (Unfavorable)
Total Segment Net Sales (1)	$	192.6		$	645.0	$	837.6	$	833.9	0.4	%
Operating Income	$	(0.2	)	$	46.2	$	46.0	$	60.9	(24.5	)%

⁽¹⁾ Virtually all Wood Flooring products are sold in the Americas, primarily in the U.S.

Net sales in 2006 were up only slightly as significant weakness in the final third of the year due to declines in the U.S. housing markets offset both growth through the majority of the year, and the benefit from acquisitions. Volume, excluding acquisitions, was up modestly for the year, despite an 8% volume decline in the fourth quarter. Declining price realization partially offset the volume growth.

Operating income declined approximately $15 million compared to the prior year. The operating impact of improved volume and mix was offset by lower prices. Higher lumber costs and increased promotional and marketing spending offset improved manufacturing efficiencies and the contribution from acquisitions. In addition, both 2006 and 2005 operating profit were impacted by the items that were previously described, and are detailed in the following table.

Increase / (Reduction) in Expenses, reported in $ millions
Item	2006			2005
Fresh-Start: (1)
Change in depreciation and amortization	$	(3.4	)	—
Inventory-related costs		12.4		—
Other Significant Items:
Breach of contract settlement		—		(1.2	)
Cost reduction initiatives expenses (2)		2.1		14.0
Product warranty accrual (3)		3.3		—
Fixed Asset Impairments		—		1.4

(1) See Note 3 for more information on fresh-start reporting.

(2) See “Factors Affecting Operating Costs” for a discussion on the cost reduction expenses.

(3) The majority of the product warranty accrual increase was from revising certain assumptions that were used in prior periods when estimating the accrual.

35

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

(dollar amounts in millions)

Building Products

	Successor		Predecessor		Combined		Predecessor		Change is Favorable/ (Unfavorable)
	Three Months Ended December 31, 2006		Nine Months Ended September 30, 2006		Year 2006		Year 2005		As Reported		Excluding Effects of Foreign Exchange Rates(1)
Net Sales:
Americas	$	170.8	$	529.3	$	700.1	$	633.2	10.6	%	9.9	%
Europe		98.0		276.2		374.2		346.8	7.9	%	8.3	%
Pacific Rim		20.9		54.3		75.2		67.6	11.2	%	11.7	%
Total Segment Net Sales	$	289.7	$	859.8	$	1,149.5	$	1,047.6	9.7	%	9.5	%
Operating Income	$	24.9	$	152.9	$	177.8	$	148.5	19.8	%	19.7	%

⁽¹⁾ Excludes favorable foreign exchange rate effect in translation of $3.3 million on net sales and $0.5 million on operating income

The Americas sustained growth through the year to achieve record net sales. Sales primarily benefited from price increases made to offset inflationary pressures and improved product mix.

Net sales in Europe grew $27 million as increased sales of metal ceilings and improved price and product mix offset volume declines in mineral fiber ceilings across weak Western European markets.

Net sales in the Pacific Rim increased almost $8 million on strong growth in India and Australia, and modest growth in China.

Building Products operating income grew 20% on higher sales. Improved performance by WAVE contributed an incremental $8 million of operating income. Higher prices and improved product mix offset significant increases in raw materials and energy costs and increased investment in SG&A. In addition, both 2006 and 2005 operating profit were impacted by the items that were previously described, and are detailed in the following table.

Increase / (Reduction) in Expenses, reported in $ millions
Item	2006			2005
Fresh-Start: (1)
Change in depreciation and amortization	$	5.2		—
Change in costs for benefit plans		(1.3	)	—
Impact on hedging-related activity		(0.8	)	—
Inventory-related costs		9.2		—
Inventory-related costs (WAVE)		3.7		—
Expenses from WAVE step-up		1.7		—
Other Significant Items:
Cost reduction initiatives expenses (2)		0.7		7.9

(1) See Note 3 for more information on fresh-start reporting.

(2) See “Factors Affecting Operating Costs” for a discussion on the cost reduction expenses.

36

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

(dollar amounts in millions)

Cabinets

	Successor		Predecessor		Combined		Predecessor
	Three Months Ended December 31, 2006		Nine Months Ended September 30, 2006		Year 2006		Year 2005			Change is Favorable/ (Unfavorable)
Total Segment Net Sales (1)	$	56.5	$	174.4	$	230.9	$	212.5		8.7	%
Operating Income	$	0.2	$	6.1	$	6.3	$	(9.7	)	Favorable

⁽¹⁾ All Cabinet products are sold in the Americas, primarily in the U.S.

Net sales grew $18 million despite significant weakness in the final third of the year due to declines in the U.S. housing markets. Higher selling prices and improved product mix, more than offset lower volume related to market weakness.

The sales growth primarily contributed to a $16 million increase in operating income, which also benefited from lower SG&A expense. In addition, both 2006 and 2005 operating profit were impacted by the items that were previously described, and are detailed in the following table.

Increase / (Reduction) in Expenses, reported in $ millions
Item	2006		2005
Fresh-Start: (1)
Change in depreciation and amortization	$	0.1	—
Inventory-related costs		0.8	—
Other Significant Items:
Cost reduction initiatives expenses (2)		—	1.6

(1) See Note 3 for more information on fresh-start reporting.

(2) See “Factors Affecting Operating Costs” for a discussion on the cost reduction expenses.

37

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

(dollar amounts in millions)

Unallocated Corporate

Unallocated corporate expense of $30.7 million in 2006 decreased from $70.2 million in 2005. This decrease included a $20 million increased U.S. pension credit related to plan changes and favorable asset performance. In addition, both 2006 and 2005 operating profit were impacted by the items that were previously described, and are detailed in the following table.

Increase / (Reduction) in Expenses, reported in $ millions
Item	2006			2005
Fresh-Start:
Change in depreciation and amortization	$	0.3		—
Change in costs for benefit plans		(4.8	)	—
Other Significant Items:
Cost reduction initiatives expenses (2)		(0.1	)	—
Pension curtailment charge (2)		—		16.9
Contribution to Armstrong Foundation (3)		5.0		—
Liability settlement related to a divested business (4)		2.8		—
Patent infringement settlement (5)		(8.6	)	—
Chapter 11 related post-emergence expenses(6)		4.6		—

(1) See Note 3 for more information on fresh-start reporting.

(2) See “Factors Affecting Operating Costs” for a discussion on the cost reduction expenses and pension curtailment charges.

(3) We made a contribution to the Armstrong Foundation (a community giving program funded by Armstrong) in the third quarter.

(4) We settled a liability related to a previously divested business in the third quarter for an amount greater than what was previously accrued.

(5) In the first quarter, we recorded a gain from the settlement of a patent infringement case.

(6) AWI incurred expenses during the fourth quarter for Chapter 11 related post-emergence activities.

FINANCIAL CONDITION AND LIQUIDITY

Cash Flow

As shown on the Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows, our cash and cash equivalents balance decreased by $338.4 million in 2006 ($48.0 million increase in the three months ended December 31, 2006 and $386.4 million decrease in the nine months ended September 30, 2006), compared to an $86.3 million increase in 2005.

Operating activities in 2006 used $676.0 million of net cash ($70.1 million provided in the three months ended December 31, 2006 and $746.1 million used in the nine months ended September 30, 2006), which was an $822.7 million change from the $146.7 million provided in 2005. The change was primarily due to the settlement of liabilities subject to compromise (excluding prepetition debt) of $832.7 million ($28.6 million in the three months ended December 31, 2006 and $804.1 million in the nine months ended September 30, 2006).

Net cash used for investing activities was $129.0 million in 2006 ($15.3 million used in the three months ended December 31, 2006 and $113.7 million used in the nine months ended September 30, 2006), compared to $48.5 million in 2005. The increase was primarily due to $60.5 million spent on acquisitions partially offset by an increase in distributions received from WAVE of $20.0 million and increased proceeds from the sale of assets of $34.0 million. 2005 also benefited from $58.9 million from the sale of notes and the sale of an investment in an affiliate.

38

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

(dollar amounts in millions)

Net cash totaling $459.9 million was provided by our financing activities in 2006 ($8.1 million used in the three months ended December 31, 2006 and $468.0 million provided in the nine months ended September 30, 2006), compared to $3.9 million used in 2005. In 2006, we received $800 million from the issuance of new debt upon emergence, while we used $300.7 million of cash as part of discharging the debt-related portion of liabilities subject to compromise. The change was also due to higher debt repayments by subsidiaries not involved in our Chapter 11 case.

Balance Sheet and Liquidity

Changes in significant balance sheet accounts and groups of accounts from December 31, 2005 to December 31, 2006 are as follows:

	Successor Company December 31, 2006		Predecessor Company December 31, 2005		Increase (Decrease)
Cash and cash equivalents	$	252.5	$	602.2	($	349.7	)
Current assets, excluding cash and cash equivalents		1,118.9		959.1		159.8
Current assets	$	1,371.4	$	1,561.3	($	189.9	)

The decrease in cash and cash equivalents was described above (see “Cash Flow”). The increase in current assets, excluding cash and cash equivalents, is primarily due to the fair valuing of inventory as part of fresh-start reporting. See Note 3 to the Consolidated Financial Statements for further information.

	Successor Company December 31, 2006		Predecessor Company December 31, 2005		(Decrease)
Property, plant and equipment, less accumulated depreciation and amortization (“PP&E”)	$	966.2	$	1,180.7	$	(214.5	)

The decrease was primarily due to the fair valuing of tangible assets as part of fresh-start reporting. See Note 3 to the Consolidated Financial Statements for further information.

Liquidity

Our liquidity needs for operations vary throughout the year. We retain lines of credit to facilitate our seasonal needs, if required. On October 2, 2006, Armstrong executed a $1.1 billion senior credit facility arranged by Banc of America Securities LLC, J.P. Morgan Securities, Inc., and Barclays Capital. This facility is made up of a $300 million revolving credit facility (with a $150 million sublimit for letters of credit), a $300 million Term Loan A, and a $500 million Term Loan B. There were no outstanding borrowings under the revolving credit facility, but $40.2 million in letters of credit were outstanding, as of December 31, 2006 and, as a result, availability under the revolving credit facility was $259.8 million.

Our foreign subsidiaries had available lines of credit totaling $52.4 million, of which $8.0 million was used as of December 31, 2006, leaving $44.4 million of unused lines of credit available for foreign borrowings. However, these lines of credit are uncommitted, and poor operating results or credit concerns at the related foreign subsidiaries could result in the lines being withdrawn by the lenders. We have been able to maintain and, as needed, replace credit facilities to support our operations. We believe that cash on hand and generated from operations, together with lines of credit and the $300 million revolving credit facility, will be adequate to address our foreseeable liquidity needs in the normal course of business operations and for scheduled payments of non-filer debt obligations.

39

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

(dollar amounts in millions)

2005 COMPARED TO 2004

CONSOLIDATED RESULTS

						Change is Favorable
	Predecessor 2005		Predecessor 2004			As Reported		Excluding Effects of Foreign Exchange Rates(1)
Net Sales:
Americas	$	2,562.4	$	2,540.5		0.9	%	0.6	%
Europe		643.7		624.0		3.2	%	1.4	%
Pacific Rim		120.5		114.6		5.1	%	2.8	%
Total Consolidated Net Sales	$	3,326.6	$	3,279.1		1.4	%	0.8	%
Operating Income (Loss)	$	101.1	$	(37.7	)	Favorable		Favorable
Goodwill Impairment		—		108.4
Operating Income, Prior to Goodwill Impairment	$	101.1	$	70.7		43.0	%	29.0	%

⁽¹⁾ Excludes favorable foreign exchange rate effect in translation of $20.6 million on net sales and $13.1 million on operating income, and $7.5 million on operating income prior to goodwill impairment.

Net sales in the Americas increased $21.9 million, on volume growth in the Wood Flooring business and both price and volume growth in the Building Products segment. Declines in Resilient Flooring volumes and lower Wood Flooring pricing partially offset this growth. (See “Overview – Factors Affecting Revenue”).

Excluding the translation effect of changes in foreign exchange rates, net sales in the European markets grew by $8.8 million, with volume growth in resilient and price realization in building products. Excluding the translation effect of changes in foreign exchange rates, net sales in the Pacific Rim increased $3.3 million on strength in the Australian and Indian markets.

Cost of goods sold in 2005 was 79.7% of net sales, compared to 80.9% in 2004. The decrease was primarily due to sales price increases of nearly $40 million, benefits from cost reduction initiatives and approximately $47 million of lower fixed asset impairments, which more than offset approximately $50 million in raw material, energy and freight inflation, and approximately $11 million of the U.S. pension plan curtailment charge.

SG&A expenses in 2005 were $590.0 million, or 17.7% of net sales compared to $567.7 million or 17.3% of net sales in 2004. The $22.3 million increase supported higher sales and included approximately $9 million of increased selling and advertising expense, about $8 million in increased incentive compensation costs and approximately $6 million of the U.S. pension plan curtailment charge. Benefits from cost reduction initiatives partially offset these increases.

In the second quarter of 2004, we recorded a $60.0 million non-cash goodwill impairment loss related to our European resilient flooring reporting unit based on a preliminary impairment assessment. During the fourth quarter of 2004, we recorded an additional $48.4 million non-cash goodwill impairment loss based on the results of our annual impairment test. The goodwill impairment charges arose from the European resilient flooring reporting unit’s fair value being lower than its carrying value. The fair value was negatively affected by lower operating profits and expected future cash flows. See Note 12 to the Consolidated Financial Statements for further details.

We recorded net restructuring charges of $23.0 million in 2005, compared to $17.9 million in 2004. See Note 15 of the Consolidated Financial Statements for a description of the restructuring actions.

Equity earnings from our WAVE joint venture were $39.3 million in 2005, as compared to $31.6 million in 2004. The growth in earnings was due to price realization ahead of steel price increases, and savings from cost initiatives.

40

We recorded operating income of $101.1 million in 2005, compared to an operating loss of $37.7 million in 2004. Operating income in 2004 prior to non-cash goodwill impairment was $70.7 million.

Interest expense was $7.7 million in 2005, compared to $7.9 million in 2004. In accordance with SOP 90-7, we did not record contractual interest expense on prepetition debt after the Chapter 11 filing date. This unrecorded interest expense was $82.8 million in 2005 and $86.9 million in 2004. Unrecorded interest expense reflects the amount of interest expense we would have incurred under the original maturities of prepetition debt.

Other non-operating income of $11.8 million in the 2005 compared to $6.4 million in the prior year. The 2005 results included a $3.4 million gain on the sale of our equity investment in Interface Solutions, Inc.

Net Chapter 11 reorganization income in 2005 was $1.2 million, $8.1 million better than the $6.9 million in cost recorded in 2004. The change was primarily due to increased interest income resulting from higher cash balances, increased interest rates, and a reversal of an accrual for professional fees for certain advisors.

During 2005, income tax benefit of $1.2 million compared to income tax expense of $21.4 million in 2004. The adjusted effective tax rate for 2005 was 57.2% after excluding $61.2 million of tax benefits recorded in the year related to a subsidiary capital restructuring. The adjusted effective tax rate for 2004 was 46.7% after adjusting for the non-cash goodwill impairments and European resilient flooring fixed asset impairments of $108.4 million and $44.8 million respectively, in addition to the exclusion of $24.3 million in reported tax audit benefits. The higher 2005 tax rate was primarily due to higher overall tax losses in Europe for which the company does not expect to receive a tax benefit.

Net earnings from continuing operations of $106.1 million were recorded for 2005, compared to a net loss of $70.6 million for 2004.

REPORTABLE SEGMENT RESULTS

Resilient Flooring

							Change is Favorable/ (Unfavorable)
	Predecessor 2005			Predecessor 2004			As Reported		Excluding Effects of Foreign Exchange Rates(1)
Net Sales:
Americas	$	882.8		$	924.6		(4.5	)%	(5.0	)%
Europe		296.9			285.7		3.9	%	1.8	%
Pacific Rim		52.9			52.0		1.7	%	(0.8	)%
Total Segment Net Sales	$	1,232.6		$	1,262.3		(2.4	)%	(3.3	)%
Operating (Loss)	$	(28.4	)	$	(152.8	)	Favorable		Favorable

⁽¹⁾ Excludes favorable foreign exchange rate effect in translation of $11.8 million on net sales and $12.0 million on operating income.

Net sales in the Americas decreased primarily due to a 20% decline in laminate flooring sales, largely as a result of the previously discussed decision by a major customer to increase purchases of non-Armstrong laminate flooring products. Sales of our vinyl products to the residential market declined about 6%, as consumer preference in the market continued to shift away from vinyl products. Sales of our vinyl products into the commercial market increased approximately 1% on increased price realization and new product introductions.

Excluding the translation effect of changes in foreign exchange rates, net sales in Europe increased by 1.8% due to higher volume, partially offset by price concessions and negative product mix. Excluding the

41

translation effect of changes in foreign exchange rates, net sales in the Pacific Rim decreased slightly, as growth in India was balanced by modest weakness in Australia.

2005 Resilient Flooring operating income reflects the negative impact of volume declines in laminate flooring and residential vinyl flooring, increased cost to acquire petroleum-based raw materials and environmental-related charges of $4.4 million. (See “Overview – Factors Affecting Operating Costs”). Partially offsetting these negative effects were modest price realization, significant gains in operating efficiencies related to both cost reduction initiatives and improved plant productivity, a $5.2 million gain from the settlement of a breach of contract dispute and $3.5 million of proceeds received from a business interruption claim. Operating income in 2004 was hurt by a $108.4 million non-cash goodwill impairment charge and a $44.8 million non-cash fixed asset impairment charge related to our European resilient flooring business.

Wood Flooring

	Predecessor 2005		Predecessor 2004		Change is Favorable
Total Segment Net Sales(1)	$	833.9	$	832.1	0.2	%
Operating Income	$	60.9	$	51.4	18.5	%

⁽¹⁾ Virtually all Wood Flooring products are sold in the Americas, primarily in the U.S.

Net sales in 2005 were flat. Total unit volume increased 2%, on growth in engineered floors of 10%. Total year growth was constrained by volume weakness in the beginning of the year due to competitive pricing actions. Net sales were also negatively impacted by price declines which were made in response to declining lumber prices and to competitive pressures.

Operating income increased by $9.5 million, despite fixed asset impairment charges of $15.4 million in 2005. Operating results benefited from declines in lumber pricing and manufacturing efficiencies related to cost reduction initiatives and improvements in productivity at some plant locations.

Building Products

					Change is Favorable
	Predecessor 2005		Predecessor 2004		As Reported		Excluding Effects of Foreign Exchange Rates(1)
Net Sales:
Americas	$	633.2	$	573.2	10.5	%	9.9	%
Europe		346.8		335.9	3.2	%	1.9	%
Pacific Rim		67.6		62.6	8.0	%	5.8	%
Total Segment Net Sales	$	1,047.6	$	971.7	7.8	%	6.9	%
Operating Income	$	148.5	$	127.0	16.9	%	15.9	%

⁽¹⁾ Excludes favorable foreign exchange rate effect in translation of $8.7 million on net sales and $1.2 million on operating income.

Excluding the translation effect of changes in foreign exchange rates, net sales in the Americas increased 10% on the strength of volume growth and price realization. Sales to the U.S. Commercial markets grew 10%, including approximately 3% unit volume growth, due to favorable market conditions. Net sales also benefited from volume and price increases in the Residential markets.

Excluding the translation effect of changes in foreign exchange rates, net sales in Europe grew approximately 2%. Unit volume of mineral fiber products, which constitute the majority of our European sales, grew by approximately 1%. Within the Western European market, growth in the U.K., France and Italy did not offset double-digit declines in the remaining countries related to lower commercial market

42

activity. Conversely, sales in the emerging markets of Eastern Europe (primarily Russia) increased about 5% due to construction growth. Products sold to the emerging markets tend to have lower margins than products sold into Western Europe. Excluding the translation effect of changes in foreign exchange rates, net sales of metal ceilings declined 9% on weakness in core markets.

Excluding the translation effect of changes in foreign exchange rates, net sales in the Pacific Rim increased about 6%, with strength in the Indian and Australian markets offsetting weak Chinese markets.

Excluding the translation effect of changes in foreign exchange rates, Building Products operating income grew nearly 16%. Volume growth and increased equity earnings in WAVE drove operating income improvement despite higher selling expenses (related to volume). Price realization essentially offset inflationary pressure from raw materials, energy and freight.

Cabinets

	Predecessor 2005			Predecessor 2004		Change is (Unfavorable)
Total Segment Net Sales(1)	$	212.5		$	213.0	(0.2	)%
Operating Income (Loss)	$	(9.7	)	$	1.4	Unfavorable

⁽¹⁾ All Cabinet products are sold in the Americas, primarily in the U.S.

Net sales in 2005 were basically flat versus 2004. Price increases and mix improvement related to new product introductions were offset by volume declines related to poor customer service. Customer lead- times and fill rates deteriorated due to unplanned manufacturing inefficiencies related to plant consolidation.

Operating losses in 2005 were caused by sales volume declines, manufacturing inefficiencies in the remaining plants resulting from the transfer of production from Morristown and higher SG&A expenses related to investment in process improvement initiatives, partially offset by improved product mix and higher selling prices.

Unallocated Corporate

Unallocated corporate expense of $70.2 million in 2005 increased from $64.7 million in 2004. This increase was primarily due to the $16.9 million curtailment charge in the fourth quarter of 2005 related to changes to our U.S. pension plan, and to higher compensation program costs (retention bonuses, incentive compensation, executive transition and severance). These increases were partially offset by lower environmental charges, the reversal of a contingent liability and an increased U.S. pension credit.

FINANCIAL CONDITION AND LIQUIDITY

Cash Flow

As shown on the Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows, our cash and cash equivalents balance increased by $86.3 million in 2005, compared to a $31.6 million increase in 2004.

Operating activities in 2005 provided $146.7 million of net cash, or $3.9 million more than the $142.8 million provided in 2004. The increase was primarily due to changes in inventories, partially offset by changes in accounts payable and accrued expenses and cash taxes paid. In 2005 we decreased inventories by $1.5 million compared with an increase of $61.7 million in 2004 which was primarily driven by our efforts to improve customer service in Wood Flooring during 2004. Also, in 2005 accounts payable and accrued expenses increased by $8.5 million compared with an increase of $61.1 million in 2004. The large increase in 2004 was primarily driven by higher accruals for employee incentives and increased trade payables related primarily to increased capital expenditures. Cash taxes paid were lower in 2005 by $34.4 million primarily due to a restructuring of subsidiary capital that resulted in a tax benefit on debt impairment of $29.6 million.

43

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

(dollar amounts in millions)

Net cash used for investing activities was $48.5 million in 2005, compared to $111.7 million in 2004. The decrease was primarily due to $38.3 million in proceeds received from the sale of some notes receivable, the proceeds from the sale of an equity affiliate for $20.6 million and an increase in distributions received from WAVE of $13.0 million.

Net cash totaling $3.9 million was used for our financing activities in 2005, compared to $7.0 million in 2004. The year-to-year change was due to lower payments of long-term debt in 2005 and increased short-term borrowing for 2005 working capital needs for certain subsidiaries that are not participating in our Chapter 11 Case.

OFF-BALANCE SHEET ARRANGEMENTS

No disclosures are required pursuant to Item 303(a)(4) of Regulation S-K.

CONTRACTUAL OBLIGATIONS

As part of our normal operations, we enter into numerous contractual obligations that require specific payments during the term of the various agreements. The following table includes amounts ongoing under contractual obligations existing as of December 31, 2006. Only known payments that are dependent solely on the passage of time are included. Obligations under contracts that contain minimum payment amounts are shown at the minimum payment amount. Contracts that have variable payment structures without minimum payments are excluded. Purchase orders that are entered into in the normal course of business are also excluded because they are generally cancelable and not legally binding. Amounts are presented below based upon the currently scheduled payment terms. Actual future payments may differ from the amounts presented below due to changes in payment terms or events leading to payments in addition to the minimum contractual amounts.

	2007		2008		2009		2010		2011		Thereafter		Total
Long-Term Debt	$	10.9	$	20.7	$	34.0	$	35.2	$	237.7	$	473.9	$	812.4
Capital Lease Obligations (1)		0.6		0.4		—		—		—		0.1		1.1
Operating Lease Obligations (1)		14.9		12.0		8.8		4.7		2.3		7.2		49.9
Unconditional Purchase Obligations (2)		17.1		11.2		6.0		4.0		—		0.1		38.4
Other Long-Term Obligations (3)		1.6		—		—		—		—		—		1.6
Total Contractual Obligations	$	45.1	$	44.3	$	48.8	$	43.9	$	240.0	$	481.3	$	903.4

⁽¹⁾ Capital and operating lease obligations include the minimum lease payments due under existing lease agreements with noncancelable lease terms in excess of one year.

⁽²⁾ Unconditional purchase obligations include (a) purchase contracts whereby we must make guaranteed minimum payments of a specified amount regardless of how little material is actually purchased (“take or pay” contracts) and (b) service agreements. Unconditional purchase obligations exclude contracts entered into during the normal course of business that are non-cancelable and have fixed per unit fees, but where the monthly commitment varies based upon usage. Cellular phone contracts are an example.

⁽³⁾ Other long-term obligations include payments under severance agreements.

We have issued financial guarantees to assure payment on behalf of our subsidiaries in the event of default on various debt and lease obligations in the table above. We have not issued any guarantees on behalf of joint-venture or unrelated businesses.

For the past several years, we have maintained an agreement with the lending institution of one of our flooring distributors. Under this agreement, if the distributor was to default on its obligations and the lender foreclosed on the assets, the bank could return a large portion of our products still at the distributor (subject to certain quality, current product line and roll size minimum criteria) for a refund of original cost. In October 2006, the lending institution of the distributor notified us that the distributor had defaulted on its

44

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

(dollar amounts in millions)

obligations. As a result of the distributor’s default, we refunded the bank $1.1 million and returned the related products to our inventory.

We are party to supply agreements, some of which require the purchase of inventory remaining at the supplier upon termination of the agreement. The last such agreement will expire on July 31, 2009. Had these agreements terminated at December 31, 2006, Armstrong would have been obligated to purchase approximately $12.3 million of inventory. Historically, due to production planning, we have not had to purchase material amounts of product at the end of similar contracts. Accordingly, no liability has been recorded for most of these guarantees. As of December 31, 2006, we were required to purchase approximately $0.3 million of inventory held by one of our suppliers and a liability was recorded for this inventory.

As part of our executive compensation plan, certain current and former executives participate in a split-dollar insurance program where we are responsible for remitting the premiums. Since 1998, the program was closed to new participants. As of December 31, 2006, we carried a cash surrender value asset of $7.8 million related to this program. Should we discontinue making premium payments, the insured executives have the right to the entire policy cash surrender value. In light of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, we believe it is inappropriate to make the premium payments for three of the executives participating in this plan. As a result, we have required these three individuals to make the premium payments to continue the policy.

We utilize lines of credit and other commercial commitments in order to ensure that adequate funds are available to meet operating requirements. Letters of credit are issued to third party suppliers, insurance and financial institutions and typically can only be drawn upon in the event of our failure to pay our obligations to the beneficiary. This table summarizes the commitments we have available for use as of December 31, 2006. Letters of credit are currently arranged through our revolving credit facility. Certain letters of credit arranged with another bank prior to our Chapter 11 filing remain outstanding.

Other Commercial Commitments	Total Amounts Committed		Less Than 1 Year		1 – 3 Years	4 – 5 Years	Over 5 Years
Letters of Credit	$	66.8	$	66.8	—	—	—

In addition, we have lines of credit for certain international operations totaling $52.4 million, of which $8.0 million was used at December 31, 2006 and $44.4 million was available to ensure funds are available to meet operating requirements.

In disposing of assets, AWI and some subsidiaries have entered into contracts that included various indemnity provisions, covering such matters as taxes, environmental liabilities and asbestos and other litigation. Some of these contracts have exposure limits, but many do not. Due to the nature of the indemnities, it is not possible to estimate the potential maximum exposure under these contracts. For contracts under which an indemnity claim has been received, a liability of $4.0 million has been recorded as of December 31, 2006. See Note 21 of the Consolidated Financial Statements for additional information.

In September 1999, we sold our Textiles Products operations. As part of the divestiture agreement, we transferred certain liabilities and assets to the purchaser to cover pension payments earned by the work force as of the sale date. We also reimbursed the purchaser for such pension payments that were not covered by the pension assets. In addition, we agreed to reimburse the purchaser for the tax impact of our reimbursement of the pension payments. This agreement had no termination date. In the third quarter of 2006, we settled this liability and terminated the agreement.

45

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

(dollar amounts in millions)

RELATED PARTIES

See Note 31 of the Consolidated Financial Statements for a discussion of our relationships with WAVE and Interface Solutions, Inc. (“ISI”).

Related party transactions with executives and outside directors are discussed in Item 13 - Certain

Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence.

46

ITEM 7A. QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK

Market Risk

We are exposed to market risk from changes in foreign currency exchange rates, interest rates and commodity prices that could impact our results of operations and financial condition. We use forward swaps and option contracts to hedge currency and commodity exposures. We regularly monitor developments in the capital markets and only enter into currency and commodity transactions with established counterparties having investment-grade ratings. Exposure to individual counterparties is controlled, and thus we consider the risk of counterparty default to be negligible. Forward swap and option contracts are entered into for periods consistent with underlying exposure and do not constitute positions independent of those exposures. We use derivative financial instruments as risk management tools and not for speculative trading purposes. In addition, derivative financial instruments are entered into with a diversified group of major financial institutions in order to manage our exposure to potential nonperformance on such instruments.

Interest Rate Sensitivity

Armstrong is subject to interest rate variability on its Term Loan A, Term Loan B, revolving credit facility and other borrowings. There were no borrowings under the revolving credit facility as of December 31, 2006. A hypothetical increase of one-quarter percentage point in interest rates from December 31, 2006 levels would increase 2007 interest expense by approximately $2 million. We may execute interest rate swaps at some future date to mitigate our risk to interest rate variability.

Due to AWI’s Chapter 11 Filing in December 2000, all affected debt was classified as liabilities subject to compromise until October 2, 2006 when AWI emerged from bankruptcy. While operating as a debtor-in-possession, AWI did not pay any principal, interest or other payments on this debt unless approved by the Bankruptcy Court. However, we also had debt in entities that were not a part of the Chapter 11 filing, which was paid on schedule.

The table below provides information about our long-term debt obligations as of December 31, 2006, and December 31, 2005, including payment requirements and related weighted-average interest rates by scheduled maturity dates. The information is presented in U.S. dollar equivalents, which is our reporting currency. The December 31, 2005 amounts below reflect only debt of entities that were not a part of the Chapter 11 Filing.

Successor Company Scheduled maturity date ($ millions)	2007			2008			2009			2010			2011			After 2012			Total
As of December 31, 2006
Long-term debt:
Fixed rate	$	0.6		$	0.5		<$	0.1		<$	0.1		<$	0.1		<$	0.1		$	1.1
Avg. interest rate		7.54	%		7.46	%		5.85	%		7.63	%		7.63	%		7.63	%		7.49	%
Variable rate	$	10.3		$	20.2		$	34.0		$	35.2		$	237.7		$	473.9		$	811.3
Avg. interest rate		6.91	%		6.87	%		6.10	%		6.86	%		6.85	%		7.10	%		6.97	%
Predecessor Company Scheduled maturity date ($ millions)	2006			2007			2008			2009			2010			After 2011			Total
As of December 31, 2005
Long-term debt:
Fixed rate	$	4.4		$	0.7		$	0.2			—			—		$	0.1		$	5.4
Avg. interest rate		6.22	%		7.55	%		7.63	%		—			—			7.63	%		6.47	%
Variable rate	$	1.0		$	1.0		$	1.1		$	11.1		$	1.2		$	6.1		$	21.5
Avg. interest rate		5.61	%		3.73	%		3.76	%		3.85	%		3.80	%		4.11	%		3.99	%

47

Exchange Rate Sensitivity

We manufacture and sell our products in a number of countries throughout the world and, as a result, are exposed to movements in foreign currency exchange rates. To a large extent, our global manufacturing and sales provide a natural hedge of foreign currency exchange rate movement. We have used foreign currency forward exchange contracts to reduce our remaining exposure. At December 31, 2006, Armstrong’s major foreign currency exposures are to the Euro, the Canadian dollar and the British pound. A 10% strengthening of all currencies against the U.S. dollar compared to December 31, 2006 levels would decrease our 2007 earnings before income taxes by approximately $5 million.

We also use foreign currency forward exchange contracts to hedge exposures created by cross-currency intercompany loans.

The table below details our outstanding currency instruments as of December 31, 2006 and 2005. All the instruments outstanding as of December 31, 2006 have scheduled maturity dates on or before December 31, 2007.

	Maturing in:
On balance sheet foreign exchange related derivatives	2007			2008		Total
Successor Company As of December 31, 2006
Notional amounts (millions)	$	381.5		$	0.0	$	381.5
Liabilities at fair value (millions)	$	(2.0	)		—	$	(2.0	)
	Maturing in:
	2006			2007		Total
Predecessor Company As of December 31, 2005
Notional amounts (millions)	$	482.5		$	3.2	$	485.7
Assets at fair value (millions)	$	1.5			—	$	1.5

48

Commodity Price Sensitivity

We purchase natural gas for use in the manufacture of ceiling tiles and other products, as well as to heat many of our facilities. As a result, we are exposed to movements in the price of natural gas. We have a policy of reducing natural gas cost volatility through derivative instruments, including forward swap contracts, purchased call options, and zero-cost collars. A 10% increase in natural gas prices compared to December 31, 2006 prices would increase our expenses by approximately $5 million. The table below provides information about Armstrong’s natural gas contracts as of December 31, 2006 and 2005 that are sensitive to changes in commodity prices. Notional amounts and price ranges are in millions of Btu’s (MMBtu).

	Maturing in:
	2007	2008	Total
On balance sheet commodity related derivatives
Successor Company As of December 31, 2006
Contract amounts (MMBtu)	4,670,000	1,410,000	6,080,000
Contract price range ($/MMBtu)	$8.50 -$11.85	$8.52 -$10.85	$8.50 -$11.85
Assets at fair value (millions)	$1.9	$0.6	$2.5
	Maturing in:
	2006	2007	Total
Predecessor Company As of December 31, 2005
Contract amounts (MMBtu)	4,950,000	1,800,000	6,750,000
Contract price range ($/MMBtu)	$5.54 -$11.80	$9.56 -$11.85	$5.54 -$11.85
Assets at fair value (millions)	$15.0	$3.7	$18.7

49

ITEM 8. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA

SUPPLEMENTARY DATA

Quarterly Financial Information for the Years Ended December 31, 2006 and 2005 (Unaudited)

The following consolidated financial statements are filed as part of this Annual Report on Form 10-K:

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

Consolidated Statements of Earnings for the Three Month Period Ended December 31, 2006 (Successor Company) and the Nine Month Period Ended September 30, 2006⁽¹⁾ and the Years Ended December 31, 2005 and 2004 (Predecessor Company)

Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2006 (Successor Company) and 2005 (Predecessor Company)

Consolidated Statements of Shareholders’ Equity (Deficit) for the Three Months Ended December 31, 2006 (Successor Company) and the Nine Months Ended September 30, 2006⁽¹⁾ and the Years Ended December 31, 2005 and 2004 (Predecessor Company)

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the Three Months Ended December 31, 2006 (Successor Company) and the Nine Months Ended September 30, 2006⁽¹⁾ and the Years Ended December 31, 2005 and 2004 (Predecessor Company)

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

Schedule II for the Three Month Period Ended December 31, 2006 (Successor Company) and the Nine Month Period Ended September 30, 2006⁽¹⁾ and the Years Ended December 31, 2005 and 2004 (Predecessor Company)

⁽¹⁾ The financial statements for the nine month period ended September 30, 2006 include the effects of the Plan of Reorganization and fresh-start reporting in accordance with SOP 90-7 (see Note 3 to the Consolidated Financial Statements).

50

QUARTERLY FINANCIAL INFORMATION

ARMSTRONG WORLD INDUSTRIES, INC. (unaudited)

(millions except for per share data)	Predecessor Company							Successor Company
	First			Second		Third(1)		Fourth
2006 Net sales	$	822.2		$	884.0	$	902.4	$	817.3
Gross profit		167.6			203.8		208.5		156.9
Net earnings from continuing operations		27.7			49.6		1,346.9		3.3
Per share of common stock:
Basic		n/a			n/a		n/a	$	0.06
Diluted		n/a			n/a		n/a	$	0.06
Net earnings		28.0			40.2		1,287.6		2.2
Per share of common stock:
Basic		n/a			n/a		n/a	$	0.04
Diluted		n/a			n/a		n/a	$	0.04
Price range of common stock—high		n/a			n/a		n/a	$	42.50
Price range of common stock—low		n/a			n/a		n/a	$	30.00
	Predecessor Company
	First			Second		Third		Fourth
2005 Net sales	$	788.1		$	861.4	$	871.6	$	805.5
Gross profit		164.3			184.5		198.8		127.2
Net earnings from continuing operations		1.1			17.6		43.8		43.6
Per share of common stock:
Basic		n/a			n/a		n/a		n/a
Diluted		n/a			n/a		n/a		n/a
Net earnings (loss)		(3.2	)		17.3		46.1		50.9
Per share of common stock:
Basic		n/a			n/a		n/a		n/a
Diluted		n/a			n/a		n/a		n/a
Price range of common stock—high		n/a			n/a		n/a		n/a
Price range of common stock—low		n/a			n/a		n/a		n/a

⁽¹⁾ Reflects the effects of the Plan of Reorganization and fresh-start reporting. See Note 3 to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

There were no dividends paid in 2006 or 2005. The DIP Facility stipulated that AWI could not declare or pay any dividends either directly or indirectly and bankruptcy law bars dividends by companies in Chapter 11.

Note: The net sales and gross profit amounts reported above are reported on a continuing operations basis.

Fourth Quarter 2006 Compared With Fourth Quarter 2005

Net sales of $817.3 million in the fourth quarter of 2006 increased from net sales of $805.5 million in the fourth quarter of 2005, an increase of 1.5%. Excluding the favorable effects of foreign exchange rates of $13.1 million, net sales were flat as price realization and better product mix offset volume declines. Resilient Flooring net sales decreased 3.5%, excluding the favorable effects of foreign exchange rates,

51

primarily due to declining volumes. Wood Flooring net sales decreased by 7.8% due to weakness in the U.S residential markets. Building Products net sales increased by 7.4%, excluding the favorable effects of foreign exchange rates of $7.0 million, due to increased selling prices and improved product mix. Cabinets increased by 11.7% on improved price and volume. Net sales decreased 3.4% in the Americas. Excluding the favorable effects of foreign exchange rates of $11.1 million, Europe net sales increased 11.2% and Pacific Rim sales increased by 15.9%.

Operating expenses in the fourth quarter of 2006 were impacted by the effects of adopting fresh-start reporting, as a result of AWI emerging from Chapter 11 on October 2, 2006 (net sales were not impacted by fresh-start reporting). In addition, both 2006 and 2005 operating expenses were impacted by several other significant items. The fresh-start and other significant items, which impacted cost of goods sold (“COGS”), selling, general and administrative expenses (“SG&A”), restructuring charges and equity earnings, include:

Increase / (Reduction) in Expenses, reported in $ millions

Item	Where Reported	2006			2005
Fresh-Start(1):
Change in depreciation and amortization	COGS	$	(1.3	)		—
Change in costs for benefit plans	COGS		(4.6	)		—
Impact on hedging-related activity	COGS		(1.0	)		—
Inventory-related costs	COGS		29.6			—
Change in depreciation and amortization	SG&A		2.8			—
Change in costs for benefit plans	SG&A		(2.3	)		—
Inventory-related costs (WAVE)	Equity Earnings		3.7
Expenses from WAVE step-up	Equity Earnings		1.7			—
Other Significant Items:
Business interruption claim(2)	COGS		(4.7	)	$	(1.1	)
Cost reduction initiatives expenses(3)	COGS		0.5			19.2
Pension curtailment charge(3)	COGS		—			11.4
Fixed asset impairments	COGS		—			2.7
Pension curtailment charge(3)	SG&A		—			5.5
Chapter 11 related post-emergence expenses(4)	SG&A		4.6			—
Fixed asset impairments	SG&A		—			0.5
Cost reduction initiatives expenses(3)	Restructuring		1.7			6.0

⁽¹⁾ See Note 3 for more information on fresh-start reporting.

⁽²⁾ In the fourth quarter, we received the final payment for a business interruption claim, totaling $4.7 million. We received $1.1 million in the fourth quarter of 2005 for the same claim.

⁽³⁾ See “Factors Affecting Operating Costs” and Note 15 for a discussion on the cost reduction expenses and pension curtailment charges.

⁽⁴⁾ AWI incurred $4.6 million in expenses during the fourth quarter for Chapter 11 related post-emergence activities.

For the fourth quarter of 2006, the cost of goods sold was 80.8% of net sales, compared to 84.2% in 2005. The 3.4 percentage point improvement was the result of benefits from higher selling prices, primarily in Building Products, better manufacturing performance, mainly in the Resilient and Wood Flooring businesses, and improvement from sales mix. Cost of goods sold in 2006 also benefited from a larger U.S. pension plan credit. These factors more than offset raw material inflation across all businesses. In addition, cost of goods sold in 2006 and 2005 were impacted by the items as detailed in the above table.

SG&A expenses for the fourth quarter of 2006 were $144.0 million as compared to $142.2 million for the fourth quarter of 2005. Resilient Flooring reduced spending, while Building Products and Wood Flooring grew at less than the rate of growth in revenue. In addition, both 2006 and 2005 SG&A expenses were impacted by the items as detailed in the above table.

52

An operating income from continuing operations of $16.5 million in the fourth quarter of 2006 compared to an operating loss of $10.1 million in the fourth quarter of 2005.

The fourth quarter of 2005 had $5.7 million of Chapter 11 reorganization income due to the reversal of an accrual for professional fees for certain advisors.

The tax expense from continuing operations for the fourth quarter of 2006 was $3.8 million compared to a tax benefit of $45.3 million for the same period of 2005. The quarter to quarter comparative tax rates are not meaningful due to the loss from continuing operations reported in 2005 of $4.4 million versus the $7.1 million of income reported in 2006. The 2006 fourth quarter tax rate was negatively impacted by nondeductible bankruptcy fees and foreign losses with valuation allowances partially offset by favorable benefits from lower foreign tax rates, foreign exchange and foreign tax refunds, of which $1.5 million is related to a recent change in German tax law which allows for a recovery of previously frozen imputation tax credits. The comparative period of 2005 reflected $61.2 million of tax benefits related to a subsidiary capital restructuring.

53

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

The Board of Directors and Shareholders,

Armstrong World Industries, Inc.:

We have audited the accompanying consolidated financial statements of Armstrong World Industries, Inc. and subsidiaries (“the Company”) as listed in the accompanying index on page 50. In connection with our audits of the consolidated financial statements, we also have audited the financial statement schedule as listed in the accompanying index on page 50. These consolidated financial statements and financial statement schedule are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these consolidated financial statements and financial statement schedule based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Armstrong World Industries, Inc. and subsidiaries as of December 31, 2006 for the Successor Company and December 31, 2005 for the Predecessor Company, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for the three months ended December 31, 2006 for the Successor Company, and for the nine months ended September 30, 2006, and the years ended December 31, 2005 and December 31, 2004 for the Predecessor Company, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles. Also in our opinion, the related financial statement schedule, when considered in relation to the basic consolidated financial statements taken as a whole, presents fairly, in all material respects, the information set forth therein.

As discussed in Notes 1 and 3 to the consolidated financial statements, on August 18, 2006, the Bankruptcy Court confirmed the Company’s Plan of Reorganization (the Plan), related to its Chapter 11 bankruptcy proceeding. The Plan became effective on October 2, 2006 and Armstrong World Industries, Inc. emerged from the Chapter 11 bankruptcy proceeding. In connection with its emergence from the Chapter 11 bankruptcy proceeding, Armstrong World Industries, Inc. adopted fresh-start reporting pursuant to Statement of Position 90-7, “Financial Reporting by Entities in Reorganization Under the Bankruptcy Code” as of October 2, 2006. As a result, the financial statements of the Successor Company are presented on a different basis than those of the Predecessor Company and, therefore, are not comparable in all respects. As described in Note 3 to the consolidated financial statements, the Company has reflected the effects of the Plan and fresh-start reporting in the Predecessor Company for the nine month period ended September 30, 2006. As discussed in Notes 16 and 18 to the consolidated financial statements, upon adoption of fresh-start reporting, the Company changed its method of accounting for income tax contingencies as described by FASB Interpretation No. 48, “Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes – an interpretation of FASB Statement No. 109” and its method of accounting for defined benefit and other postretirement plans as described by Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 158, “Employers’ Accounting for Defined Benefit Pension and Other Postretirement Plans – an amendment of FASB Statements No. 87, 88, 106, and 132(R).”

/s/ KPMG LLP

Philadelphia, Pennsylvania

March 30, 2007

54

Armstrong World Industries, Inc., and Subsidiaries

Consolidated Statements of Earnings

(amounts in millions, except per share data)

	Successor Company			Predecessor Company
	Three Months Ended December 31, 2006			Nine Months Ended September 30, 2006(1)			Year Ended December 31, 2005			Year Ended December 31, 2004
Net sales	$	817.3		$	2,608.6		$	3,326.6		$	3,279.1
Cost of goods sold		660.4			2,028.7			2,651.8			2,654.4
Gross profit		156.9			579.9			674.8			624.7
Selling, general and administrative expenses		144.0			417.0			590.0			567.7
Goodwill impairment		—			—			—			108.4
Restructuring charges, net		1.7			10.0			23.0			17.9
Equity earnings from joint venture		(5.3	)		(41.4	)		(39.3	)		(31.6	)
Operating income (loss)		16.5			194.3			101.1			(37.7	)
Interest expense (unrecorded contractual interest of $0.0, $57.6, $82.8 and $86.9, respectively)		13.4			5.2			7.7			7.9
Other non-operating expense		0.3			1.0			1.5			3.1
Other non-operating (income)		(4.3	)		(7.2	)		(11.8	)		(6.4	)
Chapter 11 reorganization (income) costs, net		—			(1,955.5	)		(1.2	)		6.9
Earnings (loss) from continuing operations before income taxes		7.1			2,150.8			104.9			(49.2	)
Income tax expense (benefit)		3.8			69.6			(1.2	)		21.4
Income tax expense on settlement and fresh-start adjustments		—			657.0			—			—
Earnings (loss) from continuing operations		3.3			1,424.2			106.1			(70.6	)
Gain (loss) from discontinued operations, net of tax of $0.9, $(8.7), $2.8 and $3.5		(1.1	)		(68.4	)		5.0			(9.1	)
Net earnings (loss)	$	2.2		$	1,355.8		$	111.1		$	(79.7	)
Earnings per share of common stock, continuing operations:
Basic	$	0.06			n/a			n/a			n/a
Diluted	$	0.06			n/a			n/a			n/a
Loss per share of common stock, discontinued operations:
Basic	$	(0.02	)		n/a			n/a			n/a
Diluted	$	(0.02	)		n/a			n/a			n/a
Net earnings per share of common stock:
Basic	$	0.04			n/a			n/a			n/a
Diluted	$	0.04			n/a			n/a			n/a
Average number of common shares outstanding:
Basic		55.0			n/a			n/a			n/a
Diluted		55.3			n/a			n/a			n/a

⁽¹⁾ Reflects the effects of the Plan of Reorganization and fresh-start reporting. See Note 3 to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements beginning on page 59.

55

Armstrong World Industries, Inc., and Subsidiaries

Consolidated Balance Sheets

(amounts in millions, except share data)

	Successor Company		Predecessor Company
	December 31, 2006		December 31, 2005
Assets
Current assets:
Cash and cash equivalents	$	252.5	$	602.2
Accounts and notes receivable, net		321.9		328.8
Inventories, net		521.7		514.5
Assets of discontinued business held for sale		121.6		—
Deferred income taxes		6.8		15.4
Income tax receivable		81.4		18.2
Other current assets		65.5		82.2
Total current assets		1,371.4		1,561.3
Property, plant and equipment, less accumulated depreciation and amortization of $28.8 and $1,628.7, respectively		966.2		1,180.7
Insurance receivable for asbestos-related liabilities, noncurrent		—		88.8
Prepaid pension costs		579.8		476.9
Investment in affiliates		294.6		67.4
Goodwill		—		134.2
Other intangibles, net		669.9		32.7
Deferred income taxes, noncurrent		201.4		967.4
Other noncurrent assets		87.4		96.6
Total assets	$	4,170.7	$	4,606.0
Liabilities and Shareholders’ Equity
Current liabilities:
Short-term debt	$	3.8	$	14.6
Current installments of long-term debt		10.9		5.4
Accounts payable and accrued expenses		443.3		392.5
Short term amounts due to affiliates		—		10.0
Liabilities of discontinued business held for sale		53.3		—
Income tax payable		2.9		10.0
Deferred income taxes		2.4		0.8
Total current liabilities		516.6		433.3
Liabilities subject to compromise		1.3		4,869.4
Long-term debt, less current installments		801.5		21.5
Postretirement and postemployment benefit liabilities		373.7		258.9
Pension benefit liabilities		207.8		223.7
Other long-term liabilities		75.7		90.0
Income taxes payable, noncurrent		10.7		—
Deferred income taxes, noncurrent		11.2		21.2
Minority interest in subsidiaries		7.5		7.9
Total noncurrent liabilities		1,489.4		5,492.6
Shareholders’ equity (deficit):
Common stock, par value per share $0.01 in 2006 and $1 in 2005 Authorized 200 million shares; issued 56,091,218 shares in 2006 and 51,878,910 shares in 2005		0.6		51.9
Capital in excess of par value		2,099.8		172.6
Reduction for ESOP loan guarantee		—		(142.2	)
Retained earnings (accumulated deficit)		2.2		(910.8	)
Accumulated other comprehensive income		62.1		37.1
Less common stock in treasury, at cost 2006 – 0 shares; 2005 – 11,393,170 shares		—		(528.5	)
Total shareholders’ equity (deficit)		2,164.7		(1,319.9	)
Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity (deficit)	$	4,170.7	$	4,606.0

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements beginning on page 59.

56

Armstrong World Industries, Inc., and Subsidiaries

Consolidated Statements of Shareholders’ Equity

(amounts in millions, except per share amounts)

	Successor Company				Predecessor Company
	Three Months ended December 31, 2006				Nine months ended September 30, 2006(1)					Year 2005						Year 2004
Common stock:
Balance at beginning of period	$	0.6			$	51.9				$	51.9					$	51.9
Cancellation of Predecessor common stock		—				(51.9	)				—						—
Issuance of Successor common stock		—				0.6					—						—
Balance at end of period	$	0.6			$	0.6				$	51.9					$	51.9
Capital in excess of par value:
Balance at beginning of period	$	2,097.6			$	172.6				$	172.6					$	172.7
Elimination of additional paid in capital due to cancellation of Predecessor common stock		—				(172.6	)				—						—
Paid in capital associated with issuance of Successor common stock		—				2,097.6					—						—
Share-based employee compensation		2.2				—					—						—
Other		—									—						(0.1	)
Balance at end of period	$	2,099.8			$	2,097.6				$	172.6					$	172.6
Reduction for ESOP loan guarantee:
Balance at beginning of period	$	—			$	(142.2	)			$	(142.2	)				$	(142.2	)
Cancellation of Predecessor ESOP loan guarantee		—				142.2					—						—
Balance at end of period	$	—			$	—				$	(142.2	)				$	(142.2	)
Retained earnings (accumulated deficit):
Balance at beginning of period	$	—			$	(910.8	)			$	(1,021.9	)				$	(942.2	)
Net earnings (loss) for period		2.2	$	2.2		1,355.8		$	1,355.8		111.1			$111.1			(79.7	)	$	(79.7	)
Elimination of Predecessor retained earnings		—				(445.0	)				—						—
Balance at end of period	$	2.2			$	—				$	(910.8	)				$	(1,021.9	)
Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss):
Balance at beginning of period	$	—			$	37.1				$	42.8					$	43.3
Foreign currency translation adjustments		2.1				18.5					(14.1	)					22.4
Derivative gain (loss), net		0.7				(9.5	)				1.2						0.3
Pension adjustments		59.3				—					—						—
Minimum pension liability adjustments		—				(0.7	)				7.2						(23.2	)
Total other comprehensive income (loss)		62.1		62.1		8.3			8.3		(5.7	)		(5.7	)		(0.5	)		(0.5	)
Elimination of Predecessor accumulated other comprehensive income		—				(45.4	)				—						—
Balance at end of period	$	62.1			$	—				$	37.1					$	42.8
Comprehensive income (loss)			$	64.3				$	1,364.1				$	105.4					$	(80.2	)
Less treasury stock at cost:
Balance at beginning of period	$	—			$	(528.5	)			$	(528.5	)				$	(528.5	)
Elimination of Predecessor treasury stock		—				528.5					—						—
Balance at end of period	$	—			$	—				$	(528.5	)				$	(528.5	)
Total shareholders’ equity (deficit)	$	2,164.7			$	2,098.2				$	(1,319.9	)				$	(1,425.3	)

(1) Reflects the effects of the Plan of Reorganization and fresh-start reporting. See Note 3 to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements beginning on page 59.

57

Armstrong World Industries, Inc., and Subsidiaries

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

	Successor Company			Predecessor Company
	Three Months ended December 31, 2006			Nine Months ended September 30, 2006(1)			Year 2005			Year 2004
Cash flows from operating activities:
Net earnings (loss)	$	2.2		$	1,355.8		$	111.1		$	(79.7	)
Adjustments to reconcile net earnings (loss) to net cash provided by (used by) operating activities:
Depreciation and amortization		32.2			101.2			141.0			151.0
Goodwill impairment		—			—			—			108.4
Fixed asset impairments		—			0.6			17.6			64.7
Deferred income taxes		1.8			726.2			(24.6	)		(21.9	)
Gain on sale of assets		—			(17.1	)		(0.2	)		(2.9	)
Gain on sale of notes		—			—			(10.4	)		—
Equity earnings from affiliates, net		(5.3	)		(41.4	)		(39.0	)		(33.5	)
Gain on sale of investment in affiliates		—			—			(3.4	)		—
Chapter 11 reorganization (income) costs, net		—			15.2			(1.2	)		6.9
Chapter 11 reorganization costs payments		—			(13.1	)		(12.7	)		(15.9	)
Post-emergence chapter 11 fees		4.6			—			—			—
Post-emergence chapter 11 payments		(4.0	)		—			—			—
Restructuring charges, net of reversals		1.7			10.0			23.2			18.3
Restructuring payments		(0.4	)		(3.0	)		(24.0	)		(4.1	)
Asbestos-related insurance recoveries		—			7.0			—			4.5
Cash effect of hedging activities		(3.1	)		(2.8	)		21.9			1.1
Gain on discharge of debt and liabilities subject to compromise		—			(1,510.8	)		—			—
Non-cash fresh-start adjustments		—			(389.5	)		—			—
Changes in operating assets and liabilities:
Receivables		49.6			(66.0	)		(8.7	)		(9.5	)
Inventories		54.8			(12.7	)		1.5			(61.7	)
Other current assets		(5.1	)		2.0			(3.7	)		11.8
Other noncurrent assets		(13.9	)		(45.3	)		(16.8	)		(34.8	)
Accounts payable and accrued expenses		(11.1	)		11.3			8.5			61.1
Income taxes payable		(4.6	)		(64.7	)		(16.7	)		(31.4	)
Other long-term liabilities		(1.8	)		(10.5	)		(20.1	)		3.5
Cash distributed under the POR		(28.6	)		(804.1	)		—			—
Other, net		1.1			5.6			3.4			6.9
Net cash provided by (used by) operating activities		70.1			(746.1	)		146.7			142.8
Cash flows from investing activities:
Purchases of property, plant and equipment and computer software		(40.3	)		(98.2	)		(135.5	)		(134.0	)
Purchase of minority interest		—			(1.5	)		—			—
Acquisitions		—			(60.5	)		—			—
Proceeds from sale of notes		—			—			38.3			—
Distributions from equity affiliates		25.0			18.0			23.0			10.0
Investment in affiliates		—			(4.3	)		—			—
Proceeds from sale of investment in affiliates		—			—			20.6			—
Loan to affiliate		—			(6.3	)		—			—
Proceeds from the sale of assets		—			39.1			5.1			12.3
Net cash (used for) investing activities		(15.3	)		(113.7	)		(48.5	)		(111.7	)
Cash flows from financing activities:
Increase/(decrease) in short-term debt, net		2.8			(15.2	)		5.1			4.0
Issuance of long-term debt		—			800.0			—			—
Payments of long-term debt		(0.2	)		(15.5	)		(7.6	)		(9.8	)
Payments under the POR		—			(300.7	)		—			—
Dividend to minority interest		—			(1.1	)		—			—
Debt issuance costs		(10.7	)		—			—			—
Other, net		—			0.5			(1.4	)		(1.2	)
Net cash provided by (used for) financing activities		(8.1	)		468.0			(3.9	)		(7.0	)
Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents		1.3			5.4			(8.0	)		7.5
Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents	$	48.0		$	(386.4	)	$	86.3		$	31.6
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period	$	215.8		$	602.2		$	515.9		$	484.3
Cash and cash equivalents at end of period	$	263.8		$	215.8		$	602.2		$	515.9
Cash and cash equivalents at end of period from discontinued operations		11.3			—			—			—
Cash and cash equivalents at end of period from continuing operations	$	252.5		$	215.8		$	602.2		$	515.9

⁽¹⁾ Reflects the effects of the Plan of Reorganization and fresh-start reporting. See Note 3 to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements beginning on page 59.

58

Armstrong World Industries, Inc., and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(dollar amounts in millions)

NOTE 1. BUSINESS AND CHAPTER 11 REORGANIZATION

Armstrong World Industries, Inc. (“AWI”) is a Pennsylvania corporation incorporated in 1891. On December 6, 2000, AWI filed a voluntary petition for relief under Chapter 11 of the U.S. Bankruptcy Code in order to use the court-supervised reorganization process to achieve a resolution of AWI’s asbestos-related liability. On October 2, 2006, when all conditions precedent were met, AWI’s plan of reorganization (the “POR”), as confirmed by the U.S. District Court for the District of Delaware by order dated August 18, 2006, became effective, and AWI emerged from Chapter 11.

Armstrong Holdings, Inc. (“AHI”) is a Pennsylvania corporation and, as of September 30, 2006, was the publicly held parent holding company of AWI. AHI’s only operation was its indirect ownership, through Armstrong Worldwide, Inc. (“AWWD,” a Delaware corporation), of all of the capital stock of AWI. Upon AWI’s POR becoming effective on October 2, 2006, all then-current shares of AWI were cancelled, and AHI was not entitled to any distribution under the POR in respect of its former equity interest in AWI. AHI, AWWD, and AWI have a settlement of claims pending court approval in AWI’s Chapter 11 case. See “Matters Concerning AHI” for additional information about the settlement.

When we refer to “we”, “our” and “us” in this report, we are referring to AWI and its subsidiaries. References in this report to “reorganized Armstrong” are to AWI as it was reorganized under the POR on October 2, 2006, and its subsidiaries collectively. We use the term “AWI” when we are referring solely to Armstrong World Industries, Inc.

AWI’s two wholly-owned subsidiaries that commenced Chapter 11 proceedings at the same time as AWI remain in Chapter 11. The following summarizes the events in its Chapter 11 case that led to AWI’s emergence.

Proceedings under Chapter 11

On December 6, 2000, AWI, the major operating subsidiary of AHI, filed a voluntary petition for relief (the “Filing”) under Chapter 11 of the U.S. Bankruptcy Code (the “Bankruptcy Code”) in the United States Bankruptcy Court for the District of Delaware (the “Bankruptcy Court”) in order to use the court-supervised reorganization process to achieve a resolution of AWI’s asbestos-related liability. Also filing under Chapter 11 were two of AWI’s wholly-owned subsidiaries, Nitram Liquidators, Inc. (“Nitram”) and Desseaux Corporation of North America, Inc. (“Desseaux”). The Chapter 11 cases are being jointly administered under case number 00-4471 (the “Chapter 11 Case”). Shortly after its commencement, the Chapter 11 Case was assigned to Judge Randall J. Newsome. His appointment as a visiting judge in the District of Delaware ended on December 31, 2003. On January 6, 2004, the Chapter 11 Case was assigned to Judge Judith K. Fitzgerald.

AHI and all of AWI’s other direct and indirect subsidiaries and affiliates, including Armstrong Wood Products Inc. (formerly Triangle Pacific Corp.), WAVE (AWI’s ceiling grid systems joint venture with Worthington Industries, Inc.), Armstrong Canada, and Armstrong DLW AG, were not a part of the Filing and accordingly, except for any asbestos-related liability that also relates, directly or indirectly, to the pre-Filing activities of AWI, the liabilities, including asbestos-related liability if any, of such companies were not resolved in AWI’s Chapter 11 Case. See below under “The Asbestos Personal Injury Trust” and Note 32 under “Asbestos-Related Litigation”.

Through October 1, 2006, AWI operated its business and managed its properties as a debtor-in-possession subject to the provisions of the Bankruptcy Code. Pursuant to the provisions of the Bankruptcy Code, AWI was not permitted to pay any claims or obligations which arose prior to the Filing date (prepetition claims) unless specifically authorized by the Bankruptcy Court. Similarly, claimants could not enforce any prepetition claims unless specifically authorized by the Bankruptcy Court. In addition, as a debtor-in-possession, AWI had the right, subject to the Bankruptcy Court’s approval, to assume or reject any executory contracts and unexpired leases in existence at the date of the Filing. Some of these were specifically assumed and others were specifically rejected already in the course of the Chapter 11 Case. In the plan of reorganization, AWI identified other executory contracts and

59

Armstrong World Industries, Inc., and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(dollar amounts in millions)

unexpired leases that it assumed or rejected effective on the Effective Date; any not specifically assumed under the plan of reorganization were rejected as of that date.

Three creditors’ committees, one representing asbestos personal injury claimants (the “Asbestos Personal Injury Claimants’ Committee”), one representing asbestos property damage claimants (the “Asbestos Property Damage Committee”), and the other representing other unsecured creditors (the “Unsecured Creditors’ Committee”), were appointed in the Chapter 11 Case. In addition, an individual was appointed to represent the interests of future asbestos personal injury claimants (the “Future Claimants’ Representative”). In accordance with the provisions of the Bankruptcy Code, these parties had the right to be heard on matters that came before the Bankruptcy Court in the Chapter 11 Case. Upon resolution of all asbestos property damage claims, the Asbestos Property Damage Committee was disbanded. Upon AWI’s emergence from Chapter 11 on October 2, 2006, the Asbestos Personal Injury Claimants’ Committee and the Unsecured Creditors’ Committee were disbanded. The Future Claimants’ Representative will continue to serve, but as of October 2, 2006 his expenses will be borne by the Asbestos Personal Injury Trust established under the plan of reorganization as described below.

Plan of Reorganization and Disclosure Statement

On November 4, 2002, AWI filed a plan of reorganization with the Bankruptcy Court. Subsequently, AWI filed several amendments to the plan, along with various exhibits. The Fourth Amended Plan of Reorganization, with certain exhibits, was filed on May 23, 2003 and, as so amended and as modified by modifications filed with the Bankruptcy Court through May 23, 2006, was confirmed by the U.S. District Court for the District of Delaware (the “Court”) on August 18, 2006. Such plan, as confirmed, is referred to in this report as the “POR”. Pursuant to the POR, upon emergence from Chapter 11 on October 2, 2006, AWI continued to conduct its existing lines of business with a reorganized capital structure under which, among other things, its existing shares were cancelled and new common shares of reorganized Armstrong and cash were issued to its unsecured creditors and to the Armstrong World Industries, Inc. Asbestos Personal Injury Settlement Trust (the “Asbestos PI Trust”), which was established under the POR, as described below, for the benefit of AWI’s current and future asbestos-related personal injury claimants, in full satisfaction of their claims against AWI. The POR excludes AWI’s Nitram and Desseaux subsidiaries, neither of which is material to Armstrong and which are pursuing separate resolutions of their Chapter 11 cases that are expected to result in the winding up of their affairs.

In connection with the vote of creditors on the POR, AWI prepared a disclosure statement concerning its business and the POR, including certain projected financial information assuming an effective date of the POR of July 1, 2003, intended to demonstrate to the Bankruptcy Court the feasibility of the POR and AWI’s ability to continue operations upon its emergence from Chapter 11. On May 30, 2003, the Bankruptcy Court approved the disclosure statement for distribution to parties in interest in the Chapter 11 Case. The projected financial information included in the disclosure statement was updated in certain respects by information submitted to the Bankruptcy Court in connection with the Bankruptcy Court’s November 2003 hearing on confirmation of the POR and was not otherwise updated for use in any submission made in the Chapter 11 Case. This projected financial information was prepared for the limited purposes of consideration by the Bankruptcy Court, creditors and other parties in interest in the Chapter 11 Case of matters pertinent to the case. The projected financial information and estimates of value were prepared by AWI and its financial advisors and were not audited or reviewed by independent accountants. At the time they were prepared in 2003, the projections reflected numerous assumptions concerning reorganized Armstrong’s anticipated future performance and with respect to prevailing and anticipated market and economic conditions, which were and remain beyond our control and which may not materialize. Projections are inherently subject to significant and numerous uncertainties and to a wide variety of significant business, economic and competitive risks and the assumptions underlying the projections may be wrong in a material respect. Actual results have and may vary significantly from those contemplated by the projections.

During 2003, the POR was submitted for a vote by AWI’s creditors for its approval. It was approved by each creditor class that was entitled to vote on the POR except the class of unsecured creditors. On

60

Armstrong World Industries, Inc., and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(dollar amounts in millions)

November 17 and 18, 2003, the Bankruptcy Court held a hearing on confirmation of the POR and on December 19, 2003, issued proposed findings of fact and conclusions of law and a proposed order confirming the POR, notwithstanding the rejection of the POR by the class of unsecured creditors. On December 29, 2003, the Unsecured Creditors’ Committee filed an objection to the Bankruptcy Court’s proposed findings of fact and conclusions of law and the proposed order of confirmation of the POR.

In order for AWI’s POR to be confirmed, the U.S. District Court had to also issue findings of fact and conclusions of law in support of confirmation of the POR, enter or affirm an order confirming the POR and issue an injunction under Section 524(g) of the Bankruptcy Code (see “Asbestos Personal Injury Trust” below). Following procedural delays concerning the status of the prior U.S. District Court judge presiding over AWI’s Chapter 11 Case, the case was assigned to U.S. District Court Judge Eduardo C. Robreno in June 2004. A hearing was held before Judge Robreno on December 15, 2004 to consider the objections to confirmation of the POR. On February 23, 2005, Judge Robreno ruled that the POR could not be confirmed. In the court’s decision, the Judge found that, because the class of unsecured creditors voted to reject the POR, the distribution of warrants to the existing equity holder (AHI), as then provided under the POR, violated the absolute priority rule of the Bankruptcy Code.

AWI appealed this decision to the United States Court of Appeals for the Third Circuit. On December 29, 2005, that court affirmed the District Court’s decision to deny confirmation of the POR.

At a status conference before Judge Robreno on February 3, 2006, AWI and the court-authorized representatives of AWI’s creditors and claimants advised the Court that they had agreed on a proposed schedule for a confirmation hearing on a modified POR which would eliminate the provisions regarding distribution of warrants to AWI’s existing equity holder. AWI filed the modified POR with the Court on February 21, 2006. Following the conference, Judge Robreno established a schedule for a U.S. District Court confirmation hearing on the modified POR.

The confirmation hearing commenced on May 23, 2006 and concluded with oral arguments on July 11, 2006. At that hearing, the Court heard testimony and received evidence relating to the Unsecured Creditors’ Committee’s objection that the modified POR unfairly discriminated against the unsecured creditors, based on the size of the present and future asbestos liability implied by the modified POR.

On August 15, 2006, the Court issued its opinion overruling the Unsecured Creditors’ Committee’s objection. On August 18, 2006, the Court entered the order confirming AWI’s POR, along with its findings of facts and conclusions of law.

A description of the basic components of the POR, as it became effective on October 2, 2006, follows.

Relationship to Armstrong Holdings, Inc. (“AHI”)

Upon the POR becoming effective on October 2, 2006, all then-current shares of AWI were cancelled, and AHI was not entitled to any distribution on account of its equity interest in AWI. See “Matters Concerning AHI” in this footnote for a discussion on the pending matters between AHI and AWI.

Asbestos Personal Injury Trust

Upon the POR becoming effective on October 2, 2006, the Asbestos PI Trust was created, pursuant to section 524(g) of the Bankruptcy Code, for the purpose of addressing AWI’s personal injury (including wrongful death) asbestos-related liability. As of October 2, 2006, all present and future asbestos-related personal injury claims against AWI, including contribution claims of co-defendants, arising directly or indirectly out of AWI’s pre-Filing use of or other activities involving asbestos are channeled to the Asbestos PI Trust.

As part of the POR, an injunction was issued under Section 524(g) protecting various entities from such present and future AWI asbestos-related personal injury claims. These entities include, among others, reorganized Armstrong, AHI, AWI’s subsidiaries and other affiliates (as defined in the POR), and their

61

Armstrong World Industries, Inc., and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(dollar amounts in millions)

respective officers and directors. Now that AWI has emerged from Chapter 11, reorganized Armstrong does not have any responsibility for these claims (including claims against reorganized Armstrong based solely on its ownership of a subsidiary or other affiliate), nor will it participate in the resolution of these claims.

However, although AWI’s domestic and foreign subsidiaries and other affiliates have certain protection afforded by the 524(g) injunction, asbestos-related personal injury claims against them will be channeled to the Asbestos PI Trust only to the extent such claims directly or indirectly relate to the manufacturing, installation, distribution or other activities of AWI or are based solely on AWI’s ownership of the subsidiaries or other affiliates (as distinguished from independent activities of the subsidiaries or affiliates). See Note 32 under “Asbestos-Related Litigation.”

In addition, workers’ compensation claims brought against AWI or its subsidiaries or other affiliates will not be channeled to the Asbestos PI Trust and will remain subject to the workers’ compensation process. Workers’ compensation law provides that the employer is responsible for evaluation, medical treatment and lost wages as a result of a job-related injury. Historically, workers’ compensation claims against AWI or its subsidiaries have not been significant in number or amount, and AWI honored its obligations with respect to such claims during the Chapter 11 Case. Currently, AWI has six pending workers’ compensation claims, and a UK subsidiary has seven employer liability claims involving alleged asbestos exposure.

There also is uncertainty as to proceedings, if any, brought in certain foreign jurisdictions with respect to the effect of the 524(g) injunction in precluding the assertion in such jurisdictions of asbestos-related personal injury claims, proceedings related thereto or the enforcement of judgments rendered in such proceedings.

Management believes that neither AWI nor any of its subsidiaries or other affiliates is subject to any asbestos-related personal injury claims that will not be channeled to the Asbestos PI Trust under the POR and that are of a magnitude that, individually or collectively, would be material in amount to reorganized Armstrong.

Consideration Distributed under the POR

The Asbestos PI Trust and the holders of allowed unsecured claims, other than “convenience creditors” described below, became entitled on the Effective Date to share in the following consideration to be distributed to them under the POR:

• AWI’s “Available Cash,” which, as defined in the POR, was:

^¡ Cash available as of September 30, 2006 after reserving up to $100 million (as determined by AWI) to fund ongoing operations and making provisions for the payment of allowed claims of convenience creditors and certain other required payments under the POR,

^¡ Any cash drawn, at AWI’s sole discretion, under a credit facility to be established as provided by the POR for the purpose of funding distributions under the POR, and

^¡ Certain insurance proceeds related to environmental matters.

However, pursuant to the POR, proceeds received from any private offering of debt securities or secured term loan borrowings made, as permitted by, and in connection with consummation of, the POR, and certain other amounts authorized or directed by the Court, were excluded from the determination of Available Cash.

• Plan Notes of AWI as further described below or net cash proceeds from any private offerings of debt securities or secured term loan borrowings made in lieu of Plan Notes, and

• New common shares of reorganized Armstrong, representing all of the shares issued under, and outstanding after giving effect to, the POR, which were determined to be 56.4 million shares, except that an additional 5,349,000 shares (5% of the shares on a fully diluted basis) were reserved for issuance pursuant to a Long-Term Incentive Plan for key employees.

62

Armstrong World Industries, Inc., and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(dollar amounts in millions)

The POR called for AWI to use reasonable efforts to issue one or more private offerings of debt securities or arrange term loan borrowings on, or as soon as practicable after, the Effective Date, so as to yield net proceeds at least equal to the amount of the Plan Notes prescribed by the Plan, which was the greater of (i) $1.125 billion less Available Cash and (ii) $775 million. Following its emergence, AWI received commitments for, and then entered into and received the proceeds from, $800 million of secured term loan borrowings for use principally in lieu of issuance of the Plan Notes. The borrowings consist of a $300 million term loan with a 5 year maturity and a $500 million term loan with a 7 year maturity. Of the $800 million borrowed, $775 million was distributed to the Asbestos PI Trust and holders of allowed unsecured claims, as described in the following paragraph, and the remaining $25 million is being used by AWI for operational purposes.

The POR provided that unsecured creditors, other than convenience creditors described below, receive their pro rata share of:

• 34.43% of the 56.4 million new common shares of reorganized Armstrong,

• 34.43% of the first $1.05 billion of all the Available Cash and net cash proceeds from the secured term loan borrowings in lieu of Plan Notes to be distributed under the POR to unsecured creditors (other than convenience creditors) and the Asbestos PI Trust, in the form of:

^¡ Up to $300 million of Available Cash and

^¡ The balance in net cash proceeds from the secured term loan borrowings.

• 60% of the next $50 million of Available Cash but, if such Available Cash is less than $50 million, then 60% of the balance of the net cash proceeds from the secured term loan borrowings made in lieu of issuing the Plan Notes, and

• 34.43% of the remaining amount of any Available Cash, and the remaining net cash proceeds from the secured term loan borrowings made in lieu of issuing the Plan Notes.

Under the POR, the remaining amount of new common shares of reorganized Armstrong, Available Cash and net cash proceeds from the secured term loan borrowings, made in lieu of issuing the Plan Notes, were distributed to the Asbestos PI Trust. Pursuant to the POR, AWI also transferred rights arising under liability insurance policies issued to AWI with respect to asbestos-related personal injury claims to the Asbestos PI Trust. See Note 32 for additional information regarding the asbestos-related personal injury insurance proceedings.

Under the POR, unsecured creditors whose claims (other than claims on debt securities) are less than $10 thousand or who elect to reduce their claims to $10 thousand were treated as “convenience creditors” and will receive payment of 75% of their allowed claim amount in cash (which payments reduced the amount of Available Cash). Payments totaling $2.4 million to-date were made to the convenience creditors, commencing on October 2, 2006, with another $0.6 million expected to be paid in future periods.

Valuation of Consideration to be Distributed under the POR

During the third quarter of 2003, AWI and its financial advisors estimated the value of reorganized Armstrong to be between $2.4 billion and $3.0 billion, with the mid-point of this range used in the financial projections that were part of the Disclosure Statement. AWI and its financial advisors determined the reorganization value as of October 2, 2006 to be $2.94 billion. This value is being used as the basis for AWI’s fresh-start reporting. See Note 3 for additional information on fresh-start reporting.

63

Armstrong World Industries, Inc., and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(dollar amounts in millions)

Based upon the distribution provisions for the POR described above, the Asbestos PI Trust and holders of allowed unsecured claims became entitled on the Effective Date to receive the following distributions:

	Number of Shares and Cash Distributed To
(reported in millions)	Asbestos PI Trust		Unsecured Creditors		Total
Shares of reorganized Armstrong		37.0		19.4		56.4
Cash proceeds from borrowings	$	508.2	$	266.8	$	775.0
Available Cash		230.3		140.4		370.7
Total of cash proceeds	$	738.5	$	407.2	$	1,145.7
Book value of insurance receivable	$	91.5

Distribution to the Asbestos PI Trust of the above-mentioned new common shares was made on October 2, 2006 and distribution to it of its share of Available Cash and net cash proceeds from the secured term loan borrowings was completed by October 17, 2006. The rights arising under liability insurance policies issued to AWI with respect to asbestos related personal injury claims were transferred to the Asbestos PI Trust on October 2, 2006. The initial distribution to holders of allowed unsecured claims, of their pro rata share of the above-mentioned new common shares, Available Cash and net cash proceeds from the secured term loan borrowings, commenced on October 17, 2006. Substantially all of the total unsecured creditors’ value was distributed in the fourth quarter 2006, with some of the value reserved from distribution due to a few unsecured claims that remain unresolved. The remaining amount of distribution to the unsecured creditors will be made in future periods, as the disputed claims are resolved, in accordance with the dates and procedures established under the POR.

Matters Concerning AHI

As of September 30, 2006, AHI’s only operation was its indirect ownership, through Armstrong Worldwide, Inc. (a Delaware corporation), of all of the capital shares of AWI. Upon the POR becoming effective on October 2, 2006, all then-current shares of AWI were cancelled, and AHI was not entitled to any distribution on account of its equity interest in AWI.

On August 23, 2006, AHI announced that it and Armstrong Worldwide, Inc. have pending claims in AWI’s Chapter 11 Case (collectively, the “AHI Claim”). The AHI Claim relates to intercompany charges and credits between the companies. If and to the extent the AHI Claim or any part of it is allowed in AWI’s Chapter 11 Case, AHI would recover on such claim on the same basis as other general unsecured creditors of AWI are entitled to recover under the POR.

A final federal income tax return for AHI and AWI on a consolidated basis is expected to be filed for 2006 by September 2007. AHI and AWI will report substantial tax losses in this final tax return. The use of the tax losses and the extent to which they result in tax refunds will be affected by elections to be made in this final consolidated return by AHI as agent for the Armstrong consolidated group. Some elections would be more beneficial to one company than the other. The Armstrong consolidated group will receive a substantial tax refund of current year, and possibly prior year, tax payments. The amount of the refund of prior year tax payments will depend in part on the elections made in the tax return. How much of the tax refunds will be retained by AHI was negotiated between AHI and reorganized Armstrong (see below).

In order to address the AHI Claim and its tax-related issues with AWI, at a meeting on September 16, 2006, the Board of Directors of AHI appointed a special committee of the Board. The members of the

64

Armstrong World Industries, Inc., and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(dollar amounts in millions)

committee are independent directors of AHI who do not serve as directors of, or otherwise participate in the affairs of, AWI. The committee negotiated with AWI concerning these matters.

On February 26, 2007, AHI and AWI announced that they reached a settlement on all intercompany claim and tax matters. The settlement was submitted to the U.S. Bankruptcy Court for its approval. The settlement calls for AWI to pay AHI $20 million in cash, and gives AHI an allowed claim under AWI’s confirmed Plan of Reorganization of $8.5 million. The settlement gives AWI the right to make all relevant tax elections and file all required tax returns on behalf of the Armstrong group of companies for all relevant tax periods during which the two companies were affiliated, and to receive and retain all related tax refunds. The U.S. Bankruptcy Court is scheduled to review the settlement on April 2, 2007.

Common Shares and Debt Securities

AWI’s new common shares began trading on the New York Stock Exchange on October 10 under the ticker symbol “AWI”. AWI’s pre-Filing debt securities that were trading in the OTC Bulletin Board under the ticker symbol “AKKWQ” ceased trading upon AWI’s emergence from Chapter 11.

Financing

Through October 1, 2006, AWI had a $75.0 million debtor-in-possession (“DIP”) credit facility that was limited to issuances of letters of credit. On October 2, 2006, this facility was cancelled, and AWI entered into a secured $300 million revolving credit facility, that is scheduled to mature in 5 years. By October 16, 2006, AWI received commitments for, and the proceeds from, $800 million of secured term loan borrowings. Of the $800 million borrowed, $775 million was distributed to the Asbestos PI Trust and holders of allowed unsecured claims, as described earlier in this note, and the remaining $25 million is being used by AWI for operational purposes. See Note 17 for further information on our debt.

Accounting Impact

AICPA Statement of Position 90-7, “Financial Reporting by Entities in Reorganization under the Bankruptcy Code” (“SOP 90-7”) provides financial reporting guidance for entities that are reorganizing under the Bankruptcy Code. This guidance was implemented in the accompanying consolidated financial statements.

Pursuant to SOP 90-7, AWI is required to segregate pre-Filing liabilities that are subject to compromise and report them separately on the balance sheet. See Note 5 for detail of the liabilities subject to compromise at December 31, 2006 and December 31, 2005. Liabilities that may have been affected by a plan of reorganization were recorded at the expected amount of the allowed claims, even if they were settled for lesser amounts. Substantially all of AWI’s pre-Filing debt, in default as of the Filing Date, was recorded at face value and was classified within liabilities subject to compromise. Obligations of AWI subsidiaries not covered by the Filing remained classified on the consolidated balance sheet based upon maturity date. AWI’s estimated liability for asbestos-related personal injury claims was also recorded in liabilities subject to compromise. See Note 32 for further discussion of AWI’s asbestos liability.

65

Armstrong World Industries, Inc., and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(dollar amounts in millions)

SOP 90-7 also requires separate reporting of all revenues, expenses, realized gains and losses, and provision for losses related to the Filing as Chapter 11 reorganization costs, net. Accordingly, AWI recorded the following Chapter 11 reorganization activities during 2006, 2005 and 2004:

	Successor Company		Predecessor Company
	Three Months Ended December 31, 2006		Nine Months Ended September 30, 2006			Year 2005			Year 2004
Professional fees	$	—	$	30.2		$	10.4		$	11.5
Interest income, post-Filing		—		(15.0	)		(11.8	)		(4.8	)
Adjustments to pre-Filing liabilities		—		—			0.1			—
Gain from discharge of liabilities subject to compromise		—		(1,510.8	)		—			—
Gain from fresh-start reporting		—		(459.9	)		—			—
Other expense directly related to bankruptcy, net		—		—			0.1			0.2
Total Chapter 11 reorganization (income) costs, net	$	—	$	(1,955.5	)	$	(1.2	)	$	6.9

Professional fees represent legal and financial advisory fees and expenses that were incurred directly as a result of the Filing. We incurred $4.3 million in fees on October 2, 2006 as a direct result of our emergence from Chapter 11. We are reporting the $4.3 million in the Predecessor Company, as we selected September 30, 2006 as the date to adopt fresh-start reporting (see below and Note 3).

Interest income was earned from short-term investments subsequent to the Filing.

Pursuant to SOP 90-7, AWI and its subsidiaries adopted fresh-start reporting upon AWI emerging from Chapter 11. The conditions required in order for AWI to adopt fresh-start reporting were met on October 2, 2006. For administrative convenience, we selected September 30, 2006, following the close of business, as the date to adopt fresh-start reporting. Consequently, the impact of emergence, including the gain on settlement of liabilities subject to compromise and the gain on fresh-start reporting, is reflected in the Predecessor Company for the nine months ended September 30, 2006 and the results of operations beginning October 1, 2006 are reflected within the Successor Company. We recorded gains of $1,510.8 million and $459.9 million from discharging the liabilities subject to compromise and adopting fresh-start reporting, respectively. See Note 3 for more information on the impact of the implementation of the plan of reorganization and fresh-start reporting.

AWI incurred $4.6 million of expenses during the fourth quarter of 2006 for Chapter 11 related post-emergence activities. Pursuant to SOP 90-7, these expenses were reported as selling, general and administrative (SG&A) expenses.

NOTE 2. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

Consolidation Policy. The consolidated financial statements and accompanying data in this report include the accounts of AWI and its majority-owned subsidiaries. The results of less than majority owned subsidiaries are accounted for under the equity method. All significant intercompany transactions have been eliminated from the consolidated financial statements.

66

Armstrong World Industries, Inc., and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(dollar amounts in millions)

Use of Estimates. These financial statements are prepared in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles and include management estimates and judgments, where appropriate. Management utilizes estimates to record many items including asset values, allowances for bad debts, inventory obsolescence and lower of cost or market charges, warranty, workers’ compensation, general liability and environmental claims. When preparing an estimate, management determines the amount based upon the consideration of relevant information. Management may confer with outside parties, including outside counsel. Actual results may differ from these estimates.

Reclassifications. Certain amounts in the prior years’ Consolidated Statements of Earnings and related notes thereto have been recast to conform to the 2006 presentation, including the reclassification of our textiles and sports flooring business to discontinued operations. We also reclassified computer software from intangible assets to property, plant and equipment in the prior years’ Consolidated Balance Sheets.

Revenue Recognition. We recognize revenue from the sale of products when persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists, title and risk of loss transfers to the customers, prices are fixed and determinable, and it is reasonably assured the related accounts receivable is collectable. Our sales terms primarily are FOB shipping point. We have some sales terms that are FOB destination. Our products are sold with normal and customary return provisions. Sales discounts are deducted immediately from the sales invoice. Provisions, which are recorded as a reduction of revenue, are made for the estimated cost of rebates, promotional programs and warranties. We defer recognizing revenue if special sales agreements, established at the time of sale, warrant this treatment.

Sales Incentives. Sales incentives are reflected as a reduction of net sales for all periods presented.

Shipping and Handling Costs. Shipping and handling costs are reflected in cost of goods sold for all periods presented.

Advertising Costs. We recognize advertising expenses as they are incurred.

Pension and Postretirement Benefits. We have benefit plans that provide for pension, medical and life insurance benefits to certain eligible employees when they retire from active service. Generally, for plans that maintain plan assets, our practice is to fund the actuarially determined current service costs and the amounts necessary to amortize prior service obligations for the pension benefits over periods ranging up to 30 years, but not in excess of the funding limitations.

Taxes. The provision for income taxes has been determined using the asset and liability approach of accounting for income taxes to reflect the expected future tax consequences of events recognized in the financial statements. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized by applying enacted tax rates to temporary differences that exist as of the balance sheet date which result from differences in the timing of reported taxable income between tax and financial reporting. These deferred tax assets and liabilities assume that benefits are recorded at the highest amount that is more likely than not to be sustained through the tax audit cycle.

Taxes collected from customers and remitted to governmental authorities are reported on a net basis.

Earnings per Common Share. Basic earnings per share is computed by dividing the earnings by the weighted average number of shares of common stock outstanding during the period. Diluted earnings per common share reflects the potential dilution of securities that could share in the earnings.

Cash and Cash Equivalents. Cash and cash equivalents include cash on hand and short-term investments that have maturities of three months or less when purchased.

67

Armstrong World Industries, Inc., and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(dollar amounts in millions)

Concentration of Credit. We principally sell products to customers in the building products industries, in various geographic regions. Net sales to specific customers in excess of 10% of our consolidated net sales for 2006, 2005 and 2004 were:

Customer	Successor Company		Predecessor Company
	Three months ended December 31, 2006		Nine months ended September 30, 2006		Year 2005		Year 2004
The Home Depot, Inc.	$	78.8	$	285.3	$	384.1	$	393.4

Net sales to The Home Depot, Inc. were recorded in our Resilient Flooring, Wood Flooring and Building Products segments. No other customers accounted for 10% or more of our total consolidated net sales.

There are no significant concentrations of credit risk other than with The Home Depot, Inc. and Lowe’s Companies, Inc. who together represented approximately 22% and 24% of our trade receivables as of December 31, 2006 and 2005, respectively. We monitor the creditworthiness of our customers and generally do not require collateral.

Receivables. We sell the vast majority of our products to select, pre-approved customers using customary trade terms that allow for payment in the future. Customer trade receivables, customer notes receivable and miscellaneous receivables (which include supply related rebates and claims to be received, unpaid insurance claims from litigation and other), net of allowances for doubtful accounts, rebates, promotional programs and warranties are reported in accounts and notes receivable, net. Notes receivable from divesting certain businesses are included in other current assets and other non-current assets based upon the payment terms. Insurance receivables for asbestos-related liabilities were primarily non-current, with the current portion reported in other current assets.

We establish credit worthiness prior to extending credit. We estimate the recoverability of current and non-current receivables each period. This estimate is based upon triggering events and new information in the period, which can include the review of any available financial statements and forecasts, as well as discussions with legal counsel and the management of the debtor company. As events occur which impact the uncollectibility of the receivable, all or a portion of the receivable is written off. Account balances are charged off against the allowance when the potential for recovery is considered remote. We do not have any off-balance-sheet credit exposure related to our customers.

Inventories. Inventories are valued at the lower of cost or market. Inventories also include certain samples used in ongoing sales and marketing activities. Cash flows from the sale of inventory and the related cash receipts are classified as operating cash flows on the consolidated statements of cash flows. See Note 9 for further information on our accounting for inventories.

Property and Depreciation. For the Predecessor Company, property, plant and equipment values are stated at acquisition cost less accumulated depreciation and amortization. For the Successor Company, property, plant and equipment were set equal to fair value as of our emergence date and are currently stated at that value less accumulated depreciation and amortization. Property, plant and equipment acquired after our emergence date is stated at acquisition cost less accumulated depreciation and amortization.

Depreciation charges for financial reporting purposes are determined on a straight-line basis at rates calculated to provide for the retirement of assets at the end of their useful lives. Machinery and equipment includes manufacturing equipment (depreciated over 3 to 20 years), computer equipment (3 to 5 years) and office furniture and equipment (5 to 10 years). Within manufacturing equipment, assets that are subject to quick obsolescence or wear out quickly, such as tooling and engraving equipment, are

68

Armstrong World Industries, Inc., and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(dollar amounts in millions)

depreciated over shorter periods (3 to 7 years). Heavy production equipment, such as conveyors and production presses, are depreciated over longer periods (15 to 20 years). Buildings are depreciated over 20 to 40 years, depending on factors such as type of construction and use.

Impairment losses are recorded when indicators of impairment are present, such as operating losses and/or negative cash flows. Impairments of assets related to our manufacturing operations are recorded in cost of goods sold. For purposes of calculating any impairment, we estimate the fair value and compare it to the carrying value of the asset. If the fair value is less than the carrying value of the asset, we record an impairment equal to the difference between the fair value and carrying value of the asset. When assets are disposed of or retired, their costs and related depreciation are removed from the financial statements and any resulting gains or losses normally are reflected in cost of goods sold or SG&A expenses.

Costs of the construction of certain property include capitalized interest which is amortized over the estimated useful life of the related asset. There was no capitalized interest recorded in the nine months ended September 30, 2006, the year 2005 or the year 2004 due to the Chapter 11 Filing. There was also no capitalized interest in the three months ended December 31, 2006.

Plant and equipment held under capital leases are stated at the present value of the minimum lease payments. Plant and equipment held under capital leases and leasehold improvements are amortized on a straight line basis over the life of the lease plus any specific option periods.

Goodwill and Other Intangibles. Goodwill and intangible assets with indefinite useful lives are tested for impairment annually in the fourth quarter. Effective with our emergence from Chapter 11 on October 2, 2006 and as part of fresh-start reporting, Predecessor Company goodwill was eliminated from our balance sheet and intangible assets were revalued. See Note 3 for further information. Intangible assets with determinable useful lives are amortized over their respective estimated useful lives and reviewed for impairment whenever events or circumstances indicate that its carrying amount may not be recoverable. See Note 12 for disclosure on goodwill and other intangibles.

Foreign Currency Transactions. Assets and liabilities of our subsidiaries operating outside the United States, which account in a functional currency other than U.S. dollars, are translated using the year end exchange rate. Revenues and expenses are translated at exchange rates effective during each month. Foreign currency translation gains or losses are included as a component of accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) within shareholders’ equity. Gains or losses on foreign currency transactions are recognized through the statement of earnings.

Financial Instruments and Derivatives. From time to time, we use derivatives and other financial instruments to diversify or offset the effect of currency, interest rate and commodity price variability. See Note 20 for further discussion.

Stock-based Employee Compensation. On January 1, 2006, we adopted FASB Statement No. 123 (revised 2004), “Share-Based Payment” (“FAS 123R”). Prior to January 1, 2006, we used the intrinsic value method for stock-based employee compensation. There would have been no effect on net income if we had applied the fair value recognition provisions of FAS 123R to share-based employee compensation in 2005 and 2004. See Note 25 for additional information on FAS 123R.

Recently Adopted Accounting Standards

In connection with AWI’s emergence from Chapter 11 on October 2, 2006, reorganized Armstrong adopted fresh-start reporting in accordance with AICPA Statement of Position 90-7, “Financial Reporting by Entities in Reorganization Under the Bankruptcy Code” (“SOP 90-7”). As a result of the application of fresh-start reporting, changes in accounting principles that will be required in reorganized Armstrong’s financial statements within the twelve months following our emergence date were required to be adopted at the time fresh-start reporting was adopted.

69

Armstrong World Industries, Inc., and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(dollar amounts in millions)

In July 2006, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued Interpretation No. 48 (“FIN 48”), “Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes,” which clarifies the accounting for uncertain tax positions and adds new required annual disclosures. FIN 48 is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2006. However, due to the requirements of fresh-start reporting, we were required to adopt FIN 48 effective October 2, 2006. See Note 16 for information regarding the adoption of FIN 48.

In September 2006, the FASB issued Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 158 (“FAS 158”), “Employers’ Accounting for Defined Benefit Pension and Other Postretirement Plans,” which establishes recognition and disclosure provisions for sponsors of defined benefit pension and other postretirement benefit plans. FAS 158 is effective for fiscal years ending after December 15, 2006. Due to the requirements of fresh-start reporting, we were required to adopt FAS 158 effective October 2, 2006. As part of fresh-start reporting, we recognized all unrecognized gains, losses, and prior service cost existing at October 2, 2006. The equity adjustment for FAS 158 in our December 31, 2006 balance sheet therefore represented only gains and losses incurred in the fourth quarter of 2006.

Recently Issued Accounting Standards

In September 2006, the FASB issued Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 157 (“FAS 157”), “Fair Value Measurements,” which establishes a framework for measuring fair value in generally accepted accounting principles and expands disclosures about fair value measurements. FAS 157 is effective for fiscal years beginning after November 15, 2007. We do not expect any material impact from adopting FAS 157.

In February 2007, the FASB issued Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 159 (“FAS 159”), “The Fair Value Option for Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities Including an Amendment of FASB Statement No. 115,” which permits companies to measure financial instruments and certain other assets and liabilities at fair value on an instrument by instrument basis. FAS 159 is effective for fiscal years beginning after November 15, 2007. We are currently evaluating the effects of this pronouncement on our financial statements.

NOTE 3. PLAN OF REORGANIZATION AND FRESH-START REPORTING

In connection with its emergence from bankruptcy on October 2, 2006 (the “Effective Date”), AWI adopted fresh-start reporting in accordance with SOP 90-7. The conditions required in order for AWI to adopt fresh-start reporting were met on October 2, 2006. For administrative convenience, we selected September 30, 2006, following the close of business, as the date to adopt fresh-start reporting. Consequently, the impact of emergence, including the gain on settlement of liabilities subject to compromise and the gain on fresh-start reporting, is reflected in the Predecessor Company for the nine months ended September 30, 2006 and the results of operations beginning October 1, 2006 are reflected within the Successor Company. Adopting fresh-start reporting has resulted in material adjustments to the historical carrying amount of reorganized Armstrong’s assets and liabilities. In addition, all accounting standards that are required to be adopted in the financial statements within twelve months following the adoption of fresh-start reporting, were adopted as of October 2, 2006. As a result, our post emergence financial statements are not comparable with our pre-emergence financial statements.

AWI engaged an independent appraisal firm to assist in the determination of reorganized Armstrong’s reorganization value as defined in SOP 90-7. The approach used to determine reorganized Armstrong’s reorganization value was primarily based on a discounted cash flow approach, while also using a comparable company guideline method as a test for reasonableness of the derived value. These analyses are necessarily based on a variety of estimates and assumptions which, though considered reasonable by management, may not be realized and are inherently subject to significant business, economic and competitive uncertainties and contingencies, many of which are beyond AWI’s control.

70

Armstrong World Industries, Inc., and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(dollar amounts in millions)

The assumptions used in the discounted cash flow analysis regarding revenue, costs and cash flows were provided by management, based on their best estimate at the time the analysis was performed. Key assumptions included a four year operating horizon with a compound average growth rate (CAGR) in sales of 3%, an effective tax rate of 38% and a discount rate based on an estimated weighted average cost of capital of 10.5%. In addition to the cash flows during the projection period, a terminal value for the enterprise was developed based on a perpetuity growth model using a constant growth rate of 2.5%. Changes in these assumptions could have had a significant effect on the determination of AWI’s reorganization value.

In applying fresh-start reporting as of the Effective Date, the reorganization value of reorganized Armstrong was determined to be $2.94 billion. This amount is within the range of values from the Disclosure Statement that supported the POR. The shareholders’ equity value was then derived as follows:

Reorganization value		$	2,940.0
Less:	New interest bearing debt		(800.0	)
	Predecessor debt assumed		(41.8	)
Shareholders’ equity		$	2,098.2

Fresh-start reporting required us to allocate the reorganization value to our assets and liabilities based upon their estimated fair values in accordance with procedures specified by SFAS 141, “Business Combinations.” Adjustments necessary to state our balance sheet accounts at fair value were made based on the work of management and an independent appraisal firm. The newly assigned fair values to our assets and liabilities fully reflect the emerged entity’s reorganization value. No goodwill was assigned at emergence.

The following table provides a reconciliation of the Predecessor’s consolidated balance sheet as of September 30, 2006 to that of the Successor’s on October 1, 2006, reflecting the debt and equity restructuring, reorganization and fresh-start reporting adjustments. We are reflecting the issuance of debt and cash payments to creditors through October 17, 2006 (the initial distribution date, as determined by the POR) within the following table:

71

Armstrong World Industries, Inc., and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(dollar amounts in millions)

	Predecessor Sept. 30, 2006			Plan of Reorganization					Fresh- Start					Successor Oct. 1, 2006
Current Assets:
Cash and cash equivalents	$	520.6		$	(304.8	)	(A	)	$	(5.9	)	(J	)	$	209.9
Accounts and notes receivable, net		407.5								(46.8	)	(J	)		360.7
Inventories, net		542.6								27.0		(F,J	)		569.6
Deferred income taxes		18.2								(17.2	)	(I	)		1.0
Assets of discontinued operations		—								120.7		(J	)		120.7
Income tax receivable		18.2			(18.2	)	(H	)		78.5					78.5
Other current assets		60.7								(2.7	)	(J	)		58.0
Total current assets		1,567.8			(323.0	)				153.6					1,398.4
Property, plant and equipment		1,194.2								(242.6	)	(F,J	)		951.6
Insurance receivable for asbestos		91.5			(91.5	)	(B,C	)							—
Prepaid pension costs		510.0								(25.1	)	(F	)		484.9
Investment in affiliates		95.0								219.2		(F	)		314.2
Goodwill, net		143.1								(143.1	)	(F,G	)		—
Other intangibles, net		54.3								619.3		(F	)		673.6
Deferred income taxes, noncurrent		967.4								(719.1	)	(I	)		248.3
Other noncurrent assets		97.5			(5.6	)	(C	)		(3.0	)	(F,J	)		88.9
Total assets	$	4,720.8		$	(420.1	)			$	(140.8	)			$	4,159.9
Current liabilities:
Short-term debt	$	0.4							$	0.9		(J	)	$	1.3
Current portion of long term debt		0.9			5.0		(A,D	)							5.9
Accounts payable and accrued expenses		415.9			69.1		(C	)		(43.0	)	(F,J	)		442.0
Short term amounts due affiliates		10.1			(10.1	)	(C	)							—
Liabilities of discontinued operations		—								50.6		(J	)		50.6
Income tax payable		7.5			(64.5	)	(H	)		60.6		(I,J	)		3.6
Deferred income taxes		0.8			(0.8	)	(H	)		13.5					13.5
Total current liabilities		435.6			(1.3	)				82.6					516.9
Liabilities subject to compromise		4,868.1			(4,866.8	)	(C	)							1.3
Long term debt, less current portion		12.1			795.0		(A,D	)							807.1
Postretirement and postemployment liabilities		260.9								144.8		(F	)		405.7
Pension benefit liabilities		230.7								(3.0	)	(F,J	)		227.7
Other long term liabilities		74.6			(1.0	)	(C	)		0.5		(F,J	)		74.1
Income tax payable, noncurrent		—								11.9		(I	)		11.9
Deferred income taxes, noncurrent		35.7			534.7		(H	)		(560.7	)	(I,J	)		9.7
Minority interest in subsidiaries		7.3													7.3
Total noncurrent liabilities		621.3			1,328.7					(406.5	)				1,543.5
Shareholders’ equity:
Common stock – predecessor		51.9			(51.9	)	(E	)							—
Common stock – successor		—			0.6		(E	)							0.6
Capital in excess of par		172.6			1,480.1		(E	)		444.9		(K	)		2,097.6
Reduction for ESOP loan guarantee		(142.2	)		142.2		(E	)							—
Accumulated deficit		(803.4	)		1,019.8		(C	)		(216.4	)	(K	)		—
Accumulated other compr. income		45.4								(45.4	)	(K	)		—
Treasury stock-predecessor		(528.5	)		528.5		(E	)							—
Total shareholders’ equity (deficit)		(1,204.2	)		3,119.3					183.1		(F	)		2,098.2
Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity (deficit)		$ 4,720.8			$ (420.1)					$ (140.8)					$ 4,159.9

72

Armstrong World Industries, Inc., and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(dollar amounts in millions)

Notes to Reorganization and “Fresh-Start” Activity

(A) To reflect cash proceeds from the debt and payout to the unsecured creditors and Asbestos PI Trust pursuant to the distribution provisions of the Plan of Reorganization (POR) as follows:

Cash balance of Predecessor as of September 30, 2006				$	520.6
Proceeds from Successor borrowing	$	800.0
Cash distributed to unsecured creditors		(362.0	)
Cash distributed to asbestos trust		(738.5	)
Cash distributed for convenience, cure and other		(4.3	)
Net change in cash		(304.8	)		(304.8	)
Cash balance of Successor prior to fresh-start adjustments				$	215.8
Distributions to be made to unsecured creditors and asbestos trust				$	1,145.7
Distributions expected to be made for convenience, cure and other					5.5
Total expected distributions					1,151.2
Distributions made to date					(1,104.8	)
Distributions reserved and pending				$	46.4

(B) To reflect assignment of asbestos insurance receivable to Asbestos PI Trust pursuant to POR.

(C) To adjust for discharge of liabilities subject to compromise, assumption of certain liabilities and net gain on settlement pursuant to the POR as follows:

Liabilities subject to compromise that were discharged:
Debt (at face value)	$	1,388.6
Asbestos related liability		3,190.6
Prepetition trade payables		57.1
Prepetition other payables and accrued interest		68.1
Amounts due to affiliates		4.7
ESOP loan guarantee		157.7
Total liabilities subject to compromise		4,866.8
Effect of new shares, new debt and other settlement items:
Liabilities subject to compromise not discharged and reclassified to liabilities		(19.2	)
Insurance receivable transferred to asbestos trust		(91.5	)
Fair value of new equity issued		(2,098.2	)
Proceeds of Successor debt to be paid to creditors		(775.0	)
Available cash to be paid to creditors		(370.7	)
Amounts due to affiliates settled in bankruptcy		10.1
Recognition of convenience, environmental and other claim liability		(5.5	)
Other		(6.0	)
Gross gain on settlement		1,510.8
Less: Professional fees payable		(4.3	)
Less: Tax effect on settlement		(486.7	)
Net gain on settlement	$	1,019.8

(D) To record post emergence debt financing pursuant to the Senior Credit Agreement.

(E) To record cancellation of predecessor common stock, close out of remaining equity balances and issuance of successor common stock.

73

Armstrong World Industries, Inc., and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(dollar amounts in millions)

(F) To set equity to reorganization value. Assets and liabilities then adjusted to fair value in connection with the application of fresh-start reporting. Adjustments creating net gain on fair value adjustments are as follows:

Inventory	$	88.8
Property, plant and equipment		(172.3	)
Prepaid pension costs		(22.8	)
Investment in affiliates		219.2
Goodwill		(143.1	)
Other intangibles		619.3
Postretirement and pension obligations		(146.2	)
Other		17.0
Gain on fresh-start adjustments before tax		459.9
Less: Discontinued operation fair value adjustment		(70.4	)
Less: Elimination of other comprehensive income		(45.4	)
Less: Tax effect on fresh-start		(161.0	)
Change in equity	$	183.1

(See Note 7 for a summary of amounts reclassified to Assets and Liabilities of Discontinued Business Held for Sale)

(G) To eliminate Predecessor goodwill.

(H) To reflect tax effect on POR settlement items.

(I) To adjust deferred income taxes to reflect differences in the book versus tax basis of revalued assets and liabilities.

(J) To reclassify discontinued business as ‘Assets of discontinued business held for sale’ and ‘Liabilities of discontinued business held for sale.’

(K) To reset accumulated other comprehensive income and accumulated deficit to zero and adjust capital in excess of par to reorganization value.

NOTE 4. NATURE OF OPERATIONS

Reportable Segments

Resilient Flooring — produces and sources a broad range of floor coverings primarily for homes and commercial and institutional buildings. Manufactured products in this segment include vinyl sheet, vinyl tile, linoleum flooring, luxury vinyl tile, automotive carpeting and other specialized textile floor products. In addition, our Resilient Flooring segment sources and sells laminate flooring products, ceramic tile products, adhesives, installation and maintenance materials and accessories. Resilient Flooring products are offered in a wide variety of types, designs and colors. We sell these products to wholesalers, large home centers, retailers, contractors and to the manufactured homes industry.

Wood Flooring — produces and sources wood flooring products for use in new residential construction and renovation, with some commercial applications in stores, restaurants and high-end offices. The product offering includes solid wood (predominantly pre-finished), pre-finished engineered wood floors in various wood species (with oak being the primary species of choice) and related accessories. Virtually all of our Wood Flooring’s sales are in North America. Our Wood Flooring products are generally sold to independent wholesale flooring distributors and large home centers under the brand names Bruce^®, Hartco^®, Robbins^®, Timberland^®, Armstrong™, HomerWood^®, Capella^® and T. Morton™.

Building Products — produces suspended mineral fiber, soft fiber and metal ceiling systems for use in commercial, institutional and residential settings. In addition, our Building Products segment sources complementary ceiling products. Our products are available in numerous colors, performance characteristics and designs, and offer attributes such as acoustical control, rated fire protection and aesthetic appeal. Commercial ceiling materials and accessories are sold to ceiling systems contractors and to resale distributors. Residential ceiling products are sold primarily in North America to wholesalers and retailers (including large home centers). Suspension system (grid) products manufactured by WAVE are sold by both Armstrong and our WAVE joint venture.

74

Armstrong World Industries, Inc., and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(dollar amounts in millions)

Cabinets — produces kitchen and bathroom cabinetry and related products, which are used primarily in the U.S. residential new construction and renovation markets. Through our system of Company-owned and independent distribution centers and through direct sales to builders, our Cabinets segment provides design, fabrication and installation services to single and multi-family homebuilders, remodelers and consumers under the brand names Armstrong^® and Bruce^®.

Unallocated Corporate - includes assets and expenses that have not been allocated to the business units. Unallocated Corporate assets are primarily deferred tax assets, cash, the Armstrong brand name and the U.S. prepaid pension cost. Expenses for our corporate departments and certain benefit plans are allocated to the reportable segments based on known metrics, such as time reporting, headcount or square-footage. The remaining expenses, which cannot be attributable to the reportable segments without a high degree of generalization, are reported in Unallocated Corporate.

75

Armstrong World Industries, Inc., and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(dollar amounts in millions)

Successor Company For the three months ended December 31, 2006	Resilient Flooring			Wood Flooring			Building Products			Cabinets		Unallocated Corporate		Total
Net sales to external customers	$	278.5		$	192.6		$	289.7		$	56.5	—		$	817.3
Equity (earnings) from joint venture		—			0.2			(5.5	)		—	—			(5.3	)
Segment operating income (loss)(1)		(1.2	)		(0.2	)		24.9			0.2	(7.2	)		16.5
Restructuring charges, net of reversals		0.3			1.4			—			—	—			1.7
Segment assets		690.1			498.9			1,159.8			81.8	1,740.1			4,170.7
Depreciation and amortization		10.5			2.3			13.9			0.7	4.8			32.2
Fixed asset impairment loss		—			—			—			—	—			—
Investment in affiliates		—			4.0			290.6			—	—			294.6
Capital additions		10.3			10.2			12.1			1.5	4.1			38.2

Predecessor Company For the nine months ended September 30, 2006	Resilient Flooring		Wood Flooring		Building Products			Cabinets		Unallocated Corporate		Total
Net sales to external customers	$	929.4	$	645.0	$	859.8		$	174.4	—		$	2,608.6
Equity (earnings) from joint venture		—		0.1		(41.5	)		—	—			(41.4	)
Segment operating income (loss)(1)		12.6		46.2		152.9			6.1	(23.5	)		194.3
Restructuring charges, net of reversals		9.6		—		0.5			—	(0.1	)		10.0
Depreciation and amortization		35.2		15.0		27.7			2.1	17.8			97.8
Fixed asset impairment loss		—		0.6		—			—	—			0.6
Capital additions		20.8		23.9		34.1			3.8	10.0			92.6

Predecessor Company For the year ended 2005	Resilient Flooring			Wood Flooring		Building Products			Cabinets			Unallocated Corporate		Total
Net sales to external customers	$	1,232.6		$	833.9	$	1,047.6		$	212.5		—		$	3,326.6
Equity (earnings) from joint venture		—			—		(39.3	)		—		—			(39.3	)
Segment operating income (loss)(1)		(28.4	)		60.9		148.5			(9.7	)	(70.2	)		101.1
Restructuring charges, net of reversals		16.2			0.1		6.3			0.4		—			23.0
Segment assets		715.9			646.4		613.2			99.1		2,374.8			4,449.4
Depreciation and amortization		55.6			19.0		33.9			2.4		25.5			136.4
Fixed asset impairment loss		1.8			15.3		0.5			—		—			17.6
Investment in affiliates		—			—		67.4			—		—			67.4
Capital additions		42.8			28.8		42.6			4.5		12.2			130.9

Predecessor Company For the year ended 2004	Resilient Flooring			Wood Flooring		Building Products			Cabinets		Unallocated Corporate		Total
Net sales to external customers	$	1,262.3		$	832.1	$	971.7		$	213.0	—		$	3,279.1
Equity (earnings) from joint venture		—			—		(31.6	)		—	—			(31.6	)
Segment operating income (loss) (1)		(152.8	)		51.4		127.0			1.4	(64.7	)		(37.7	)
Restructuring charges, net of reversals		4.5			1.6		10.9			0.4	0.5			17.9
Segment assets		787.8			663.6		596.3			102.2	2,291.3			4,441.2
Depreciation and amortization		63.9			18.1		35.2			3.8	25.7			146.7
Fixed asset impairment loss		63.1			0.8		0.4			0.4	—			64.7
Goodwill impairment		108.4			—		—			—	—			108.4
Investment in affiliates		0.6			—		51.0			—	20.9			72.5
Capital additions		34.3			33.7		44.5			1.4	16.7			130.6

⁽¹⁾ Segment operating income (loss) is the measure of segment profit or loss reviewed by the chief operating decision maker. The sum of the segments’ operating income (loss) equals the total consolidated operating income as reported on our income statement. The

76

Armstrong World Industries, Inc., and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(dollar amounts in millions)

following reconciles our total consolidated operating income (loss) to income before taxes, extraordinary items, discontinued operations, and the cumulative effect of changes in accounting principles. These items are only measured and managed on a consolidated basis:

	Successor Company			Predecessor Company
	Three months ended December 31, 2006			Nine months ended September 30, 2006(1)			2005			2004
Segment operating income (loss)	$	16.5		$	194.3		$	101.1		$	(37.7	)
Interest expense		13.4			5.2			7.7			7.9
Other non-operating expense		0.3			1.0			1.5			3.1
Other non-operating (income)		(4.3	)		(7.2	)		(11.8	)		(6.4	)
Chapter 11 reorganization costs, net		—			(1,955.5	)		(1.2	)		6.9
Income (loss) before taxes and discontinued operations	$	7.1		$	2,150.8		$	104.9		$	(49.2	)

(1) Reflects the effects of the Plan of Reorganization and fresh-start reporting. See Note 3 to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

Accounting policies of the segments are the same as those described in the summary of significant accounting policies.

The sales in the table below are allocated to geographic areas based upon the location of the customer.

	Successor Company		Predecessor Company
Geographic Areas Net trade sales	Three months ended December 31, 2006		Nine months ended September 30, 2006		Year 2005		Year 2004
Americas:
United States	$	560.7	$	1,825.2	$	2,334.1	$	2,327.3
Canada		36.7		157.6		192.1		177.6
Other Americas		8.8		25.8		30.9		31.5
Total Americas	$	606.2	$	2,008.6	$	2,557.1	$	2,536.4
Europe:
Germany	$	41.0	$	115.6	$	160.9	$	154.6
United Kingdom		31.6		94.6		126.6		116.2
Other Europe		91.2		270.3		341.2		337.6
Total Europe	$	163.8	$	480.5	$	628.7	$	608.4
Total Pacific Rim	$	47.3	$	119.5	$	140.8	$	134.3
Total net trade sales	$	817.3	$	2,608.6	$	3,326.6	$	3,279.1

77

Armstrong World Industries, Inc., and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(dollar amounts in millions)

Long-lived assets (property, plant and equipment), net at December 31	Successor Company 2006		Predecessor Company 2005
Americas:
United States	$	723.8	$	834.5
Other Americas		19.7		13.8
Total Americas	$	743.5	$	848.3
Europe:
Germany	$	101.3	$	170.4
Other Europe		83.6		134.2
Total Europe	$	184.9	$	304.6
Total Pacific Rim	$	37.8	$	27.8
Total long-lived assets, net	$	966.2	$	1,180.7

The Successor Company balance excludes amounts related to discontinued operations.

For discussion of the net reduction, refer to Note 10, “Property, Plant and Equipment.”

NOTE 5. LIABILITIES SUBJECT TO COMPROMISE

As a result of AWI’s Chapter 11 Filing (see Note 1), pursuant to SOP 90-7, AWI was required to segregate prepetition liabilities that were subject to compromise and report them separately on the balance sheet. Liabilities affected by the plan of reorganization were recorded at the amount of the expected allowed claims, even if they may have been settled for lesser amounts. Substantially all of AWI’s prepetition debt was recorded at face value and was classified within liabilities subject to compromise. Obligations of our subsidiaries that were not covered by the Filing remained classified on the consolidated balance sheet based upon maturity date. AWI’s asbestos liability was also recorded in liabilities subject to compromise.

Liabilities subject to compromise at December 31, 2006 and December 31, 2005 are as follows:

	Successor Company 2006		Predecessor Company 2005
Debt (at face value)		—	$	1,388.6
Asbestos-related liability		—		3,190.6
Prepetition trade payables	$	1.0		58.1
Prepetition other payables and accrued interest		0.3		69.7
Amounts due to affiliates		—		4.7
ESOP loan guarantee		—		157.7
Total liabilities subject to compromise	$	1.3	$	4,869.4

The remaining liabilities subject to compromise relate to Nitram Liquidators, Inc. and Desseaux Corporation of North America, Inc., which are wholly owned subsidiaries of AWI and which remain under Chapter 11 protection.

78

Armstrong World Industries, Inc., and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(dollar amounts in millions)

NOTE 6. ACQUISITIONS

On April 3, 2006, we purchased certain assets and assumed certain liabilities of HomerWood, Inc., a hardwood flooring company. On May 1, 2006 we purchased certain assets and assumed certain liabilities of Capella Engineered Wood, LLC, a hardwood flooring company, and of its parent company, Capella, Inc. The combined purchase price of these acquisitions was $61.5 million. Both acquisitions were financed from existing cash balances. Both investments will expand Armstrong’s wood flooring product offerings. The acquisitions were accounted for under the purchase method of accounting in the second quarter of 2006. Preliminary allocation of the purchase price to the fair value of tangible and identifiable intangible assets acquired in each transaction has been completed.

NOTE 7. DISCONTINUED OPERATIONS

On May 31, 2000, Armstrong completed its sale of all entities, assets and certain liabilities comprising its Insulation Products segment. During the fourth quarter of 2005, we recorded a net gain of $10.4 million due to the early settlement of the remaining notes receivable and the settlement of other disputed items. During the fourth quarter of 2006, we recorded a net gain of $1.7 million due to the settlement of various legal disputes.

On December 29, 1995, Armstrong sold a furniture subsidiary, Thomasville Furniture Industries. During 2004, we recorded net losses of $0.4 million for the environmental indemnification related to this divestiture.

In accordance with FAS 144, these adjustments were classified as discontinued operations since the original divestitures were reported as discontinued operations.

On March 27, 2007 we entered into an agreement to sell Tapijtfabriek H. Desseaux N.V. and its subsidiaries (“Desseaux”)—the principal operating companies in our European Textile and Sports Flooring business segment. These businesses were classified as discontinued operations at October 2, 2006 as they met the criteria of FAS 144. In accordance with SOP 90-7, the estimated net realizable value from the sale was used to determine the business’ fair value with respect to fresh-start reporting. In this regard, an adjustment of $70.4 million was reflected within the Predecessor Company’s loss from discontinued operations (See Note 3). Finalization of the sale transaction is expected in the second quarter of 2007.

Prior period results within the Consolidated Statement of Earnings have been recast to reflect the results of discontinued operations. The segment results in Note 4 exclude amounts related to discontinued operations. The Successor Company Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows for the three month period ended December 31, 2006 does not separately report the cash flows of the discontinued operations, and the Balance Sheets and Statements of Cash Flows for prior periods have not been recast.

79

Armstrong World Industries, Inc., and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(dollar amounts in millions)

Net sales, pre-tax income and net income from discontinued operations, as well as net assets of the Desseaux business for the Successor and Predecessor periods are as follows:

	Successor Company			Predecessor Company
	Three months ended December 31, 2006			Nine months ended September 30, 2006(1)			2005			2004
Net sales	$	66.7		$	187.1		$	231.8		$	218.2
Pre-tax loss from discontinued operations	$	(2.8	)	$	(6.7	)	$	(2.6	)	$	(5.0	)
Fresh-start reporting adjustments		—			(70.4	)		—			—
Gain (loss) on sale of assets		2.6			—			10.4			(0.6	)
Income tax (expense) benefit		(0.9	)		8.7			(2.8	)		(3.5	)
Net income (loss) from discontinued operations	$	(1.1	)	$	(68.4	)	$	5.0		$	(9.1	)

(1) Reflects the effects of fresh-start reporting.

	Successor Company
	December 31, 2006
Current assets	$	119.8
Property, plant and equipment		1.6
Non-current assets		0.2
Assets of discontinued business held for sale		121.6
Current liabilities		(47.9	)
Other non-current liabilities		(5.4	)
Liabilities of discontinued business held for sale		(53.3	)
Net assets	$	68.3

NOTE 8. ACCOUNTS AND NOTES RECEIVABLE

	Successor Company			Predecessor Company
	December 31, 2006			December 31, 2005
Customer receivables	$	355.9		$	355.8
Customer notes		7.4			6.3
Miscellaneous receivables		18.2			17.3
Less allowance for discounts and losses		(59.6	)		(50.6	)
Net accounts and notes receivable	$	321.9		$	328.8

Generally, we sell our products to select, pre-approved customers whose businesses are affected by changes in economic and market conditions. We consider these factors and the financial condition of each customer when establishing our allowance for losses from doubtful accounts.

The Successor Company balance excludes amounts related to discontinued operations.

80

Armstrong World Industries, Inc., and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(dollar amounts in millions)

NOTE 9. INVENTORIES

Following are the components of our inventories:

	Successor Company			Predecessor Company
	December 31, 2006			December 31, 2005
Finished goods	$	330.0		$	339.1
Goods in process		37.0			44.6
Raw materials and supplies		163.2			194.4
Less LIFO and other reserves		(8.5	)		(63.6	)
Total inventories, net	$	521.7		$	514.5

As more fully discussed in Note 3 and pursuant to SOP 90-7, we recorded an increase in the estimated fair value of net inventories of $92.1 million, partially offset by the reclassification of discontinued operations of $65.1 million, resulting in a net increase of $27.0 million upon adopting fresh-start reporting. The Successor Company balance excludes inventories related to discontinued operations.

Approximately 68% and 44% of our total inventory in 2006 and 2005, respectively, was valued on a LIFO (last-in, first-out) basis. Inventory values were higher than would have been reported on a total FIFO (first-in, first-out) basis by $0.2 million at the end of 2006 and lower by $52.2 million at year-end 2005.

The distinction between the use of different methods of inventory valuation is primarily based on geographical locations and/or legal entities rather than types of inventory. The following table summarizes the amount of inventory that is not accounted for under the LIFO method.

	Successor Company		Predecessor Company
	2006		2005
International locations	$	128.7	$	156.4
U.S. Wood Flooring and Cabinets		36.5		111.6
U.S. sourced products		1.4		19.3
Total	$	166.6	$	287.3

Our international locations all use the FIFO method of inventory valuation primarily because either the LIFO method is not permitted for local tax and/or statutory reporting purposes, or the entities were part of various acquisitions that had adopted the FIFO method prior to our acquisition. In these situations, a conversion to LIFO would be highly complex and involve excessive cost and effort to achieve under local tax and/or statutory reporting requirements.

Several of the Wood Flooring and Cabinets entities were acquired by Triangle Pacific Corporation (“TPC”) prior to our acquisition of TPC in 1998. TPC had elected to retain the historical inventory valuation policies of the acquired companies and, on the basis of consistency and due to the excessive cost involved, we elected not to amend these policies. Upon emergence, the Successor Company elected to value TPC wood flooring products using one consistent LIFO methodology. Predecessor Company financial statements were not restated for this election, due to the lack of comparability with the Successor Company’s financial statements as a result of adopting fresh-start reporting.

The sourced products represent certain finished goods sourced from third party manufacturers, primarily from foreign suppliers.

81

Armstrong World Industries, Inc., and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(dollar amounts in millions)

NOTE 10. PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT

As more fully discussed in Note 3 and pursuant to SOP 90-7, upon adopting fresh-start reporting we recorded a $242.6 million reduction to fair value our net property, plant and equipment. This adjustment was made based on the work of management and our independent appraisal firm. The values listed in the Predecessor Company at December 31, 2005 have been restated to reflect the reclassification of capitalized software costs within the Property, Plant and Equipment classification. The Successor Company balance excludes amounts related to discontinued operations.

	Successor Company			Predecessor Company
	December 31, 2006			December 31, 2005
Land	$	124.2		$	69.4
Buildings		259.7			652.0
Machinery and equipment		512.3			1,904.4
Computer software		29.1			102.1
Construction in progress		69.7			81.5
Less accumulated depreciation and amortization		(28.8	)		(1,628.7	)
Net property, plant and equipment	$	966.2		$	1,180.7

In the fourth quarter of 2005, we recorded $17.6 million of fixed asset impairment charges, primarily in Wood Flooring. These impairment charges related to idle equipment and unused property associated with excess manufacturing capacity and products that will no longer be produced. These charges were recorded in cost of goods sold. The fixed asset impairment charges were triggered by an evaluation of current production capacity and future production levels for certain product lines.

In the fourth quarter of 2004, we recorded a $44.8 million fixed asset impairment charge in Resilient Flooring for our European resilient flooring business. This impairment charge reduced land by approximately $29 million and buildings by approximately $16 million and was reported in cost of goods sold. The fixed asset impairment charge was triggered by actual operating losses and negative cash flows incurred in the European resilient flooring business. The expectation was that the operating losses and negative cash flows would continue in the near future. The fixed asset fair values were determined by an independent appraisal firm.

NOTE 11. EQUITY INVESTMENTS

Investments in affiliates of $294.6 million at December 31, 2006, reflected the equity interest in our 50% investment in our WAVE joint venture and our 50% investment in Kunshan Holdings Limited. The balance increased $227.2 million from December 31, 2005, primarily due to the revaluation of our equity investment in WAVE to its fair value as part of fresh-start reporting, along with the recording of their net undistributed earnings.

		Successor Company			Predecessor Company
Affiliate	Income Statement Classification	Three months ended December 31, 2006			Nine months ended September 30, 2006			2005			2004
WAVE	Equity earnings from joint venture	$	5.5		$	41.5		$	39.3		$	31.6
KHL	Equity loss from joint venture		(0.2	)		(0.1	)		—			—
ISI	Other non-operating income		—			—			4.1			1.9
ISI/Other	Other non-operating expense		—			—			(1.0	)		—

82

Armstrong World Industries, Inc., and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(dollar amounts in millions)

In August 2005, we sold our equity interest in Interface Solutions, Inc.

We account for our WAVE joint venture using the equity method of accounting. Our recorded investment in WAVE was $219.2 million, as of emerging from Chapter 11, and $213.7 million, as of December 31, 2006, higher than our 50% share of the carrying values reported in WAVE’s consolidated financial statements for the same periods. These differences are due to our adopting fresh-start reporting upon emerging from Chapter 11, while WAVE’s consolidated financial statements do not reflect fresh-start reporting. The $219.2 million difference as of emergence is comprised of the following fair value adjustments to assets:

Inventory	$	3.7
Property, plant and equipment		5.4
Other intangibles		192.2
Goodwill		17.9

Of the $192.2 million fair value adjustment to other intangibles, $107 million is for identifiable intangible assets that have useful lives of between 15 and 20 years, while the remaining amount is for identifiable intangibles that have indefinite lives. Our equity earnings reported in the fourth quarter of 2006 were reduced by $5.4 million due to the impact of fresh-start reporting. See Exhibit 99.1 for WAVE’s consolidated financial statements. Condensed financial data for WAVE is summarized below:

	December 31, 2006		December 31, 2005
Current assets	$	157.7	$	125.5
Non-current assets		28.2		30.4
Current liabilities		28.8		19.1
Other non-current liabilities		4.1		5.8

	Three months ended December 31, 2006		Nine months ended September 30, 2006		2005		2004
Net sales	$	88.6	$	260.2	$	307.7	$	278.6
Gross profit		21.3		102.8		99.1		86.3
Net earnings		21.9		83.0		78.6		63.2

See discussion in Note 31 for additional information on these related parties.

On February 27, 2007, we received a $50 million dividend from WAVE. This will reduce our investment in affiliates in the first quarter of 2007.

83

Armstrong World Industries, Inc., and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(dollar amounts in millions)

NOTE 12. GOODWILL AND INTANGIBLE ASSETS

Goodwill

As of January 1, 2006, we had goodwill of $134.2 million. As more fully discussed in Note 3 and pursuant to SOP 90-7, we eliminated the existing goodwill of $143.1 upon adopting fresh-start reporting. The newly assigned fair values to our assets and liabilities fully reflect the emerged entity’s reorganization value. No goodwill was assigned at emergence.

The following table represents the changes in goodwill for 2006:

Goodwill by segment	January 1, 2006		Goodwill acquired		Adjustments, net(1)		Fresh-Start Impacts			December 31, 2006
Wood Flooring	$	108.2	$	8.0		—	$	(116.2	)	$	—
Building Products		13.4		—	$	0.9		(14.3	)		—
Cabinets		12.6		—		—		(12.6	)		—
Total consolidated goodwill	$	134.2	$	8.0	$	0.9	$	(143.1	)	$	—

⁽¹⁾ Consists of the effects of foreign exchange.

In the fourth quarter of 2005, we completed our annual assessment of goodwill as required by FAS 142 and determined there was no impairment. The following table represents the changes in goodwill for 2005:

Goodwill by segment	January 1, 2005		Adjustments, net(1)			Impairments		December 31, 2005
Wood Flooring	$	108.2		—			—	$	108.2
Building Products		15.2	$	(1.8	)		—		13.4
Cabinets		12.6		—			—		12.6
Total consolidated goodwill	$	136.0	$	(1.8	)	$	—	$	134.2

⁽¹⁾ Consists of the effects of foreign exchange.

Other Intangible Assets

Pursuant to SOP 90-7, we recorded the estimated fair value of intangibles, not including goodwill, of $673.6 million upon adopting fresh-start reporting. The values listed for the Predecessor at December 31, 2005 have been restated to reflect the reclassification of capitalized computer software costs to the Property, Plant and Equipment classification.

84

Armstrong World Industries, Inc., and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(dollar amounts in millions)

The following table details amounts related to our intangible assets as of December 31, 2006 and 2005.

	Estimated Useful Life	Successor Company				Predecessor Company
		December 31, 2006				December 31, 2005
		Gross Carrying Amount		Accumulated Amortization		Gross Carrying Amount		Accumulated Amortization
Amortizing intangible assets
Customer relationships	20 years	$	165.1	$	2.1		—		—
Developed technology	15 years		77.9		1.2		—		—
Other	Various		10.1		0.4	$	4.5	$	1.1
Total		$	253.1	$	3.7	$	4.5	$	1.1
Non-amortizing intangible assets
Trademarks and brand names	Indefinite		420.5				29.3
Total other intangible assets		$	673.6			$	33.8
Aggregate Amortization Expense
Predecessor Company
For the year ended December 31, 2005		$	0.1
For the nine months ended September 30, 2006		$	0.1
Successor Company
For the three months ended December 31, 2006		$	3.7

The increase in trademarks and brand names is from the recognition of the fair value of the Armstrong and Bruce brand names. Based on our intention to use these brand names indefinitely due to their importance in our selling efforts, we have not assigned a useful life to these assets. We will test these assets for impairment annually in the fourth quarter.

There are no intangible assets related to discontinued operations.

The annual amortization expense expected for the years 2007 through 2011 is as follows:

2007	$	14.2	2010	$	13.6
2008		13.6	2011		13.6
2009		13.6

NOTE 13. OTHER NON-CURRENT ASSETS

	Successor Company		Predecessor Company
	December 31, 2006		December 31, 2005
Cash surrender value of Company owned life insurance policies	$	52.9	$	65.1
Other		34.5		31.5
Total other non-current assets	$	87.4	$	96.6

The Successor balance excludes amounts related to discontinued operations.

85

Armstrong World Industries, Inc., and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(dollar amounts in millions)

NOTE 14. ACCOUNTS PAYABLE AND ACCRUED EXPENSES

	Successor Company		Predecessor Company
	December 31, 2006		December 31, 2005
Payables, trade and other	$	231.5	$	256.2
Employment costs		118.9		59.9
Other		92.9		76.4
Total accounts payable and accrued expenses	$	443.3	$	392.5

Certain other accounts payable and accrued expenses have been categorized as liabilities subject to compromise (see Note 5). The Successor Company balance excludes amounts related to discontinued operations.

NOTE 15. RESTRUCTURING AND OTHER ACTIONS

Net restructuring charges of $1.7 million, $10.0 million, $23.0 million and $17.9 million were recorded in the three months ended December 31, 2006, the nine months ended September 30, 2006 and the years 2005 and 2004, respectively. The following table summarizes these charges:

	Successor Company			Predecessor Company
Action Title	Three Months Ended December 31, 2006			Nine Months Ended September 30, 2006			Year 2005			Year 2004			(unaudited) Number of Employees Impacted	Segment
Lancaster Plant	$	0.5		$	9.6		$	16.3		$	1.0		450	Resilient Flooring
Nashville Plant		1.4			—			—			—		270	Wood Flooring
Hoogezand		—			0.5			6.3			10.9		130	Building Products
North America SG&A		(0.2	)		—			(0.1	)		5.3		250	Resilient Flooring, Wood Flooring, Unallocated Corporate
Morristown		—			—			0.4			0.4		100	Cabinet Products
Searcy		—			—			0.1			0.8		230	Wood Flooring
European consolidation		—			—			—			(0.5	)		Resilient Flooring
U.K. Lease		—			(0.1	)		—			—			Unallocated Corporate
Total	$	1.7		$	10.0		$	23.0		$	17.9

86

Armstrong World Industries, Inc., and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(dollar amounts in millions)

Lancaster Plant: These charges related to the fourth quarter 2004 decision to cease commercial flooring production at Lancaster in 2006. Commercial flooring production requirements are being serviced in part by our other facilities around the world. We recorded the following costs related to this initiative:

	Successor Company		Predecessor Company
	Three Months Ended December 31, 2006		Nine Months Ended September 30, 2006			Year 2005		Year 2004
Non-cash restructuring charges	$	0.5	$	8.5		$	14.1	$	0.6
Severance and related costs		—		1.1			2.2		0.4
Total restructuring charges	$	0.5	$	9.6		$	16.3	$	1.0
Fixed asset impairments		—		—			—	$	17.7
Accelerated depreciation		—	$	0.3		$	6.4		10.3
Other related costs	$	0.5		9.3			6.3		—
Total cost of goods sold	$	0.5	$	9.6		$	12.7	$	28.0
Gain on sale of warehouse		—	$	(14.3	)		—		—
Other related costs		—		7.4			—		—
Total SG&A		—	$	(6.9	)		—		—

We have incurred project-to-date restructuring charges of $27.4 million related primarily to severance and pension related costs. We do not expect to incur any additional restructuring or other charges related to this initiative in the future.

Nashville: This charge is related to the fourth quarter 2006 decision to cease production at this facility in 2007. Finished goods production ceased in January 2007. All production activities are expected to cease by the end of 2007. Solid hardwood flooring production requirements are being serviced by six of our existing plants in the United States. We have incurred project-to-date restructuring charges of $1.4 million and expect to incur additional restructuring charges of $0.1 million related to this initiative in 2007.

Hoogezand: These charges are related to the first quarter 2004 decision to close the manufacturing facility and are comprised of severance and related costs. Closure of the plant was completed in the first quarter of 2005. The production was transferred to another Building Products location in Münster, Germany and resulted in a net reduction of approximately 72 positions. We have incurred project-to-date restructuring charges of $17.7 million, and expect to incur an additional $0.3 million of restructuring charges in 2007. Additionally, we recorded $0.5 million and $1.4 million of accelerated depreciation in cost of goods sold in 2005 and 2004, respectively. We also recorded $0.2 million, $0.7 million and $1.1 million of other related costs in cost of goods sold in 2006, 2005 and 2004, respectively. In 2005, we recorded fixed asset impairments of $0.4 million, also in cost of goods sold.

North America SG&A: The net reversal of $0.2 million in 2006 (Resilient Flooring), net reversal of $0.1 million in 2005 (Resilient Flooring) and net charge of $5.3 million in 2004 ($4.0 million in Resilient Flooring, $0.8 million in Wood Flooring, and $0.5 million in Corporate) were recorded for severance and related costs due to a restructuring of the sales force and management structure in North America in response to changing market conditions. This initiative was announced in the fourth quarter of 2004 and was completed in the second quarter of 2005. We incurred project-to-date restructuring charges of $5.0 million and do not expect to incur any additional charges.

Morristown: The charges related to the fourth quarter 2004 decision to close a plant in Tennessee in the first quarter of 2005. Manufacturing was consolidated at two existing plants in the United States. We have incurred project-to-date restructuring charges of $0.4 million for severance related charges and $0.4 million of related shutdown costs and do not expect to incur additional costs. Additionally, we recorded

87

Armstrong World Industries, Inc., and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(dollar amounts in millions)

$0.2 million and $1.5 million of accelerated depreciation in 2005 and 2004, respectively, in cost of goods sold. We also recorded $1.0 million of other related costs in 2005 and $0.4 million of fixed asset impairments in 2004, both in cost of goods sold.

Searcy: The charge related to the fourth quarter 2004 decision to cease production at a solid hardwood flooring location in Arkansas in the first quarter of 2005 and was comprised of estimated severance benefits and related costs. We continue to manufacture solid wood flooring at other plants across the United States. We incurred $0.9 million of restructuring charges for the project-to-date and do not expect to incur any additional charges. Additionally, in 2006 and 2005, we recorded asset impairment charges of $0.7 million and $13.9 million, respectively, in cost of goods sold related to property, plant and equipment at this site. See Note 10 for further discussion.

European consolidation: The net reversal in 2004 comprised certain severance accruals that were no longer necessary in the remaining accruals from the 2003 and 2002 charges in the Resilient Flooring segment.

U.K. Lease: In 1996, we recorded a restructuring charge to reflect future rent associated with the vacated portion of a leased building. The lease extends through 2017. In the third quarter of 2006, we signed a new sublease agreement for a portion of the unused space and, accordingly, recorded a reduction of $0.1 million in our reserve to reflect the future expected sublease income.

The following table summarizes activity in the reorganization and restructuring accruals for 2005 and 2006. The amount of net charges in the table does not agree to the income statement due to non-cash charges for enhanced retirement benefits that did not affect the restructuring accrual accounts.

Predecessor Company:
Balance, December 31, 2004	$	23.8
Cash payments		(23.5	)
Net charges		8.9
Other		(1.0	)
Balance, December 31, 2005	$	8.2
Cash payments		(2.8	)
Net charges		1.5
Other		0.4
Balance, September 30, 2006	$	7.3
Liability discharged upon emergence		(1.3	)
Successor Company:
Cash payments		(0.4	)
Net charges		1.2
Other		0.2
Balance, December 31, 2006	$	7.0

The amount in “other” is related to the effects of foreign currency translation.

The Predecessor Company balances included $1.3 million reported in liabilities subject to compromise. This amount was discharged upon emergence from Chapter 11 in accordance with the POR.

Substantially all of the remaining balance of the restructuring accrual as of December 31, 2006 relates to the noncancelable U.K. operating lease, which extends through 2017, and severance for terminated employees, the majority of which will be paid in 2007.

88

Armstrong World Industries, Inc., and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(dollar amounts in millions)

NOTE 16. INCOME TAXES

The tax effects of principal temporary differences between the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities and their tax bases are summarized in the table below. Management believes it is more likely than not that results of future operations will generate sufficient taxable income to realize deferred tax assets including, specifically, the U.S. net operating losses of $1,579 million principally resulting from the payment to the Asbestos PI Trust set-up under the POR that may be carried forward for 20 years.

We have provided valuation allowances for certain state and foreign net operating loss carryforwards, foreign tax credits and other basis adjustments of $190.3 million. We have $1,678 million of state net operating loss carryforwards with expirations between 2007 and 2026, and $305.5 million of foreign net operating loss carryforwards, which are available for carryforward indefinitely. The net decrease in valuation allowance from 2005 of $78.4 million is primarily due to an increase in anticipated state taxable earnings available to absorb post-emergence state tax NOLs, offset by increases for foreign tax credit and capital loss carryforwards incurred during 2006. Prior to consummation of the Company’s POR, it was unclear whether changes to the capital or legal structure would allow for the generation of sufficient taxable earnings for state tax purposes to realize the state net operating losses. Management concluded its evaluation of the projected profit before tax during the fresh-start process after also considering the impact of increases in deferred tax liabilities related to adjustments made to the carrying value of certain intangible assets on the opening balance sheet.

	Successor Company			Predecessor Company
Deferred income tax assets (liabilities)	December 31, 2006			December 31, 2005
Postretirement and postemployment benefits	$	189.5		$	108.9
Chapter 11 reorganization costs and restructuring costs		1.5			40.9
Asbestos-related liabilities		—			1,262.7
Pension benefit liabilities		34.8			33.9
Net operating losses		730.2			134.3
Foreign tax credit carryforward		38.5			—
Capital losses		14.2			10.6
Other		73.7			87.2
Total deferred tax assets		1,082.4			1,678.5
Valuation allowance		(190.3	)		(268.7	)
Net deferred tax assets		892.1			1,409.8
Intangibles		(304.2	)		—
Accumulated depreciation		(90.1	)		(190.9	)
Prepaid pension costs		(225.6	)		(184.7	)
Insurance for asbestos-related liabilities		—			(39.0	)
Tax on unremitted earnings		(39.8	)		(1.9	)
Other		(37.8	)		(32.5	)
Total deferred income tax liabilities		(697.5	)		(449.0	)
Net deferred income tax assets	$	194.6		$	960.8
Deferred income taxes have been classified in the Consolidated Balance Sheet as:
Deferred income tax asset – current	$	6.8		$	15.4
Deferred income tax asset – non-current		201.4			967.4
Deferred income tax liability – current		(2.4	)		(0.8	)
Deferred income tax liability – non-current		(11.2	)		(21.2	)
Net deferred income tax assets	$	194.6		$	960.8

The Successor Company balance excludes amounts related to discontinued operations.

89

Armstrong World Industries, Inc., and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(dollar amounts in millions)

	Successor Company			Predecessor Company
Details of taxes	Three Months Ended December 31, 2006			Nine Months Ended September 30, 2006			Year 2005			Year 2004
Earnings (loss) from continuing operations before income taxes:
Domestic	$	34.0		$	1,950.1		$	119.1		$	80.7
Foreign		(6.4	)		196.0			(50.6	)		(125.8	)
Eliminations		(20.5	)		4.7			36.4			(4.1	)
Total	$	7.1		$	2,150.8		$	104.9		$	(49.2	)
Income tax provision (benefit):
Current:
Federal		—		$	(13.2	)	$	1.6		$	33.1
Foreign	$	1.8			14.6			19.0			14.9
State		0.2			(1.0	)		4.2			(0.9	)
Total current		2.0			0.4			24.8			47.1
Deferred:
Federal		3.7			761.6			(35.4	)		(15.1	)
Foreign		(1.7	)		(6.2	)		7.6			(10.3	)
State		(0.2	)		(29.2	)		1.8			(0.3	)
Total deferred		1.8			726.2			(26.0	)		(25.7	)
Total income taxes (benefit)	$	3.8		$	726.6		$	(1.2	)	$	21.4

At December 31, 2006, the Company had $105.3 million excess book basis in the shares of certain foreign subsidiaries for which no deferred taxes have been provided because we consider the underlying earnings to be permanently reinvested. This basis difference could reverse through a sale of the subsidiaries, the receipt of dividends from the subsidiaries, as well as various other events. It is not practical to calculate the residual income tax which would result if these basis differences reversed due to the complexities of the tax law and the hypothetical nature of the calculations. We do, however, estimate that approximately $1.4 million in non-U.S. withholding taxes would be payable if the underlying earnings were to be distributed.

90

Armstrong World Industries, Inc., and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(dollar amounts in millions)

	Successor Company			Predecessor Company
Reconciliation to U.S. statutory tax rate	Three Months Ended December 31, 2006			Nine Months Ended September 30, 2006			Year 2005			Year 2004
Continuing operations tax (benefit) at statutory rate	$	2.5		$	752.8		$	36.7			(17.2	)
State income taxes, net of federal benefit (1)		—			(30.2	)		3.4			(2.8	)
Foreign losses (1)		4.8			35.7			22.7			12.8
Tax on foreign and foreign-source income		(5.0	)		(1.1	)		(1.0	)		(3.2	)
HIA Dividend tax cost		—			—			(0.4	)		—
Goodwill impairment		—			—			—			37.9
Bankruptcy reorganization expense		2.0			8.8			2.5			(5.1	)
Benefit for subsidiary debt impairment		—			—			(29.6	)		—
Capital Loss Utilization		—			—			(3.7	)		—
Permanent book/tax differences Permanent fresh-start adjustments Permanent settlement adjustments		(0.8 —   —	)		(25.8 (0.9 (39.6	) ) )		(6.1 —   —	)		(2.8 —   —	)
Net tax on unremitted earnings		0.3			26.9			(25.7	)		1.8
Tax expense (benefit) at effective rate	$	3.8		$	726.6		$	(1.2	)	$	21.4
(1)    State and foreign differences include impact of changes in valuation allowance.
	Successor Company			Predecessor Company
Other taxes	Three Months Ended December 31, 2006			Nine Months Ended September 30, 2006			Year 2005			Year 2004
Payroll taxes	$	16.9		$	55.3		$	72.4		$	71.2
Property, franchise and capital stock taxes		4.6			12.3			15.4			16.5

As previously described, the Company funded its Asbestos PI Trust in 2006 resulting in certain significant tax adjustments that impacted the effective tax rate for the nine months ended September 30, 2006. We reduced valuation allowances of approximately $29.2 million related to certain state net operating losses and deferred tax assets as available evidence, including pre-tax profit projections and new deferred tax liabilities on fresh-start adjustments, indicates that it is now more likely than not that these benefits will be realized. In addition, as part of fresh-start reporting, several significant balance sheet accounts were reversed resulting in a permanent book versus tax difference which has an impact on the effective tax rate. These reversals were primarily the reduction in the carrying value of nondeductible goodwill as well as certain other foreign currency translation accounts.

The effective tax rate for the three months ended December 31, 2006, reflects a tax benefit of $1.5 million related to a recent change in German tax law which allows for a recovery of previously frozen imputation tax credits. This benefit was more than offset, however, by non-U.S. losses incurred during the quarter for which a full valuation allowance is required.

During the fourth quarter of 2005, the Company completed a restructuring of a subsidiary that resulted in a tax benefit on intercompany debt impairment of $29.6 million in addition to a capital loss tax benefit of $3.7 million. The restructuring also caused the elimination of previously unremitted taxable earnings on which we had recorded a deferred tax liability of $27.0 million.

91

Armstrong World Industries, Inc., and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(dollar amounts in millions)

In October 2004, the American Jobs Creations Act of 2004 (the “AJCA”) was signed into law. The AJCA provides for a one-time tax deduction of 85% of certain foreign earnings that were repatriated in 2005. During 2005, the Company repatriated foreign earnings eligible for this deduction and recorded a net tax benefit of $0.4 million as a result of the reversal of deferred taxes previously provided on these earnings.

The 2005 and 2004 tax provisions reflect the reversal of certain federal, state and foreign tax accruals no longer required due to the completion of tax audits and expiration of statutes of limitation partially offset by certain nondeductible expenses.

In accordance with the requirements for fresh-start reporting pursuant to SOP 90-7, the Company has adopted FASB Interpretation No. 48 (“FIN48”), Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes, effective as of October 2, 2006. The transition adjustments, although not material in the aggregate, were shown as an adjustment to the opening fresh-start balance sheet.

The Company has $37.0 million of Unrecognized Tax Benefits (“UTB”) as of 12/31/06. $2.3 million of the UTB, if recognized in future periods, would impact the reported effective tax rate. $34.7 million of the UTB are generally related to issues that existed as of the fresh-start date that, if recognized, would result in adjustments to the fresh-start balance sheet. $19.3 million of the UTB, if recognized, would increase net operating losses.

It is reasonably possible that certain UTB may increase or decrease within the next twelve months due to tax examination changes, settlement activities, expirations of statute of limitations, or the impact on recognition and measurement considerations related to the results of published tax cases or other similar activities. The Company estimates that statute expirations will result in recognition of $1.1 million related to certain non-deductible expenses over the next twelve months.

Under FIN 48, the Company has elected to continue its prior practice of accounting for interest and penalties on uncertain tax positions as income tax expense consistently for all income tax purposes, and as a result has reported $2.0 million in the aggregate related to interest and penalty exposure as accrued income tax expense in the statement of financial position as of December 31, 2006.

The Company has significant operations in over 26 countries and files income tax returns in approximately 80 tax jurisdictions, in some cases for multiple legal entities per jurisdiction. Generally, the Company has open tax years subject to tax audit scrutiny on average of between 3 years to 6 years in these taxing jurisdictions. The Company has not materially extended any open statutes of limitation for any significant location and has reviewed and accrued for, where necessary, tax liabilities for open periods. The Company has been audited in the United States, the most significant tax jurisdiction, for all tax years through 2003, resulting in the years 2004 through 2006 being subject to future potential tax audit adjustments while years prior to 2004 are settled. The Company is not currently under audit for U.S. Federal tax purposes, although there are ongoing audits in The Netherlands and Germany which may result in future changes to reported tax. We have evaluated the need for additional tax reserves for these audits as part of our FIN 48 adoption process.

92

Armstrong World Industries, Inc., and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(dollar amounts in millions)

The Company had the following activity recorded for unrecognized tax benefits for the three months ended December 31, 2006:

	Taxes Payable
	Current			Non-Current			Taxes Receivable		NOL Carryforward		Total
Unrecognized tax benefits upon adoption of fresh-start reporting	$	1.1		$	9.6		$	8.3	$	16.6	$	35.6
Gross change for current year positions		—			0.2			—		2.6		2.8
Increase for prior period positions		—			0.1			—		—		0.1
Decrease for prior period positions		—			—			—		—		—
Decrease due to settlements and payments		(1.1	)		—			—		—		(1.1	)
Decrease due to statute expirations		—			(0.4	)		—		—		(0.4	)
Unrecognized tax benefits at December 31, 2006	$	—		$	9.5		$	8.3	$	19.2	$	37.0

NOTE 17. DEBT

(See Note 5 regarding treatment of prepetition debt.)

	Successor Company				Predecessor Company
($ millions)	2006		Average year-end interest rate		2005		Average year-end interest rate
Borrowings under lines of credit		—	—		$	450.0	7.18	%
Term Loan A	$	300.0	6.85	%		—	—
Term Loan B		500.0	7.10	%		—	—
Commercial paper		—	—			50.0	6.75	%
Foreign banks		2.8	4.17	%		14.6	4.12	%
Bank loans due 2007-2015		1.3	3.11	%		15.4	6.10	%
9.00% medium-term notes due 2001		—	—			7.5	9.00	%
6.35% senior notes due 2003		—	—			200.0	6.35	%
6.50% senior notes due 2005		—	—			150.0	6.50	%
9.75% debentures due 2008		—	—			125.0	9.75	%
7.45% senior notes due 2029		—	—			200.0	7.45	%
7.45% senior quarterly interest bonds due 2038		—	—			180.0	7.45	%
Industrial development bonds		10.0	4.26	%		21.0	4.95	%
Capital lease obligations		1.1	7.63	%		1.5	7.63	%
Other		1.0	7.89	%		15.1	8.62	%
Subtotal		816.2	6.96	%		1,430.1	7.23	%
Less debt subject to compromise		—	—			1,388.6	7.29	%
Less current portion and short-term debt		14.7	6.48	%		20.0	4.70	%
Total long-term debt, less current portion	$	801.5	6.97	%	$	21.5	5.17	%

The Successor Company balance excludes amounts related to discontinued operations.

On October 2, 2006, Armstrong executed a $1.1 billion senior credit facility arranged by Banc of America Securities LLC, J.P. Morgan Securities, Inc., and Barclays Capital. This facility is made up of a $300 million revolving credit facility (with a $150 million sublimit for letters of credit), a $300 million Term Loan A, and a $500 million Term Loan B. This $1.1 billion senior credit facility is secured by U.S. personal

93

Armstrong World Industries, Inc., and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(dollar amounts in millions)

property (excluding land and buildings), the capital stock of material U.S. subsidiaries, and a 65% pledge of the stock of our material foreign subsidiaries.

The senior credit facility includes two financial covenants which do not permit the ratio of consolidated funded indebtedness to consolidated EBITDA (earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization) (“Consolidated Leverage Ratio”) to be greater than 3.75 to 1.00 and the ratio of consolidated EBITDA to consolidated interest expense to be less than 3.00 to 1.00. We are in compliance with these covenants. The Revolving Credit and Term Loan A portions are currently priced at a spread of 1.50% over LIBOR and the Term Loan B portion is priced at 1.75% over LIBOR for its entire tenor. As of December 31, 2006, the Term Loan A and Term Loan B were both fully funded and are currently priced on a variable interest rate basis. The Term Loan A and Term Loan B portions of the credit facility may be prepaid without penalty at the maturity of their respective interest reset periods. Any amounts prepaid may not be reborrowed. The credit facility also includes an “incremental credit facility” feature under which the credit facility may be increased by an additional $200 million at our option.

Approximately $4.1 million of the remaining $16.2 million of debt as of December 31, 2006 was secured with buildings and other assets. The credit lines at our foreign subsidiaries are subject to immaterial annual commitment fees.

As of December 31, 2005, approximately $29.9 million of the $41.5 million of total debt outstanding not subject to compromise was secured with buildings and other assets.

Scheduled payments of long-term debt (excluding discontinued operations) (millions):

2007	$	10.9	2010	$	35.2
2008		20.7	2011		237.7
2009		34.0

NOTE 18. PENSION AND OTHER BENEFIT PROGRAMS

We have defined benefit pension plans and postretirement medical and insurance benefit plans covering eligible employees worldwide. We also have defined-contribution pension plans for eligible employees. Benefits from defined benefit pension plans, which cover substantially all employees worldwide, are based primarily on an employee’s compensation and years of service. We fund our pension plans when appropriate. The U.S. defined benefit pension plans were closed to new salaried and salaried production employees on January 1, 2005. We also froze benefits for certain non-production salaried employees effective February 28, 2006. We fund postretirement benefits on a pay-as-you-go basis, with the retiree paying a portion of the cost for health care benefits by means of deductibles and contributions.

UNITED STATES PLANS

The following tables summarize the balance sheet impact of the pension and postretirement benefit plans, as well as the related benefit obligations, assets, funded status and rate assumptions. The pension benefits disclosures include both the Retirement Income Plan (RIP) and the Retirement Benefit Equity Plan, which is a nonqualified, unfunded plan designed to provide pension benefits in excess of the limits defined under Sections 415 and 401(a)(17) of the Internal Revenue Code.

94

Armstrong World Industries, Inc., and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(dollar amounts in millions)

We use a December 31 measurement date for our U.S. defined benefit plans.

	Successor Company			Predecessor Company
U.S. defined-benefit pension plans	Three Months Ended December 31, 2006			Nine Months Ended September 30, 2006(1)			Year 2005
Change in benefit obligation:
Benefit obligation as of beginning of period	$	1,705.0		$	1,775.9		$	1,637.4
Service cost		3.4			13.6			24.7
Interest cost		24.3			69.4			96.0
Plan amendments		—			0.2			(10.5	)
Effect of curtailments		—			—			(8.3	)
Effect of special termination benefits		0.5			8.5			14.1
Actuarial (gain)/loss		(0.5	)		(78.0	)		128.3
Benefits paid		(27.3	)		(84.6	)		(105.8	)
Benefit obligation as of end of period	$	1,705.4		$	1,705.0		$	1,775.9
Change in plan assets:
Fair value of plan assets as of beginning of period	$	2,143.7		$	2,089.2		$	2,010.4
Actual return on plan assets – gain		121.5			136.7			181.2
Employer contribution		0.8			2.4			3.4
Benefits paid		(27.3	)		(84.6	)		(105.8	)
Fair value of plan assets as of end of period	$	2,238.7		$	2,143.7		$	2,089.2
Funded status of the plans	$	533.3		$	438.7		$	313.3
Unrecognized net actuarial (gain)/loss		—			—			21.9
Unrecognized prior service cost (benefit)		—			—			101.7
Net asset recognized	$	533.3		$	438.7		$	436.9

(1) Reflects the effects of fresh-start reporting.

95

Armstrong World Industries, Inc., and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(dollar amounts in millions)

	Successor Company		Predecessor Company
U.S. defined-benefit pension plans	Three Months Ended December 31, 2006		Nine Months Ended September 30, 2006		Year 2005
Weighted-average assumptions used to determine benefit obligations at end of period:
Discount rate	5.75	%	5.75	%	5.50	%
Rate of compensation increase	4.00	%	4.00	%	4.00	%
Weighted-average assumptions used to determine net periodic benefit cost for the period:
Discount rate	5.75	%	5.50	%	5.75	%
Expected return on plan assets	8.00	%	8.00	%	8.00	%
Rate of compensation increase	4.00	%	4.00	%	4.00	%

	Successor Company			Predecessor Company
U.S. defined-benefit retiree health and life insurance plans	Three Months Ended December 31, 2006			Nine Months Ended September 30, 2006 (1)			Year 2005
Change in benefit obligation:
Benefit obligation as of beginning of period	$	391.5		$	378.5		$	396.7
Service cost		0.7			1.8			2.9
Interest cost		5.4			14.9			20.6
Plan participants’ contributions		1.6			4.7			6.1
Plan amendments		—			(3.4	)		(4.9	)
Effect of curtailments		—			(0.3	)		—
Actuarial (gain)/loss		—			19.3			(9.7	)
Benefits paid, gross		(9.3	)		(25.3	)		(33.2	)
Medicare subsidy receipts		0.7			1.3			—
Benefit obligation as of end of period	$	390.6		$	391.5		$	378.5
Change in plan assets:
Fair value of plan assets as of beginning of period		—			—			—
Employer contribution	$	7.0		$	19.3		$	27.1
Plan participants’ contributions		1.6			4.7			6.1
Benefits paid, gross		(9.3	)		(25.3	)		(33.2	)
Medicare subsidy receipts		0.7			1.3			—
Fair value of plan assets as of end of period	$	0.0		$	0.0		$	0.0
Funded status of the plans	$	(390.6	)	$	(391.5	)	$	(378.5	)
Unrecognized net actuarial (gain)/loss		—			—			171.5
Unrecognized prior service cost (benefit)		—			—			(39.3	)
Net liability recognized	$	(390.6	)	$	(391.5	)	$	(246.3	)

(1) Reflects the effects of fresh-start reporting.

96

Armstrong World Industries, Inc., and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(dollar amounts in millions)

	Successor Company		Predecessor Company
U.S. defined-benefit retiree health and life insurance plans	Three Months Ended December 31, 2006		Nine Months Ended September 30, 2006		2005
Weighted-average assumptions used to determine benefit obligations at December 31:
Discount rate	5.70	%	5.70	%	5.50	%
Rate of compensation increase	n/a		n/a		4.00	%
Weighted-average assumptions used to determine net periodic benefit cost for years ended December 31:
Discount rate	5.70	%	5.50	%	5.75	%
Rate of compensation increase	n/a		n/a		4.00	%

Investment Policies

The RIP’s primary investment objective is to increase the ratio of RIP assets to liabilities by maximizing the long-term return on investments while minimizing the likelihood of cash contributions over the next 5-10 years. This is to be achieved by (a) investing primarily in publicly-traded equities, (b) limiting return volatility by diversifying investments among additional asset classes with differing expected rates of return and return correlations, and (c) investing a portion of RIP assets in a bond portfolio whose duration is roughly equal to the duration of RIP liabilities. Derivatives may be used either to implement investment positions efficiently or to hedge risk but not to create investment leverage.

Each asset class utilized by the RIP has a defined asset allocation target and allowable range. The table below shows the asset allocation target and the December 31, 2006 and 2005 position for each asset class:

	Successor Company				Predecessor Company
	Target Weight at December 31, 2006		Position at December 31,
Asset Class			2006		2005
Domestic equity	41	%	40	%	37	%
International equity	22	%	23	%	26	%
High yield bonds	5	%	5	%	6	%
Long duration bonds	25	%	26	%	27	%
Real estate	7	%	5	%	2	%
Other fixed income	0	%	1	%	2	%

Basis of Rate-of-Return Assumption

Long-term asset class return assumptions are determined based on input from investment professionals on the expected performance of the asset classes over 10 to 20 years. The forecasts were averaged to come up with consensus passive return forecasts for each asset class. An incremental component was added for the expected return from active management based both on the RIP’s experience and on historical information obtained from the RIP’s investment consultants. These forecast gross returns were reduced by estimated management fees and expenses, yielding a long-term return forecast of 8.00% per annum.

97

Armstrong World Industries, Inc., and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(dollar amounts in millions)

Amounts recognized in assets and liabilities at year end consist of:

	Pension Benefits						Retiree Health and Life Insurance Benefits
	Successor Company			Predecessor Company			Successor Company			Predecessor Company
	2006			2005			2006			2005
Prepaid pension costs	$	578.7		$	460.0
Accounts payable and accrued expenses		(3.5	)		—		$	(30.7	)
Postretirement and postemployment benefit liabilities		—			—			(359.9	)	$	(246.3	)
Pension benefit liabilities		(41.9	)		(44.3	)		—			—
Other intangibles, net		—			0.3			—			—
Net amount recognized	$	533.3		$	416.0		$	(390.6	)	$	(246.3	)

Amounts recognized in accumulated other comprehensive income at year end consist of:

	Pension Benefits					Retiree Health and Life Insurance Benefits
	Successor Company			Predecessor Company		Successor Company		Predecessor Company
	2006			2005		2006		2005
Net actuarial (gain)	$	(79.5	)				—
Prior service cost (credit)		—					—
Accumulated other comprehensive income	$	(79.5	)	$	20.9	$	—	$	—

Amounts recognized in accumulated other comprehensive income as of September 30, 2006 were eliminated as part of fresh-start reporting. The $79.5 million gain in accumulated other comprehensive income as of year end was a result of Successor Company activity.

No amounts in accumulated other comprehensive income are expected to be amortized into the pension credit or postretirement benefit cost in 2007.

The accumulated benefit obligation for the U.S. defined benefit pension plans was $1,686.0 million and $1,734.5 million at December 31, 2006 and 2005, respectively.

The following table relates to the Retirement Benefit Equity Plan, which is a nonqualified, unfunded plan designed to provide pension benefits in excess of the limits defined under Sections 415 and 401(a)(17) of the Internal Revenue Code.

U.S. pension plans with benefit obligations in excess of assets	Pension Benefits
	Successor Company 2006		Predecessor Company 2005
Projected benefit obligation, December 31	$	45.4	$	47.7
Accumulated benefit obligation, December 31		43.3		44.3
Fair value of plan assets, December 31		—		—

98

Armstrong World Industries, Inc., and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(dollar amounts in millions)

	Successor Company			Predecessor Company
The components of pension credit are as follows: U.S. defined-benefit pension plans	Three Months Ended December 31, 2006			Nine Months Ended September 30, 2006			Year 2005			Year 2004
Service cost of benefits earned during the period	$	3.4		$	13.6		$	24.7		$	23.2
Interest cost on projected benefit obligation		24.3			69.4			96.0			91.3
Expected return on plan assets		(42.5	)		(121.5	)		(158.5	)		(147.7	)
Amortization of prior service cost		—			6.7			16.0			17.4
Amortization of net actuarial loss		—			1.3			1.5			1.5
Net periodic pension credit	$	(14.8	)	$	(30.5	)	$	(20.3	)	$	(14.3	)

As a result of our January 13, 2006 announcement that certain non-production salaried employees will have their plan benefits frozen as of February 28, 2006, we recorded a curtailment charge of $16.9 million in the fourth quarter of 2005 in cost of goods sold ($11.4 million) and SG&A ($5.5 million). This charge is not reflected in the table above.

In addition, we recorded separate charges of $0.5 million in the three months ended December 31, 2006, $8.5 million in the nine months ended September 30, 2006, $14.1 million in 2005 and $0.6 million in 2004 within restructuring expense for special termination benefits related to the closure of certain operations at a manufacturing plant in Lancaster. See Note 15 for further information.

	Successor Company		Predecessor Company
The components of postretirement benefit costs are as follows: U.S. defined-benefit retiree health and life insurance plans	Three Months Ended December 31, 2006		Nine Months Ended September 30, 2006			Year 2005			Year 2004
Service cost of benefits earned during the period	$	0.7	$	1.8		$	2.9		$	3.4
Interest cost on accumulated postretirement benefit obligation		5.4		14.9			20.6			22.3
Amortization of prior service benefit		—		(4.8	)		(5.6	)		(5.1	)
Amortization of net actuarial loss		—		9.4			11.9			9.7
Net periodic postretirement benefit cost	$	6.1	$	21.3		$	29.8		$	30.3

For measurement purposes, average rates of annual increase in the per capita cost of covered health care benefits of 11.5% for pre-65 retirees and 12.0% for post-65 retirees were assumed for 2007, decreasing 1% per year to an ultimate rate of 5%. Assumed health care cost trend rates have a significant effect on the amounts reported for the health care plans. A one-percentage-point change in assumed health care cost trend rates would have the following effects:

	One percentage point
U.S. retiree health and life insurance benefit plans	Increase		Decrease
Effect on total of service and interest cost components	$	0.7	$	(0.8	)
Effect on postretirement benefit obligation		11.5		(14.0	)

We expect to contribute $3.5 million to our U.S. defined benefit pension plans and $30.7 million to our U.S. postretirement benefit plans in 2007.

99

Armstrong World Industries, Inc., and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(dollar amounts in millions)

The following benefit payments, which reflect expected future service, as appropriate, are expected to be paid over the next ten years for our U.S. plans:

	Pension Benefits		Retiree Health and Life Insurance Benefits, Gross		Retiree Health Medicare Subsidy Receipts
2007	$	107.2	$	33.5	$	(2.8	)
2008		107.4		35.2		(3.0	)
2009		107.5		36.6		(3.1	)
2010		108.0		37.8		(3.2	)
2011		108.8		38.2		(3.3	)
2012-2016		571.9		179.2		(15.4	)

NON-U.S. PLANS

We have defined benefit pension plans covering employees in a number of foreign countries that utilize assumptions which are consistent with, but not identical to, those of the U.S. plans. The following tables summarize the balance sheet impact of foreign pension benefit plans, as well as the related benefit obligations, assets, funded status and rate assumptions.

Effective with our adoption of FAS 158, “Employers’ Accounting for Defined Benefit Pension and Other Postretirement Plans,” on October 2, 2006, we use a December 31 measurement date for all of our non-U.S. defined benefit plans. Prior to our adoption of FAS 158, we used a December 31 measurement date for most of our non-U.S. defined benefit plans.

100

Armstrong World Industries, Inc., and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(dollar amounts in millions)

	Successor Company			Predecessor Company
Non-U.S. defined-benefit plans	Three Months Ended December 31, 2006			Nine Months Ended September 30, 2006(1)			Year 2005
Change in benefit obligation:
Benefit obligation as of beginning of period	$	397.2		$	377.6		$	396.2
Service cost		1.7			5.1			6.1
Interest cost		4.5			12.3			17.7
Plan participants’ contributions		0.5			1.5			2.0
Measurement date adjustment		—			0.8			—
Foreign currency translation adjustment		11.8			26.3			(40.7	)
Actuarial (gain) loss		(5.0	)		(11.9	)		15.6
Benefits paid		(4.2	)		(14.5	)		(19.3	)
Benefit obligation as of end of period	$	406.5		$	397.2		$	377.6
Change in plan assets: Fair value of plan assets as of beginning of period	$	215.7		$	175.6		$	158.4
Actual return on plan assets—gain		7.4			9.3			26.2
Employer contributions		4.6			30.2			22.1
Plan participants’ contributions		0.5			1.5			2.0
Foreign currency translation adjustment		5.9			14.1			(13.8	)
Benefits paid		(4.2	)		(15.0	)		(19.3	)
Fair value of plan assets as of end of period	$	229.9		$	215.7		$	175.6
Funded status of the plans	$	(176.6	)	$	(181.5	)	$	(202.0	)
Unrecognized net actuarial loss		—			—			68.6
Unrecognized transition asset		—			—			(0.1	)
Unrecognized prior service cost		—			—			3.0
Net liability recognized	$	(176.6	)	$	(181.5	)	$	(130.5	)

(1) Reflects the effects of fresh-start reporting.

	Successor Company		Predecessor Company
Non-U.S. defined-benefit plans	Three Months Ended December 31, 2006		Nine Months Ended September 30, 2006		Year 2005
Weighted-average assumptions used to determine benefit obligations at end of period:
Discount rate	4.7	%	4.6	%	4.3	%
Rate of compensation increase	3.2	%	3.2	%	3.0	%
Weighted-average assumptions used to determine net periodic benefit cost for the period:
Discount rate	4.6	%	4.3	%	4.8	%
Expected return on plan assets	6.6	%	6.5	%	6.5	%
Rate of compensation increase	3.2	%	3.0	%	3.3	%

101

Armstrong World Industries, Inc., and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(dollar amounts in millions)

Investment Policies

Each of the funded non-US pension plan’s primary investment objective is to earn sufficient long-term returns on investments both to increase the ratio of the assets to liabilities in order for the plans to meet their benefits obligations, and to minimize required cash contributions to the plans. This is to be achieved by (a) investing in publicly-traded equities, (b) limiting return volatility by diversifying investments among additional asset classes with differing expected rates of return and return correlations, and (c) utilizing long duration bonds to limit the volatility of the plans’ asset/liability ratios.

Each of the plans has a targeted asset allocation for each asset class. The table below shows, for each asset class, the weighted average of the several plans’ asset allocation targets and positions at December 31, 2006 and 2005:

	Successor Company				Predecessor Company
	Target Weight at		Position at December 31,
Asset Class	December 31, 2006		2006		2005
Equities	56	%	58	%	62	%
Long duration bonds	28	%	28	%	25	%
Other fixed income	7	%	7	%	12	%
Real estate	9	%	7	%	1	%

Basis of Rate-of-Return Assumption

Long-term asset class return forecasts were obtained from investment professionals. The forecasts were averaged to come up with consensus passive return forecasts for each asset class. These forecast asset class returns were weighted by the plans’ target asset class weights, yielding a long-term return forecast of 6.6% per annum for the three month period ended December 31, 2006 and 6.5% per annum for the nine month period ended September 30, 2006 and the year 2005.

Amounts recognized in the consolidated balance sheets consist of:

	Pension Benefits
	Successor Company 2006			Predecessor Company 2005
Prepaid pension costs	$	1.1		$	8.7
Accounts payable and accrued expenses		(11.8	)		—
Pension benefit liabilities		(165.9	)		(177.9	)
Other intangibles, net		—			2.7
Net amount recognized	$	(176.6	)	$	(166.5	)

The amounts reported above for 2005 exclude prepaid pension cost of $8.2 million and pension benefit liabilities of $1.5 million which relate to discontinued operations.

Amounts recognized in accumulated other comprehensive income at year end consist of:

	Pension Benefits
	Successor Company			Predecessor Company
	2006			2005
Net actuarial (gain)	$	(9.0	)
Prior service cost (credit)		—
Accumulated other comprehensive income	$	(9.0	)	$	36.0

102

Armstrong World Industries, Inc., and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(dollar amounts in millions)

Amounts recognized in accumulated other comprehensive income as of September 30, 2006 were eliminated as part of fresh-start reporting. The $9.0 million gain in accumulated other comprehensive income as of year end was a result of Successor Company activity.

No amounts in accumulated other comprehensive income are expected to be amortized into pension cost in 2007.

The accumulated benefit obligation for the non-U.S. defined benefit pension plans was $372.5 million and $345.6 million at December 31, 2006 and 2005, respectively.

	Pension Benefits
Non-U.S. pension plans with benefit obligations in excess of assets	Successor Company 2006		Predecessor Company 2005
Projected benefit obligation, December 31	$	382.7	$	377.6
Accrued benefit obligation, December 31		350.0		345.6
Fair value of plan assets, December 31		205.0		175.6

	Successor Company			Predecessor Company
The components of pension cost are as follows: Non-U.S. defined-benefit plans	Three Months Ended December 31, 2006			Nine Months Ended September 30, 2006			Year 2005			Year 2004
Service cost of benefits earned during the period	$	1.7		$	5.1		$	6.1		$	5.9
Interest cost on projected benefit obligation		4.5			12.3			17.7			17.4
Expected return on plan assets		(3.6	)		(8.6	)		(11.3	)		(10.4	)
Amortization of transition obligation (asset)		—			(0.1	)		(0.1	)		0.2
Amortization of prior service cost		—			0.4			0.5			0.4
Amortization of net actuarial loss		—			2.1			1.7			0.4
Net periodic pension cost	$	2.6		$	11.2		$	14.6		$	13.9

We expect to contribute $17.7 million to our non-U.S. defined benefit pension plans in 2007.

The following benefit payments, which reflect expected future service, as appropriate, are expected to be paid over the next ten years:

	Pension Benefits
2007	$	20.3
2008		21.2
2009		20.6
2010		21.5
2011		22.4
2012-2016		135.6

Costs for other defined contribution benefit plans and multiemployer pension plans were $3.3 million in the three months ended December 31, 2006, $9.6 million in the nine months ended September 30, 2006, $11.0 million in 2005 and $10.4 million in 2004.

103

Armstrong World Industries, Inc., and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(dollar amounts in millions)

NOTE 19. FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS

We do not hold or issue financial instruments for trading purposes. The estimated fair values of our financial instruments are as follows:

	Successor Company						Predecessor Company
	2006						2005
(millions at December 31)	Carrying amount			Estimated fair value			Carrying amount			Estimated fair value
Assets/(Liabilities):
Debt subject to compromise		—			—		$	(1,388.6	)	$	(976.7	)
Long-term debt, including current portion	$	(812.4	)	$	(812.4	)		(26.9	)		(26.9	)
Foreign currency contract obligations		(2.0	)		(2.0	)		1.5			1.5
Natural gas contracts		2.5			2.5			18.7			18.7
Other energy contracts		(0.5	)		(0.5	)		—			—

The carrying amounts of cash and cash equivalents, receivables, accounts payable and accrued expenses, short-term debt and current installments of long-term debt approximate fair value because of the short-term maturity of these instruments. The fair value estimates of long-term debt were based upon quotes from major financial institutions taking into consideration current rates offered to us for debt of the same remaining maturities. The fair value estimates of foreign currency contract obligations are estimated from national exchange quotes. The fair value estimates of natural gas contracts are estimated by obtaining quotes from major financial institutions.

We utilize lines of credit and other commercial commitments in order to ensure that adequate funds are available to meet operating requirements. On December 31, 2006, we had a $300 million revolving credit facility with a $150 million sublimit for letters of credit, of which $40.2 million was outstanding. There were no outstanding borrowings under the revolving credit facility. Availability under this facility totaled $259.8 million as of December 31, 2006. Our foreign subsidiaries had available lines of credit totaling $52.4 million, of which $8.0 million was used, leaving $44.4 million of unused lines of credit available for foreign borrowings.

On December 31, 2006, we had outstanding letters of credit totaling $66.8 million, of which $40.2 million was issued under the revolving credit facility and $26.6 were arranged with another bank. Letters of credit are issued to third party suppliers, insurance and financial institutions and typically can only be drawn upon in the event of AWI’s failure to pay its obligations to the beneficiary. We also have several commercial letters of credit whereby vendors are paid directly via the letter of credit.

NOTE 20. DERIVATIVE FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS

We are exposed to market risk from changes in foreign currency exchange rates, interest rates and commodity prices that could impact our results of operations and financial condition. We use forward swaps and option contracts to hedge currency and commodity exposures. We regularly monitor developments in the capital markets and only enter into currency and swap transactions with established counter-parties having investment grade ratings. Exposure to individual counterparties is controlled and derivative financial instruments are entered into with a diversified group of major financial institutions. Forward swaps and option contracts are entered into for periods consistent with underlying exposure and do not constitute positions independent of those exposures. At inception, we formally designate and document our derivatives as either (1) a hedge of a forecasted transaction or “cash flow” hedge, or (2) a hedge of the fair value of a recognized liability or asset or “fair value” hedge. We use derivative financial instruments as risk management tools and not for speculative trading purposes.

Interest Rate Risk—There were no open interest rate derivatives as of December 31, 2006 and 2005. We may at some future date execute interest rate swaps to mitigate interest rate variability on our Term Loan A and B and other floating rate debt.

104

Armstrong World Industries, Inc., and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(dollar amounts in millions)

Currency Rate Risk - We manufacture and sell our products in a number of countries throughout the world and, as a result, are exposed to movements in foreign currency exchange rates. To a large extent, our global manufacturing and sales provide a natural hedge of foreign currency exchange rate movement, as foreign currency expenses generally offset foreign currency revenues. We manage our cash flow exposures on a net basis and use derivatives to hedge our unmatched foreign currency cash inflows and outflows. At December 31, 2006, our major foreign currency exposures are to the Euro, the Canadian dollar, and the British pound.

We use foreign currency forward exchange contracts to reduce our exposure to the risk that the eventual net cash inflows and outflows, resulting from the sale of product to foreign customers and purchases from foreign suppliers, will be adversely affected by changes in exchange rates. These derivative instruments are used for forecasted transactions and are classified as cash flow hedges. Cash flow hedges are executed quarterly for up to 15 months forward and allow us to further reduce our overall exposure to exchange rate movements, since the gains and losses on these contracts offset losses and gains on the transactions being hedged. Gains and losses on these instruments are deferred in other comprehensive income until the underlying transaction is recognized in earnings. The net fair value of these instruments at December 31, 2006 was an asset of $2.1 million. A gain of $3.1 million is included in other comprehensive income related to changes in the fair value of our foreign currency forward exchange contracts since September 30, 2006, all of which is expected to be charged to earnings in the next twelve months. The earnings impact is reported in either net sales or cost of goods sold to match the underlying transaction being hedged. The earnings impact of these hedges was a gain of $0.5 million in the three months ended December 31, 2006 and a loss of $0.9 million in the nine months ended September 30, 2006. There were no circumstances where hedge treatment was discontinued during 2006. The earnings impact of the ineffective portion of these hedges and of adopting fresh-start reporting was not material during 2006.

We also use foreign currency forward exchange contracts to hedge exposures created by cross-currency intercompany loans. The underlying intercompany loans are classified as short-term and translation adjustments related to these loans are recorded in other non-operating income. The offsetting gains and losses on the related derivative contracts are also recorded in other non-operating income. These transactions are executed on a six-month rolling basis and are offset or increased as repayment or additional intercompany loans are extended. The fair value of these instruments at December 31, 2006 was a liability of $4.1 million, all of which is expected to be charged to earnings in the next twelve months. During 2006, the net earnings impact of these transactions was a loss of $2.7 million in the three months ended December 31, 2006 and a gain of $1.1 million in the nine months ended September 30, 2006, recorded in other non-operating income. The earnings impact of adopting fresh-start reporting for our foreign currency forward exchange contracts was not material.

Commodity Price Risk - We purchase natural gas for use in the manufacture of ceiling tiles and other products and to heat many of our facilities. As a result, we are exposed to movements in the price of natural gas. We have a policy of reducing cost volatility by purchasing natural gas forward contracts, purchased call options, and zero-cost collars up to 15 months forward to reduce our overall exposure to natural gas price movements. The gains and losses on these transactions offset losses and gains on the transactions being hedged. These instruments are designated as cash flow hedges. The mark-to-market gain or loss on qualifying hedges is included in other comprehensive income to the extent effective, and reclassified into cost of goods sold in the period during which the underlying products are sold. The mark-to-market gains or losses on ineffective portions of hedges are recognized in cost of goods sold immediately. There were no circumstances where hedge treatment was discontinued during 2006. The fair value of these instruments at December 31, 2006 was a $2.5 million asset. There is also a loss of $2.0 million included in other comprehensive income related to changes in the fair value of our natural gas hedge contracts since September 30, 2006, of which $1.4 million is expected to be charged to earnings in the next twelve months. The earnings impact of hedges that matured during 2006, recorded in cost of goods sold, was $0.6 million of expense in the three months ended December 31, 2006 and $0.9 million of expense in the nine months ended September 30, 2006. The earnings impact of the

105

Armstrong World Industries, Inc., and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(dollar amounts in millions)

ineffective portion of these hedges was not material during 2006. As a result of the adoption of fresh-start reporting, we recognized a charge of $6.1 million to fair value these instruments, which was reported in the results of the Predecessor Company.

NOTE 21. GUARANTEES

For the past several years, we have maintained an agreement with the lending institution of one of our flooring distributors. Under this agreement, if the distributor was to default on its obligations and the lender foreclosed on the assets, the bank could return a large portion of our products still at the distributor (subject to certain quality, current product line and roll size minimum criteria) for a refund of original cost. In October 2006, the lending institution of the distributor notified us that the distributor had defaulted on its obligations. As a result of the distributor’s default, we refunded the bank $1.1 million and returned the related products to our inventory.

In disposing of assets, AWI and some subsidiaries have entered into contracts that included various indemnity provisions, covering such matters as taxes, environmental liabilities and asbestos and other litigation. Some of these contracts have exposure limits, but many do not. Due to the nature of the indemnities, it is not possible to estimate the potential maximum exposure under these contracts. For contracts under which an indemnity claim has been received, a liability of $4.0 million has been recorded as of December 31, 2006. See Note 32 of the Consolidated Financial Statements for additional information.

In September 1999, we sold our Textiles Products operations. As part of the divestiture agreement, we transferred certain liabilities and assets to the purchaser to cover pension payments earned by the work force as of the sale date. We also reimbursed the purchaser for such pension payments that are not covered by the pension assets. In addition, we agreed to reimburse the purchaser for the tax impact of our reimbursement of the pension payments. This agreement had no termination date. In the third quarter of 2006, we settled this obligation and have no further obligation under this agreement.

NOTE 22. PRODUCT WARRANTIES

We provide direct customer and end-user warranties for our products. These warranties cover manufacturing defects that would prevent the product from performing in line with its intended and marketed use. Generally, the terms of these warranties range up to 25 years and provide for the repair or replacement of the defective product. We collect and analyze warranty claims data with a focus on the historic amount of claims, the products involved, the amount of time between the warranty claims and their respective sales and the amount of current sales. The following table summarizes the activity for the accrual of product warranties for 2006 and 2005:

	Successor Company			Predecessor Company
	Three Months Ended December 31, 2006			Nine Months Ended September 30, 2006			Year 2005
Balance at beginning of period	$	22.6		$	21.1		$	22.6
Reductions for payments		(9.4	)		(23.9	)		(34.3	)
Current period warranty accruals		8.0			28.9			34.6
Preexisting warranty accrual changes		(0.2	)		(0.3	)		(0.7	)
Acquisitions		—			0.6			—
Discontinued operations		—			(4.1	)		—
Effects of foreign exchange translation		0.2			0.3			(1.1	)
Balance at end of period	$	21.2		$	22.6		$	21.1

106

Armstrong World Industries, Inc., and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(dollar amounts in millions)

The warranty reserve is recorded as a reduction of sales and accounts receivable. The Successor Company balance excludes amounts related to discontinued operations.

NOTE 23. OTHER LONG-TERM LIABILITIES

	Successor Company December 31, 2006		Predecessor Company December 31, 2005
Long-term deferred compensation arrangements	$	36.1	$	39.4
U.S. workers’ compensation		15.5		18.3
Environmental liabilities not subject to compromise		5.9		7.9
Other		18.2		24.4
Total other long-term liabilities	$	75.7	$	90.0

The Successor Company balance excludes amounts related to discontinued operations.

NOTE 24. SAVINGS AND INVESTMENT PLAN (SIP)

In 1989, we established an Employee Stock Ownership Plan (“ESOP”) that borrowed $270 million from banks and insurance companies, repayable over 15 years and guaranteed by AWI. The ESOP used the proceeds to purchase 5,654,450 shares of a new series of company convertible preferred stock. In 1996, the ESOP was merged with the Retirement Savings Plan for salaried employees (a defined-contribution pension plan) to form the Retirement Savings and Stock Ownership Plan. On July 31, 1996, the trustee of the ESOP converted the preferred stock held by the trust into approximately 5.1 million shares of common stock at a one-for-one ratio. Effective March 1, 2005, the name of the plan was changed to the Savings and Investment Plan (SIP).

The number of shares released for allocation to participant accounts has been based on the proportion of principal and interest paid to the total amount of debt service remaining to be paid over the life of the borrowings. Through December 31, 2006, the SIP allocated 1,503,000 AHI shares to participants that remain outstanding, participants retired 2,921,000 shares, Armstrong contributed an additional 437,000 shares from its treasury (in 1999 and 2000) and the trustee purchased 243,000 shares on the open market to allocate to employees (in 1999 and 2000). During 2005 and 2004, the SIP sold 1,462,000 and 450,000 unallocated shares on the open market, respectively. The proceeds from the sale remained in the SIP until November 2006 when they were allocated to participants as a result of AWI’s Chapter 11 emergence. As of December 31, 2006, there were no assets in the SIP that had yet to be allocated to participants.

The SIP is a qualified defined contribution plan that also includes a 401(k) elective deferral component. A substantial portion of U.S. employees are eligible and participate. The SIP currently covers parent company nonunion employees, some parent company union employees, Wood Flooring salaried employees, and Cabinets salaried employees. We recorded costs for the SIP of $1.9 million in the three months ended December 31, 2006, $6.2 million in the nine months ended September 30, 2006, $6.5 million in 2005 and $5.8 million in 2004, which related to Company cash matching contributions.

On November 22, 2000, AWI failed to repay $50 million in commercial paper that was due. Subsequently, the remaining ESOP bond principal balance of $142.2 million became immediately payable along with a $15.5 million interest and tax make-whole premium. ESOP debt service payments have not been made since June 2000. As a result of the Chapter 11 Filing, AWI’s guarantee of these

107

Armstrong World Industries, Inc., and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(dollar amounts in millions)

ESOP loan obligations of $157.7 million was classified as a liability subject to compromise and was discharged as part of AWI’s Chapter 11 emergence.

The SIP does not hold any shares of reorganized Armstrong.

NOTE 25. STOCK-BASED COMPENSATION PLANS

On January 1, 2006, we adopted FASB Statement No. 123 (revised 2004), “Share-Based Payment” (“FAS 123R”), which requires all share-based payment transactions to be recognized in the financial statements using a fair-value method of accounting. This statement replaced FASB Statement No. 123 and superseded APB Opinion No. 25. Prior to January 1, 2006, we used APB Opinion No. 25’s intrinsic value method for stock-based employee compensation. There would have been no effect on 2005 or 2004 net income if we had applied the fair value recognition provisions of FAS 123R to share-based employee compensation in those years because all outstanding awards were fully vested.

Predecessor Company

We used the modified prospective method of adopting FAS 123R, which does not require restatement of prior periods. There was no impact of adoption of the new standard because all of our outstanding stock options on January 1, 2006 were fully vested.

Awards under the 1993 Long-Term Stock Incentive Plan (“1993 Plan”) were made in the form of stock options, stock appreciation rights in conjunction with stock options, performance restricted shares and restricted stock awards. During 1999, we adopted the 1999 Long-Term Incentive Plan (“1999 Plan”) which replaced the 1993 Plan. Pre-1999 grants made under predecessor plans were governed under the provisions of those plans. The 1999 Plan provided for the granting of incentive stock options, nonqualified stock options, stock appreciation rights, performance-restricted shares and restricted stock awards. The 1999 Plan also incorporated stock awards and cash incentive awards. During 2000, we adopted the Stock Award Plan (“2000 Plan”) to enable stock awards and restricted stock awards to officers, key employees and non-employee directors. Upon AHI becoming AWI’s corporate parent on May 1, 2000, all outstanding options and restricted shares granted by AHI were converted into equivalent options and restricted shares of AHI.

All three of the plans discussed above were terminated upon AWI emerging from Chapter 11 on October 2, 2006. No equity based compensation was granted between the Chapter 11 filing date and the Chapter 11 emergence date, other than commitments entered into prior to the Chapter 11 filing.

Options were granted to purchase shares at prices not less than the closing market price of the shares on the dates the options were granted. The options generally became exercisable in one to three years and expired 10 years from the date of grant.

108

Armstrong World Industries, Inc., and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(dollar amounts in millions)

	Predecessor Company
Changes in AHI option shares outstanding (thousands except for share price)	Nine Months Ended September 30, 2006			2005			2004
Option shares at beginning of period		1,987.3			2,264.0			2,376.9
Options granted		—			—			—
Option shares exercised		—			—			—
Options forfeited		(23.8	)		(44.9	)		(20.8	)
Options expired		(189.8	)		(231.8	)		(92.1	)
Option shares at end of period		1,773.7			1,987.3			2,264.0
Option shares exercisable at end of period		1,773.7			1,987.3			2,264.0
Shares available for grant		5,029.0			4,815.4			4,538.7
Weighted average price per share:
Options outstanding	$	24.67		$	27.97		$	29.75
Options exercisable	$	24.67		$	27.97		$	29.75

Although the plans under which these options were issued were terminated upon AWI’s emerging from Chapter 11, the existing option contracts remain enforceable against AHI. Reorganized Armstrong has no further liability under these plans.

Restricted stock awards were used for the purposes of recruitment, special recognition and retention of key employees. As of September 30, 2006, no award of restricted stock shares had been granted since 2000. As of September 30, 2006, there were 111,463 restricted shares of AHI common stock outstanding with 596 accumulated dividend equivalent shares. These awards expired upon AWI’s emerging from Chapter 11 on October 2, 2006.

Successor Company

As of October 2, 2006, the Board of Directors of reorganized AWI adopted and the then sole shareholder of AWI approved, reorganized Armstrong’s 2006 Long-Term Incentive Plan (“2006 Plan”).

The 2006 Plan authorizes us to issue stock options, stock appreciation rights, restricted stock awards, stock units, performance-based awards and cash awards to officers and key employees. No more than 5,349,000 common shares may be issued under the 2006 Plan, and the 2006 Plan will terminate on October 2, 2016, after which time no further awards may be made. As of December 31, 2006, 3,226,400 shares were available for future grants under the 2006 plan.

For grants made between our Chapter 11 emergence on October 2, 2006 and October 17, 2006, options were granted to purchase shares at a price equal to the volume weighted average closing price of the shares for the period October 18, 2006 through October 31, 2006. For grants made on or after October 18, 2006, options were granted to purchase shares at prices equal to the closing market price of the shares on the dates the options were granted. The options generally become exercisable in two to four years and expire 10 years from the date of grant.

109

Armstrong World Industries, Inc., and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(dollar amounts in millions)

	Successor Company Three Months Ended December 31, 2006
	Number of shares (thousands)	Weighted- average exercise price		Weighted- average remaining contractual term (years)	Aggregate intrinsic value (millions)
Option shares outstanding at beginning of period	—		—
Options granted	1,592.0	$	38.42
Option shares exercised	—		—
Options forfeited	—		—
Option shares outstanding at end of period	1,592.0	$	38.42	9.8	$	6.3
Option shares exercisable at end of period	—		—	—		—
Option shares expected to vest	1,537.8				$	6.1

We have reserved sufficient authorized shares to allow us to issue new shares upon exercise of all outstanding options. When options are actually exercised, we will issue new shares, use treasury shares (if available), acquire shares held by investors, or a combination of these alternatives in order to satisfy the option exercises.

The fair value of option grants was estimated on the date of grant using the Black-Scholes option pricing model. The weighted average assumptions for the three months ended December 31, 2006 are presented in the table below.

	Successor Company
	Three Months Ended December 31, 2006
Weighted-average grant date fair value of options granted	$	15.51
Assumptions
Risk free rate of return		4.6	%
Expected term (in years)		6.5
Expected volatility		33.2	%
Expected dividend yield		0.0	%

The risk free rate of return is determined based on the implied yield available on zero coupon U.S. Treasury bills at the time of grant with a remaining term equal to the expected term of the option. The expected life is the midpoint of the average vesting period and the contractual life of the grant. Because reorganized Armstrong’s stock has been trading for only a short period of time, the expected volatility is established based on an average of the actual historical volatilities of the stock prices of a peer group of companies. The expected dividend yield is assumed to be zero, again due to our limited history.

110

Armstrong World Industries, Inc., and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(dollar amounts in millions)

In addition to options, we also granted restricted stock and restricted stock units. These awards generally have vesting periods of two to four years. A summary of these awards follows:

	Successor Company Nonvested Stock Awards
	Number of Shares	Weighted- average fair value at grant date
Beginning of period	—		—
Granted	530,650	$	36.96
Vested	—		—
Forfeited	—		—
End of period	530,650	$	36.96

In addition to the equity awards described above, we also granted 57,281 phantom shares to non-employee directors which will be settled in the future for cash. These awards generally have vesting periods of one to three years. The awards are generally payable six months following the director’s separation from service. The total liability recorded for these shares as of December 31, 2006 was $0.3 million.

We recognize compensation expense on a straight-line basis over the vesting period. Share-based compensation cost was $2.5 million ($1.5 million net of tax benefit) in the three months ended December 31, 2006. There has been no cash flow impact to date of these awards.

As of December 31, 2006, there was $42.7 million of total unrecognized compensation cost related to nonvested share-based compensation arrangements. That cost is expected to be recognized over a weighted-average period of 3.8 years.

NOTE 26. EMPLOYEE COMPENSATION

Employee compensation is presented in the table below. Charges for severance costs and early retirement incentives to terminated employees that were otherwise recorded as restructuring charges have been excluded.

Employee compensation cost	Successor Company			Predecessor Company
	Three Months Ended December 31, 2006			Nine Months Ended September 30, 2006			Year 2005			Year 2004
Wages and salaries	$	180.0		$	555.6		$	746.5		$	730.3
Payroll taxes		16.9			55.3			72.4			71.2
Pension expense (credits), net		(8.9	)		(9.7	)		22.2			10.0
Insurance and other benefit costs		23.3			64.2			92.8			96.0
Stock-based compensation		2.5			—			(0.1	)		—
Total	$	213.8		$	665.4		$	933.8		$	907.5

On January 13, 2006 we announced that certain U.S. non-production salaried employees will have their pension plan benefits frozen as of February 28, 2006. As a result, we recorded a curtailment charge of $16.9 million in the fourth quarter of 2005. This amount is included in the pension expense reported in the table above.

111

Armstrong World Industries, Inc., and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(dollar amounts in millions)

NOTE 27. LEASES

We rent certain real estate and equipment. Several leases include options for renewal or purchase, and contain clauses for payment of real estate taxes and insurance. In most cases, management expects that in the normal course of business, leases will be renewed or replaced by other leases.

Rental expense was $5.5 million in the three months ended December 31, 2006, $16.9 million in the nine months ended September 30, 2006, $23.1 million in 2005 and $22.3 million in 2004. Future minimum payments at December 31, 2006, by year and in the aggregate, having noncancelable lease terms in excess of one year were as follows:

Scheduled minimum lease payments (excluding discontinued operations)	Capital Leases		Operating Leases
2007	$	0.6	$	14.9
2008		0.4		12.0
2009		—		8.8
2010		—		4.7
2011		—		2.3
Thereafter		0.1		7.2
Total	$	1.1	$	49.9

Assets under capital leases are included in the consolidated balance sheets as follows:

	Successor Company December 31, 2006			Predecessor Company December 31, 2005
Land	$	1.5		$	3.8
Building		4.6			4.1
Machinery		3.3			25.2
Less accumulated amortization		(0.2	)		(14.9	)
Net assets	$	9.2		$	18.2

The Successor Company balance excludes amounts related to discontinued operations.

NOTE 28. SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY

There were no Successor Company treasury shares at December 31, 2006. Predecessor Company treasury shares were 11,393,170 at December 31, 2005.

The balance of each component of accumulated other comprehensive income as of December 31, 2006 and 2005 is presented in the table below.

	Successor Company December 31, 2006		Predecessor Company December 31, 2005
Foreign currency translation adjustments	$	2.1	$	70.2
Derivative gain, net		0.7		4.8
Pension adjustments		59.3		—
Minimum pension liability adjustments		—		(37.9	)
Accumulated other comprehensive income	$	62.1	$	37.1

112

Armstrong World Industries, Inc., and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(dollar amounts in millions)

The related tax effects allocated to each component of other comprehensive income for 2006 are presented in the table below.

	Successor Company
	Pre-tax Amount		Tax (Expense) Benefit			After tax Amount
Foreign currency translation adjustments	$	0.8	$	1.3		$	2.1
Derivative gain, net		1.1		(0.4	)		0.7
Pension adjustments		88.7		(29.4	)		59.3
Total other comprehensive income	$	90.6	$	(28.5	)	$	62.1

The Successor Company balance excludes amounts related to discontinued operations.

NOTE 29. SUPPLEMENTAL FINANCIAL INFORMATION

	Successor Company		Predecessor Company
	Three Months Ended December 31, 2006		Nine Months Ended September 30, 2006		Year 2005		Year 2004
Selected operating expenses
Maintenance and repair costs	$	27.6	$	88.3	$	111.7	$	114.8
Research and development costs		12.8		36.0		48.0		46.5
Advertising costs		6.5		23.3		33.0		31.5
Other non-operating expense
Foreign currency translation loss, net of hedging activity	$	—	$	—	$	—	$	1.3
Equity loss in ISI		—		—		0.9		—
Other		0.3		1.0		0.6		1.8
Total	$	0.3	$	1.0	$	1.5	$	3.1
Other non-operating income
Interest income	$	4.0	$	2.9	$	4.6	$	4.0
Foreign currency translation gain, net of hedging activity		0.3		4.2		2.8		—
Equity earnings in ISI		—		—		0.7		1.9
Gain on sale of ISI		—		—		3.4		—
Other		—		0.1		0.3		0.5
Total	$	4.3	$	7.2	$	11.8	$	6.4

113

Armstrong World Industries, Inc., and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(dollar amounts in millions)

NOTE 30. SUPPLEMENTAL CASH FLOW INFORMATION

	Successor Company		Predecessor Company
	Three Months Ended December 31, 2006		Nine Months Ended September 30, 2006		Year 2005		Year 2004
Interest paid	$	9.9	$	0.7	$	2.5	$	2.8
Income taxes paid, net of refunds		7.5		56.6		42.9		77.3

NOTE 31. RELATED PARTIES

We purchase grid products from WAVE, our 50%-owned joint venture with Worthington Industries. The total amount of these purchases was approximately $22 million in the three months ended December 31, 2006, $54 million in the nine months ended September 30, 2006, $68 million in the year 2005 and $60 million in the year 2004. We also provide certain selling, promotional and administrative processing services to WAVE for which we receive reimbursement. Those services amounted to $3.4 million in the three months ended December 31, 2006, $10.3 million in the nine months ended September 30, 2006, $13.0 million in the year 2005 and $11.8 million in the year 2004. The net amounts due from us to WAVE for all of our relationships were $4.7 million and $4.4 million at the end of 2006 and 2005, respectively. See Note 11 for additional information.

We sold 65% of our ownership in our gasket products subsidiary (now known as Interface Solutions, Inc. or “ISI”) on June 30, 1999. We still retained a 35% ownership of this business as of December 31, 2004. As part of the 1999 divestiture, we had agreed to continue to purchase a portion of the felt products used in the manufacturing of resilient flooring from ISI for an initial term of eight years. We were required to purchase at least 75% of our felt requirements from ISI. Our purchases of felt products from ISI for the pre-divested part of 2005 and 2004 were $16.4 million and $27.5 million, respectively. The amount due to ISI for these purchases was $1.7 million at the end of 2004. Additionally, we had received nominal monthly payments from ISI for some logistics and administrative services. The amounts outstanding from ISI at the end of 2004 for the logistics and administrative services we had provided to them were less than $0.1 million. On August 8, 2005 we sold our remaining 35% equity interest in ISI and ISI is no longer considered a related party. See Note 11 for additional information.

NOTE 32. LITIGATION AND RELATED MATTERS

ASBESTOS-RELATED LITIGATION

On October 2, 2006 (the “Effective Date”), AWI’s plan of reorganization, which was confirmed by order dated August 18, 2006, became effective, and AWI emerged from Chapter 11. The following summarizes the asbestos-related litigation matters during the Chapter 11 Case and how they were impacted by AWI’s emergence.

Prior to December 6, 2000, AWI, the major operating subsidiary of AHI, had been named as a defendant in personal injury cases and property damage cases related to asbestos-containing products. On December 6, 2000, AWI filed a voluntary petition for relief (“the Filing”) under Chapter 11 of the U.S. Bankruptcy Code to use the court-supervised reorganization process to achieve a resolution of AWI’s asbestos-related liability.

Two of AWI’s domestic subsidiaries also commenced Chapter 11 proceedings at the time of the Filing. AHI and all of AWI’s other direct and indirect subsidiaries and affiliates, including Armstrong Wood Products Inc. (formerly Triangle Pacific Corp.), WAVE (Armstrong’s ceiling grid systems joint venture with Worthington Industries, Inc.), Armstrong Canada and Armstrong DLW AG were not a part of the Filing

114

Armstrong World Industries, Inc., and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(dollar amounts in millions)

and accordingly the liabilities, including asbestos-related liability if any, of such companies arising out of their own activities were not resolved in AWI’s Chapter 11 Case except for any asbestos-related liability that also relates, directly or indirectly, to the pre-Filing activities of AWI.

Asbestos-Related Personal Injury Claims

Prior to the Filing, AWI was a member of the Center for Claims Resolution (the “CCR”), which handled the defense and settlement of asbestos-related personal injury claims on behalf of its members. The CCR pursued broad-based settlements of asbestos-related personal injury claims under the Strategic Settlement Program (“SSP”) and had reached agreements with law firms that covered approximately 130,000 claims that named AWI as a defendant.

Due to the Filing, holders of asbestos-related personal injury claims were stayed from continuing to prosecute pending litigation and from commencing new lawsuits against AWI. In addition, AWI ceased making payments to the CCR with respect to asbestos-related personal injury claims, including payments pursuant to the outstanding SSP agreements. A creditors’ committee representing the interests of asbestos-related personal injury claimants and an individual representing the interests of future claimants was appointed in the Chapter 11 Case. Upon AWI’s emergence on October 2, 2006, the Asbestos Personal Injury Claimants’ Committee was disbanded. The Future Claimants’ Representative will continue to serve, but as of October 2, 2006 his expenses will be borne by the Asbestos Personal Injury Trust. See Note 1 regarding AWI’s Chapter 11 proceeding and its emergence from Chapter 11.

During 2003, AWI and the other parties in its Chapter 11 Case reached agreement on a plan of reorganization that addresses how all of AWI’s pre-Filing liabilities are to be settled. Several amendments to the plan of reorganization were filed, culminating in the Fourth Amended Plan of Reorganization filed with the Bankruptcy Court on May 23, 2003, which was modified by modifications filed with the Bankruptcy Court through May 23, 2006, and which was confirmed by the U.S. District Court for the District of Delaware (the “Court”) on August 18, 2006. Such plan, as confirmed, is referred to in this report as the “POR”. See Note 1 for discussion on the Chapter 11 proceedings that led to AWI’s emergence from Chapter 11 on October 2, 2006.

A description of the components of the POR effecting AWI’s asbestos-related liability follows.

Asbestos PI Trust

Upon AWI’s Plan of Reorganization becoming effective on October 2, 2006, the Asbestos PI Trust was created, pursuant to section 524(g) of the Bankruptcy Code, for the purpose of addressing and resolving AWI’s personal injury (including wrongful death) asbestos-related liability. As of October 2, 2006, all present and future asbestos-related personal injury claims against AWI, including contribution claims of co-defendants, arising directly or indirectly out of AWI’s pre-Filing use of or other activities involving asbestos were channeled to the Asbestos PI Trust.

As part of the POR, in accordance with an 524(g) injunction issued under Section 524(g) and entered in connection with the POR, various entities are protected from such present and future asbestos-related personal injury claims. These entities include, among others, reorganized Armstrong, AHI, AWI’s subsidiaries and other affiliates (as defined in the POR), and their respective officers and directors. Now that it has emerged from Chapter 11, AWI does not have any responsibility for these claims (including claims against AWI based solely on its ownership of a subsidiary or other affiliate), nor does it participate in their resolution.

However, although AWI’s domestic and foreign subsidiaries and other affiliates have certain protection afforded by the 524(g) injunction, asbestos-related personal injury claims against them will be channeled to the Asbestos PI Trust only to the extent such claims directly or indirectly relate to the manufacturing, installation, distribution or other activities of AWI or are based solely on AWI’s ownership of the subsidiaries or other affiliates (as distinguished from independent activities of the subsidiaries or affiliates). Currently, three asbestos-related personal injury litigations against subsidiaries of AWI

115

Armstrong World Industries, Inc., and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(dollar amounts in millions)

allegedly arising out of such independent activities are pending. These claims will not be channeled to the Asbestos PI Trust under the POR inasmuch as they do not involve activities of AWI. The subsidiaries deny liability and are aggressively defending the matters. AWI has not recorded any liability for these matters. Management does not expect that any sum that may have to be paid in connection with these matters will be material to reorganized Armstrong.

In addition, workers’ compensation claims brought against AWI or its subsidiaries or other affiliates will not be channeled to the Asbestos PI Trust and will remain subject to the workers’ compensation process. Historically, workers’ compensation claims against AWI and its subsidiaries have not been significant in number or amount and AWI honored its obligations with respect to such claims during the Chapter 11 Case. Workers’ compensation law provides that the employer is responsible for evaluation, medical treatment and lost wages as a result of a job-related injury. Currently, AWI has six pending workers’ compensation claims, and a UK subsidiary has seven employer liability claims involving alleged asbestos exposure.

There also is uncertainty as to proceedings, if any, brought in certain foreign jurisdictions with respect to the effect of the 524(g) injunction in precluding the assertion in such jurisdictions of asbestos-related personal injury claims, proceedings related thereto or the enforcement of judgments rendered in such proceedings.

Management believes that neither AWI nor any of its subsidiaries or other affiliates is subject to any asbestos-related personal injury claims that will not be channeled to the Asbestos PI Trust under the POR and that are of a magnitude that, individually or collectively, would be material in amount to reorganized Armstrong.

Asbestos-Related Liability

As of October 2, 2006, when the POR became effective, all present and future asbestos-related personal injury claims against AWI, including contribution claims of co-defendants, arising directly or indirectly out of AWI’s pre-Filing use of or other activities involving asbestos are channeled to the Asbestos PI Trust. AWI does not have any responsibility for these claims (including claims against AWI based solely on its ownership of a subsidiary or other affiliate), nor will it participate in their resolution. Accordingly, AWI reflected the resolution of this liability, which totaled approximately $3.2 billion as of September 30, 2006, as part of emerging from Chapter 11. See Note 5 for additional information on the settlement of liabilities subject to compromise.

Insurance Recovery Proceedings

As of September 30, 2006 and December 31, 2005, a substantial portion of AWI’s primary and remaining excess insurance asset was non-products (general liability) insurance for personal injury claims. In the past, AWI had entered into settlements with a number of the carriers resolving its coverage issues. However, an alternative dispute resolution (“ADR”) procedure was commenced against certain carriers to determine the percentage of resolved and unresolved claims that are non-products claims, to establish the entitlement to such coverage and to determine whether and how much reinstatement of prematurely exhausted products hazard insurance is warranted.

During 1999, AWI received preliminary decisions in the initial phases of the trial proceeding of the ADR, which were generally favorable to AWI on a number of issues related to insurance coverage. However, during the first quarter of 2001, a new trial judge was selected for the ADR. The new trial judge conducted hearings in 2001 and determined not to rehear matters decided by the previous judge. In the first quarter of 2002, the trial judge concluded the ADR trial proceeding with findings in favor of AWI on substantially all key issues. Liberty Mutual, the only insurer that is still a party to the ADR, appealed that final judgment. Appellate argument was held on March 11, 2003. On July 30, 2003, the appellate arbitrators ruled that AWI’s claims against certain Liberty Mutual policies were barred by the statute of limitations. The ruling did not address the merits of any of the other issues Liberty Mutual raised in its appeal. Based on that unfavorable ruling, AWI concluded that insurance assets of $73 million were no

116

Armstrong World Industries, Inc., and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(dollar amounts in millions)

longer probable of recovery. AWI was also ordered to reimburse Liberty Mutual for certain costs and administration fees that Liberty Mutual incurred during the ADR. The $1.6 million claimed for these costs and fees is in dispute. Based upon an AWI request, the appellate panel held a rehearing on November 21, 2003. In January 2004, the appellate panel upheld its initial ruling. On February 4, 2004, AWI filed a motion in the U.S. District Court for the Eastern District of Pennsylvania to vacate the rulings of the appellate panel.

In July 2002, AWI filed a lawsuit against Liberty Mutual in the U.S. District Court for the Eastern District of Pennsylvania seeking, among other things, a declaratory judgment with respect to certain policy issues not subject to binding ADR. In October 2006, Liberty Mutual filed counterclaims and a jury demand requesting declaratory judgment in its favor. The U.S. District Court has not yet set a schedule to hear this matter.

On June 13, 2003, the New Hampshire Insurance Department placed The Home Insurance Company (“Home”) under an order of liquidation. AWI filed a proof of claim against Home during June 2004.

The issue of shared coverage with ACandS (the former AWI insulation contracting subsidiary that was sold in August 1969 and which filed for relief under Chapter 11 of the Bankruptcy Code in September 2002) was resolved through a court-approved settlement among AWI, ACandS and the insurer, and AWI received net proceeds of $7 million during the third quarter of 2006. As part of the settlement, ACandS’s remaining limits for shared coverage was assigned to AWI.

On October 2, 2006, pursuant to the POR becoming effective, AWI transferred rights arising under liability insurance policies issued to AWI with respect to asbestos-related personal injury claims to the Asbestos PI Trust. As of October 2, 2006, resolution of the ADR and other asbestos-related personal injury insurance matters is the responsibility of the Asbestos PI Trust and at its expense.

Insurance Asset

An insurance asset in respect of asbestos claims in the amount of $91.5 million was recorded as of September 30, 2006 and $98.6 million as of December 31, 2005. As part of accounting for emergence, AWI reflected the transfer of rights arising under liability insurance policies issued to AWI with respect to asbestos-related personal injury claims to the Asbestos PI Trust. Therefore, there is no recorded insurance asset in respect of asbestos claims as of December 31, 2006. See Notes 1 and 3 for additional information.

Cash Flow Impact

As a result of the Chapter 11 Filing, AWI did not make any payments for asbestos-related personal injury claims since the fourth quarter of 2000 through 2006. AWI received $4.5 million in asbestos-related insurance recoveries in 2004, had no recoveries during 2005, and received $7 million in 2006 from the court-approved settlement with ACandS and the insurer, described above.

As of October 2, 2006, upon the POR becoming effective, all present and future asbestos-related personal injury claims against AWI, including contribution claims of co-defendants, arising directly or indirectly out of AWI’s pre-Filing use of or other activities involving asbestos, are channeled to the Asbestos PI Trust. Pursuant to the POR, the Asbestos PI Trust received its share of reorganized Armstrong’s new common shares, Available Cash, and net cash proceeds from the secured term loan borrowings. Pursuant to the POR, on October 2, 2006, AWI also transferred rights arising under liability insurance policies issued to AWI with respect to asbestos-related personal injury claims to the Asbestos PI Trust. Now that it has emerged from Chapter 11, AWI does not have any responsibility for these claims (including claims against AWI based solely on its ownership of a subsidiary or other affiliate), nor does it participate in their resolution. Following its distribution of consideration, described above, to the Asbestos PI Trust, AWI does not expect any future cash flow impact from asbestos-related personal injury claims against AWI.

117

ENVIRONMENTAL MATTERS

Environmental Expenditures

Most of our manufacturing and certain of our research facilities are affected by various federal, state and local environmental requirements relating to the discharge of materials or the protection of the environment. We make expenditures necessary for compliance with applicable environmental requirements at each of our operating facilities.

As a result of continuous changes in regulatory requirements, we cannot predict with certainty future expenditures associated with compliance with environmental requirements. The United States Environmental Protection Agency (“EPA”) has promulgated a new regulation pursuant to the Clean Air Act that may impact our domestic manufacturing operations. That regulation, The National Emission Standards for Hazardous Air Pollutants for Industrial, Commercial, and Institutional Boilers and Process Heaters Act, became effective in November, 2004, and requires compliance by September 13, 2007. While we are finalizing our review of this regulation, adoption of this regulation is not expected to have a material impact on our consolidated results of operations or financial condition.

Environmental Remediation

Summary

We are actively involved in proceedings under the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Act (“CERCLA”), and similar state “Superfund” laws at 6 off-site locations. We have also been investigating and/or remediating environmental contamination allegedly resulting from past industrial activity at 4 domestic and 5 international current or former plant sites. In most cases, we are one of many potentially responsible parties (“PRPs”) which have potential liability for the required investigation and remediation of each site. In some cases, we have agreed to jointly fund that required investigation and remediation, while at some sites, we dispute the liability, the proposed remedy or the proposed cost allocation among the PRPs. We may also have rights of contribution or reimbursement from other parties or coverage under applicable insurance policies.

Estimates of our future environmental liability at the Superfund sites and current or former plant sites are based on evaluations of currently available facts regarding each individual site and consider factors such as our activities in conjunction with the site, existing technology, presently enacted laws and regulations and prior company experience in remediating contaminated sites. Although current law imposes joint and several liability on all parties at Superfund sites, our contribution to the remediation of these sites is expected to be limited by the number of other companies also identified as potentially liable for site remediation. As a result, our estimated liability reflects only our expected share. In determining the probability of contribution, we consider the solvency of the parties, whether liability is being disputed, the terms of any existing agreements and experience with similar matters, and the impact of AWI’s emergence from Chapter 11 upon the validity of the claim.

Effects of Chapter 11

Upon AWI’s emergence from Chapter 11 on October 2, 2006, AWI’s environmental liabilities with respect to properties that AWI does not own or operate (such as formerly owned sites, or landfills to which AWI’s waste was taken) were discharged. Claims brought by a federal or state agency alleging that AWI should reimburse the claimant for money that it spent cleaning up a site which AWI does not own or operate, and claims by private parties, such as other PRPs with respect to sites with multiple PRPs, were discharged upon emergence. Now that it has emerged from Chapter 11, AWI does not have any responsibility for these claims.

Those environmental obligations that we have with respect to AWI’s subsidiaries, as well as those environmental claims AWI has with respect to property that it currently owns or operates, have not been discharged. Therefore, we will be required to continue meeting our on-going environmental compliance obligations at those sites.

118

In addition to the right to sue for reimbursement of the money it spends, however, CERCLA also gives the federal government the right to sue for an injunction compelling a defendant to perform a cleanup. Several state statutes give similar injunctive rights to those States. While we believe such rights against AWI were also discharged upon AWI’s emergence from Chapter 11, there does not appear to be controlling judicial precedent in that regard. Thus, according to some cases, while a governmental agency’s right to require AWI to reimburse it for the costs of cleaning up a site may be dischargeable, the same government agency’s right to compel us to spend our money cleaning up the same site may not be discharged even though the financial impact to AWI would be the same in both instances.

Specific Events

Upon emergence, AWI resolved its environmental liabilities at 43 sites through its Chapter 11 Case. The liabilities at 37 sites were resolved through the global environmental settlement (“Global Settlement”) with the Department of Justice (“DOJ”) and the EPA with respect to CERCLA liability. The Global Settlement, which was approved by the Bankruptcy Court in October 2005, provided EPA an approved proof of claim in the amount of $8.7 million, which included $7.8 million with respect to the Peterson Puritan site. At one CERCLA site, however, AWI will continue to participate in the cleanup under a previously approved Consent Decree. In addition to the federal claims resolved by the Global Settlement, AWI’s emergence from Chapter 11 also resolved its environmental liabilities with respect to claims asserted by the State and/or private parties at 6 other sites.

AWI is subject to a unilateral order by the Oregon Department of Environmental Quality (“DEQ”) to conduct a remedial investigation and feasibility study and any necessary remedial design and action at its St. Helens, Oregon facility, as well as the adjacent Scappoose Bay. AWI has denied liability for Scappoose Bay, but has cooperated with the DEQ regarding its owned property. Other potentially responsible parties who are not yet subject to orders by the DEQ include former site owners Owens Corning (“OC”) and Kaiser Gypsum Company, Inc. (“Kaiser”). AWI has entered into an agreement with Kaiser for the sharing of costs and responsibilities with respect to the remedial investigation, feasibility study and remedy selection at the site. OC has entered into a settlement with the DEQ, pursuant to which, OC has made a lump sum payment to the DEQ in exchange for contribution protection (including protection against common law and statutory contribution claims by AWI against OC), and a covenant not to sue. AWI has reached an agreement with the DEQ as to how these funds will be made available to reimburse AWI and Kaiser for a portion of their shared costs of investigation and remediation of the site. AWI has recorded an environmental liability with respect to the investigation and feasibility study at its St. Helen’s facility, but not for Scappoose Bay because AWI continues to dispute responsibility for contamination of Scappoose Bay.

A foreign subsidiary of AWI sold a manufacturing facility in 1990, which was prior to AWI’s acquisition of the subsidiary. Under the terms of the sales agreement, an environmental indemnification was provided to the buyer of the facility. During the third quarter of 2005, the facility owner discovered additional areas of soil contamination that require additional remediation. Accordingly, a $3.1 million charge was recorded within SG&A expense to increase our probable liability. As additional sampling efforts and meetings with local government authorities continue, further increases to our recorded liability are possible.

Summary of Financial Position

Liabilities of $6.3 million (which includes $0.4 million for discontinued operations) and $27.3 million at December 31, 2006 and December 31, 2005, respectively were for potential environmental liabilities that we consider probable and for which a reasonable estimate of the probable liability could be made. Where existing data is sufficient to estimate the liability, that estimate has been used; where only a range of probable liabilities is available and no amount within that range is more likely than any other, the lower end of the range has been used. As assessments and remediation activities progress at each site, these liabilities are reviewed to reflect additional information as it becomes available. Due to the Chapter 11 Filing $19.4 million of the December 31, 2005 environmental liabilities were classified as prepetition liabilities subject to compromise.

119

The estimated liabilities above do not take into account any claims for recoveries from insurance or third parties. Such recoveries, where probable, have been recorded as an asset in the consolidated financial statements and are either available through settlement or anticipated to be recovered through negotiation or litigation. The amount of the recorded asset for estimated recoveries was $2.2 million and $2.3 million at December 31, 2006 and December 31, 2005, respectively.

Actual costs to be incurred at identified sites may vary from our estimates. Based on our current knowledge of the identified sites, we believe that any sum we may have to pay in connection with environmental matters in excess of the amounts noted above would not have a material adverse effect on our financial condition, or liquidity, although the recording of future costs may be material to earnings in such future period.

PATENT INFRINGEMENT CLAIMS

We are a defendant in two lawsuits claiming patent infringement related to some of our laminate flooring products. The plaintiffs have claimed unspecified monetary damages. We are being defended and indemnified by our supplier for costs and potential damages related to the litigation.

During the first quarter of 2006, a favorable settlement of a patent infringement case totaling $8.6 million was recorded within SG&A. This case, in which we were the plaintiff, related to a previously divested business. We received the proceeds in the second quarter of 2006.

BREACH OF CONTRACT CLAIM

Since 2003, we had been pursuing a breach of contract claim against a former laminate flooring supplier. An arbitration hearing was held in March 2005. In July 2005 the tribunal communicated that it intended to rule in Armstrong’s favor. A hearing to address an award amount had been scheduled in September 2005. Prior to this scheduled hearing, the parties reached a settlement in which the supplier agreed to pay $6.75 million to Armstrong to resolve all existing and potential claims between the parties. The Bankruptcy Court approved the settlement in October 2005. Accordingly, we recorded a net gain in the third quarter of 2005 of $6.4 million in our Resilient Flooring ($5.2 million) and Wood Flooring ($1.2 million) segments.

OTHER CLAIMS

Additionally, we are involved in various other claims and legal actions involving product liability, patent infringement, breach of contract, distributor termination, employment law issues (including one purported class action suit pending in California state court) and other actions arising in the ordinary course of business. While complete assurance cannot be given to the outcome of these claims, we do not expect that any sum that may have to be paid in connection with these matters will have a materially adverse effect on our consolidated financial position or liquidity, however it could be material to the results of operations in the particular period in which a matter is resolved.

NOTE 33. EARNINGS PER SHARE

The difference between the average number of basic and diluted common shares outstanding is due to contingently issuable shares. Earnings per share components may not add due to rounding.

NOTE 34. SUBSEQUENT EVENTS

On February 15, 2007, we announced that we have initiated a review of our strategic alternatives. We have retained Lazard Freres & Co. LLC as our financial advisor and Weil, Gotshal & Manges LLP as our legal advisor to assist in this process. The Armstrong World Industries, Inc. Asbestos Personal Injury Settlement Trust, the holder of approximately 66% of AWI’s outstanding common shares, has retained Merrill Lynch as its financial advisor and Keating Muething & Klekamp PLL and Kaplan, Strangis and Kaplan, P.A. as its legal advisors. There can be no assurance as to the likelihood, terms or timing of any transaction.

120

Armstrong World Industries, Inc., and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(dollar amounts in millions)

On March 27, 2007, we entered into an agreement to sell Tapijtfabriek H. Desseaux N.V. and its subsidiaries for approximately $53.2 million, plus finalization of certain post completion adjustments. These businesses, which are the principal operating companies in our European Textile and Sports Flooring segment, were classified as discontinued operations at December 31, 2006 (See Note 7).

121

ITEM 9. CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE

Not applicable.

ITEM 9A. CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES

The Securities and Exchange Commission defines the term “disclosure controls and procedures” to mean a company’s controls and other procedures that are designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed in the reports that it files or submits under the Securities Exchange Act is recorded, processed, summarized and reported, within the time periods specified in the Securities and Exchange Commission’s rules and forms. Based on the evaluation of the effectiveness of our disclosure controls and procedures by our management, with the participation of our chief executive officer and our chief financial officer, as of the end of the period covered by this report, our chief executive officer and our chief financial officer have concluded that our disclosure controls and procedures were effective to ensure that information required to be disclosed in the reports that we file or submit under the Securities Exchange Act is recorded, processed, summarized and reported, within the time periods specified in the Commission’s rules and forms.

No change in our internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f) under the Exchange Act) occurred during the fiscal quarter ended December 31, 2006 that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting.

ITEM 9B. OTHER INFORMATION

On March 27, 2007, the Company entered into a Share Purchase Agreement with NPM Capital N.V. and Flagstone Beheer B.V. to sell Tapijtfabriek H. Desseaux N.V. and its subsidiaries for approximately EUR 40,000,000. The purchase price is subject to post-completion adjustments in respect of working capital and certain other assets and liabilities to be calculated within 90 days of completion.

Tapijtfabriek H. Desseaux N.V. and its subsidiaries were the principal operating companies of Armstrong’s European Textile and Sports Flooring business segment. The Company is retaining ownership of certain Desseaux businesses including automotive carpeting and linoleum-based indoor sports flooring. Armstrong expects to use the sale proceeds to fund its continuing operations in Europe.

The sale is expected to close in April 2007, subject to certain conditions including clearance from the European Union merger control authority. A copy of the Share Purchase Agreement is filed herewith as Exhibit No. 10.38.

122

PART III

ITEM 10. DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE

Code of Ethics

Armstrong has followed a code of ethics for many years. The Company began in a small cork-cutting shop in 1860 in Pittsburgh under its Founder, Thomas Armstrong. He was determined that his Company act with fairness and in the “balanced best interests (of) customers, stockholders, employees, suppliers, community neighbors, government and the general public.”

Thomas Armstrong was among the first American entrepreneurs to discard the old business maxim of caveat emptor—”Let the buyer beware”—and replace it by practicing the principle of “Let the buyer have faith,” which became an enduring motto for Armstrong.

To memorialize this ethical foundation, in 1960 Armstrong adopted its Operating Principles which incorporate the philosophy of Thomas Armstrong and his successors:

• To respect the dignity and inherent rights of the individual human being in all dealings with people.

• To maintain high moral and ethical standards to reflect honesty, integrity, reliability and forthrightness in all relationships.

• To reflect the tenets of good taste and common courtesy in all attitudes, words and deeds.

• To serve fairly and in proper balance the interests of all groups associated with the business – customers, stockholders, employees, suppliers, community neighbors, government and the public.

In 1992, Armstrong built on these Operating Principles and established its “Code of Business Conduct”, which applies to all employees, executives and directors, specifically including our Chief Executive Officer, our Chief Financial Officer and our Controller. That Code was updated in 2000, when the current version was introduced.

In 2002, we adopted an additional “Code of Ethics for Financial Professionals,” which applies to all professionals in Armstrong’s finance and controller functions worldwide, including our Chief Financial Officer and our Controller.

These Codes are intended to deter wrongdoing and to promote:

• Honest and ethical conduct, including handling of actual or apparent conflicts of interest between personal and professional relationships;

• Full, fair, accurate, timely and understandable public disclosures;

• Compliance with applicable governmental laws, rules and regulations;

• The prompt internal reporting of violations of the Codes; and,

• Accountability for compliance with the Codes.

These two Codes are available on the Armstrong web site at www.armstrong.com/corporatena/corp_mission.html. If the substance of either Code is amended in the future, we will note the date and describe the nature of the amendment at that web site. We will also note at that site any express or implicit waiver from a provision of either Code granted to any Armstrong officer. To date, no such waivers have been granted.

123

Armstrong World Industries, Inc. Board of Directors

The Board of Directors has three committees: an Audit Committee, a Management Development and Compensation Committee, and a Nominating and Governance Committee. Each committee has a charter; the charters are posted at www.armstrong.com/corporatena/article9706.html. The Board met four times during the fiscal year ended December 31, 2006. All Directors participated in at least 75% of all meetings of the Board of Directors and the committee meetings of the Board on which they served. The business experience of all of the directors is described below under the heading “Director Information.” The Board has determined that all non-employee directors of the Board, including all members of the Audit Committee, Management Development and Compensation Committee, and Nominating and Governance Committee, are independent in accordance with the rules and regulations of The New York Stock Exchange (“NYSE”). The Board of Directors has also determined that all non-employee directors of the Board are independent within the meaning of Armstrong’s Corporate Governance Principles (see www.armstrong.com/corporate/corp_mission.html) on the Company’s website at http://www.armstrong.com under “About Armstrong” and “Corporate Governance”. See also Item 13. Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence, for a discussion of the Board’s determination as to director independence.

Nominating and Governance Committee

The Nominating and Governance Committee members are James J. Gaffney (Chair), Judith R. Haberkorn, Russell F. Peppet and Alexander M. Sanders, Jr. The Committee monitors the independence of the non-employee directors and is responsible for developing and recommending corporate governance guidelines and principles. This Committee is also responsible for identifying qualified potential board members and recommending directors for appointments to Board committees.

The Committee will consider director candidates nominated by shareholders as well as non-shareholders. The procedures by which nominees may be recommended to the Board of Directors are posted at www.armstrong.com/corporatena/article9748.html on the Company’s website at http://www.armstrong.com under “About Armstrong” and “Corporate Governance”. Shareholders who wish to suggest an individual for service on the Board of Directors are requested to review the “Process for Evaluation of Director Candidates”, “Director Responsibilities and Qualifications”, and “Position Description for an Armstrong Director” and supply the following information:

• The full name, address, education and professional experience of the individual and why this person will be a good director.

• The consent of the individual to be considered and to serve if elected.

• The individual’s assessment of their qualifications and independence under SEC, NYSE and Articles II and III of Armstrong’s Corporate Governance Principles.

• The number of shares of Armstrong stock and the amount of Armstrong bonds held by the individual, and by the person(s) supporting the individual.

Candidates are sought through search processes to identify qualified prospects who could complement the Board with a range of relevant backgrounds and experience. Typically, two aspects of each potential director are considered:

• Individual director qualities – the personal characteristics that each director should have (such as integrity, independence, diligence) for the board to perform effectively as a team; and

• Specific background skills, experience and competencies – the talents and insights (preferably aligned with corporate business and strategy) that should be present when the entire board meets, with each individual director contributing in one or more areas.

The Nominating and Governance Committee employs the same basic process for all director candidates, regardless of how they may be proposed for consideration. There have been no changes to the procedures by which shareholders may recommend nominees to the Board of Directors within the past year.

124

Audit Committee and Audit Committee Expert

The Audit Committee consists of John J. Roberts (Chair), Robert C. Garland, James J. O’Connor and Arthur J. Pergament. The Audit Committee is responsible for the oversight of various auditing and accounting matters, including the selection of the Company’s independent auditors, the scope of the annual audits, pre-approval of any non-audit services to be performed and the Company’s accounting practices and internal accounting controls. The Board of Directors determined that at least one member of this Committee, John J. Roberts, qualifies as an “Audit Committee Financial Expert” as defined in Item 407(d)(5) of Regulation S-K of the Securities Exchange Act. Mr. Roberts is also independent, as that term is used in SEC regulations pertaining to such experts (Item 7(d) of Schedule 14A under the Securities Exchange Act ). Additionally, as noted above, all of the members of the Audit Committee are independent under the listing standards of the NYSE and within the meaning of the applicable SEC rule pertaining to Audit Committees (Rule 10A-3) under the Securities Exchange Act.

Management Development and Compensation Committee

The Management Development and Compensation Committee Members are Judith R. Haberkorn (Chair), James J. Gaffney, Russell F. Peppet and Alexander M. Sanders, Jr. The Management Development and Compensation Committee oversees the Company’s compensation and benefit programs, and employment practices. The Committee establishes the overall philosophy and policies governing these programs including those pertaining to management salaries and incentive compensation. The Committee appoints and monitors outside advisors on compensation and benefit matters.

Director Information

The following information is current as of March 27, 2007. Each director serves a one-year term until re-elected or until their successor is elected, or until their earlier death, resignation, retirement, or removal.

James J. Gaffney

Age 66; Director since October 2006. Member – Nominating and Governance Committee (Chair) and Management Development and Compensation Committee. Consultant to GS Capital Partners, II, LP, a private investment fund affiliated with Water Street Corporate Recovery Fund I, LP and Goldman, Sachs & Co. and other affiliated investment funds from 1997-2003. From 1995-1997, he served as Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive Officer of General Aquatics, Inc., comprised of companies involved in the manufacturing of swimming pool equipment and pool construction. He was President and Chief Executive Officer of KDI Corporation, a conglomerate with companies involved in swimming pool construction and manufactured products. Mr. Gaffney serves as Chairman of the Board of Directors of Imperial Sugar Company and serves on the Boards of SCP Pool, Inc. and Beacon Roofing Supply, Inc.

Robert C. Garland

Age 39; Director since October 2006. Member – Audit Committee. Mr. Garland recently completed an assignment in the recycled pulp and paper industry on behalf of Oaktree Capital Management, LLC and Cerberus Capital Management, L.P. Mr. Garland joined American Fiber Resources, Inc. as Chief Financial Officer in January 1999. In June 2000 he was appointed as both President and Chief Financial Officer and from June 2001 through 2006 served as Chief Executive Officer, President and Chief Financial Officer. Mr. Garland’s experience includes business restructuring and business turnaround consulting at Price Waterhouse, LLP, Professor of Finance at the University of Pittsburgh Katz MBA program, and Vice President, Finance and Legal at an international medical equipment distributor.

125

Judith R. Haberkorn

Age 60; Director from July 1998-May 2000; reelected September 2006. Lead Director and Member – Management Development and Compensation Committee (Chair) and Nominating and Governance Committee. Ms. Haberkorn also served on the Board of Directors of Armstrong Holdings, Inc. from May 2000- October 2006. Ms. Haberkorn is a graduate of Briarcliff (NY) College and completed the Advanced Management Program at Harvard Business School. She served Bell Atlantic (telecommunications) and its predecessor in a variety of management positions for over a decade – most recently as President – Consumer Sales & Service from 1998 until her retirement in 2000. She is a Director of Enesco Corporation and ExpressJet Holdings, Inc. She is Chair Emerita of the Committee of 200 and a member of The International Women’s Forum and the Harvard Business School Network of Women Alumnae. Ms. Haberkorn is a Vice President Emerita of the Harvard Business School Alumni Advisory Board and completed two terms as a member of the Visiting Committee in May 2006.

Michael D. Lockhart

Age 58; Director of Armstrong World Industries, Inc. since November 2000 and Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive Officer since March 2001. Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive Officer of Armstrong Holdings, Inc. since August 2000. Mr. Lockhart previously served as Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of General Signal (a diversified manufacturer) headquartered in Stamford, Connecticut from September 1995 until it was acquired in October 1998. He joined General Signal as President and Chief Operating Officer in September 1994. From 1981 until 1994, Mr. Lockhart worked for General Electric in various executive capacities in the GE Credit Corporation (now GE Capital), GE Transportation Systems and GE Aircraft Engines.

James J. O’Connor

Age 70; Director since February 2007. Member – Audit Committee. Mr. O’Connor is a Retired Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive Officer of Unicom Corporation. He joined Commonwealth Edison Company in 1963, became President in 1977, a Director in 1978 and Chairman and Chief Executive in 1980. In 1994, he was also named Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of Unicom Corporation, which then became the parent company of Commonwealth Edison Company. He retired in 1998. Mr. O’Connor serves on the Boards of Directors of Corning, Inc., Smurfit – Stone Container Corporation, UAL Corporation and United Airlines.

Russell F. Peppet

Age 67; Director since October 2006. Member – Nominating and Governance Committee and Management Development and Compensation Committee. Since 2001, Mr. Peppet has been a Consultant to a number of firms, principally in the mutual fund industry. He is a Partner in Park Avenue Equity Partners, a private equity firm. He was Chief Executive Officer of Possible Dreams, Inc. from 2002-2003. Mr. Peppet was a Principal of Churchill Capital, Inc. from 1998-2001 and Vice Chairman of Quirk Carson Peppet, Inc., a private equity firm from 1990-1998. He was employed by and was a former Partner and Vice Chairman of Peat, Marwick, Mitchell & Co., now KPMG from 1969-1988. Mr. Peppet serves on the Boards of Directors of Liberty Tire Recycling LLC and Sunrise Medical LTC Holdings, Inc.

Arthur J. Pergament

Age 46; Director since October 2006. Member – Audit Committee. Founder and Chief Executive Officer of Pergament Advisors, LLC, a New York based asset manager serving the institutional and high net worth communities. Co-founder and Director of Accelerated Technologies, Inc., an incubator specializing in the development of coronary and vascular devices.

126

John J. Roberts

Age 62; Director since September 2006. Member – Audit Committee (Chair). Mr. Roberts also served on the Board of Directors of Armstrong Holdings, Inc. from April 2003-October 2006. Mr. Roberts formerly served as Global Managing Partner for Pricewaterhouse Coopers LLP from 1998 until his retirement in June 2002. He held numerous positions at Coopers & Lybrand LLP from 1967 until its merger with Pricewaterhouse LLP in 1998. From 1994 to 1998 Mr. Roberts served as one of three members of the Office of the Chairman of Coopers & Lybrand’s United States operations. Prior to that time, Mr. Roberts held other positions at Coopers & Lybrand, including Deputy Vice Chairman, Vice Chairman and Managing Partner. Mr. Roberts is a graduate of Drexel University. He serves on the Boards of Directors and Audit Committees of Safeguard Scientifics, Inc., the Pennsylvania Real Estate Investment Trust, and Vonage Holdings Corporation.

Alexander M. Sanders, Jr.

Age 68; Director since October 2006. Member – Nominating and Governance Committee and Management Development and Compensation Committee. President Emeritus of Charleston College since 2001. He served as President of Charleston College from 1992-2001. He was a Chief Judge on the South Carolina Court of Appeals and Acting Associate Justice, South Carolina Supreme Court from 1983-1992. Judge Sanders is a Shareholder in the law firm of Sanders & Nettles, LLC and serves on the Board of Directors of the National Bank of South Carolina and has been Chairman of the Charleston School of Law, LLC since 2003.

Executive Officer Information

The following information is current as of March 27, 2007. Each executive officer serves a one-year term until reelected or until his earlier death, resignation, retirement or removal.

Michael D. Lockhart - (See description, above.)

F. Nicholas Grasberger, III

Age 43; Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer since January 2005. Previously Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of Kennametal, Inc. (a manufacturer of cutting tools and wear parts) August 2000 – December 2004. Formerly employed at H. J. Heinz (a global U.S. based food company) for eleven years, his last title being Treasurer.

Donald A. McCunniff

Age 50; Senior Vice President, Human Resources since March 2006. Previously Vice President Human Resources, Corporate, Honeywell International. Joined Honeywell in 1995 and served in various senior level Human Resources positions in Defense and Space, Electronics, Process Automation, and Aircraft Landing Systems.

Frank J. Ready

Age 45; President and Chief Executive Officer, North American Flooring Operations since June 2004. Previously Senior Vice President, Sales and Marketing, July 2003 – June 2004; Senior Vice President, Operations, December 2002 – July 2003; Senior Vice President, Marketing, June 2000 – December 2002.

John N. Rigas

Age 58; Senior Vice President and General Counsel since November 2000. Previously Deputy General Counsel-Litigation, March 1999 – November 2000; worked for Dow Corning Corporation (specialty chemical company) October 1982 – March 1999, his last title being Senior Managing Counsel.

127

William C. Rodruan

Age 52; Vice President and Controller since July 1999. Previously Director, Corporate Transformation and Shared Services, February 1997 – July 1999, and Vice President of Finance, Corporate Retail Accounts July 1994 – February 1997.

Stephen J. Senkowski

Age 56; Executive Vice President since April 2004, and President and Chief Executive Officer, Armstrong Building Products since October 2000; Senior Vice President, Americas, Building Products Operations, April 2000 – October 2000; President/Chief Executive Officer, WAVE (the Company’s ceiling grid joint venture) July 1997 – April 2000; Vice President, Innovation Process, Building Products Operations 1994 – July 1997.

Section 16(a) Beneficial Ownership Reporting Compliance

Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) regulations require Armstrong World Industries, Inc. directors and executive officers, and any persons beneficially owning more than ten percent of its common stock to report to the SEC their ownership of this stock and any changes in that ownership. SEC regulations also require these persons to furnish the Company with copies of these reports. SEC rules require the Company to report any failure to timely file those reports in the previous fiscal year.

Based solely upon our review of copies of reports furnished to us and written representations from directors and executive officers, we believe that all of these filing requirements were satisfied by Armstrong World Industries, Inc.’s directors and executive officers during 2006 except as follows. In connection with its emergence from bankruptcy on October 2, AWI filed a Registration Statement on Form 8-A on October 10, 2006. The Form 3 reports for Messrs. Garland, Grasberger, Lockhart, McCunniff, Peppet, Pergament, Ready, Rigas, Roberts, Rodruan, Sanders, Senkowski and Ms. Haberkorn were filed one day late, on October 11, 2006. The Form 3 reports for Mr. Gaffney and Mr. Miller (who was a director from October 2, 2006 until his resignation on October 23, 2006) were filed October 16 and October 23, 2006, respectively.

128

ITEM 11. EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

Armstrong Compensation Discussion and Analysis

Compensation Objectives and Overview

Armstrong’s executive compensation program has been designed to attract, retain and motivate the executive talent necessary to achieve the Company’s goals. The five elements of executive compensation are base salary, annual incentive compensation, long-term incentive compensation, employee benefits and perquisites. Both annual incentive compensation and long-term incentive compensation are based on a “pay for performance” philosophy. “Pay for performance” includes individual performance and financial performance of the corporation and, where applicable, the business unit.

The Company provides a competitive level of cash compensation through base salary and targeted annual incentive payments for achieving annual goals. There is limited upside in the cash compensation paid when these goals are exceeded and bonuses are reduced when the goals are not met. The opportunity for more significant compensation is aligned with the achievement of long-term financial goals and the returns provided to shareholders over time. Executives can earn above-market compensation through Armstrong’s long-term incentive equity grants. The underlying principle is that higher levels of compensation will be aligned with delivering superior long-term financial results and creating shareholder value.

The Company regularly reviews the competitiveness of its executive compensation program. The Management Development and Compensation Committee (the “Committee”) annually compares the Armstrong CEO’s total direct compensation to that of CEOs of 18 selected manufacturing companies listed below. Hewitt Associates’ role in the CEO review is limited to compiling the compensation information for the Committee.

Air Products & Chemicals	Cummins, Inc.	Parker Hannifin Corp.
American Standard	Hershey Company	PPG Industries
Ball Corp.	Masco Corp.	Sherwin-Williams Co.
Black & Decker	Mohawk Industries, Inc.	Stanley Works
Brunswick Corp.	Newell Rubbermaid	Steelcase, Inc.
Corning, Inc.	Owens Corning	USG Corp.

For other executive positions, Armstrong subscribes to multiple national executive compensation surveys. Armstrong uses as benchmarks for its pay policy the policies of other comparable companies. When necessary, Armstrong adjusts for the size of the companies in the benchmark group to provide a truer benchmark.

During the period of Armstrong World Industries’ (AWI) Chapter 11 bankruptcy reorganization, the Company used court-approved cash retention payments and enhanced severance provisions in order to retain key talent. Certain executive officers, excluding Mr. Lockhart, received cash retention payments. For 2006, Messrs. Ready and Rigas were the only executive officers who received cash retention payments.

Armstrong’s employee benefit plans for executives are generally the same as those provided to other salaried employees. Executive benefits and perquisites are described below under the Rationale for Pay Elements.

All of the named executive officers are covered under Individual Change in Control Agreements to provide a competitive level of financial security in the case of a potential change in control. Mr. Lockhart has an Employment Agreement which he first entered into on August 7, 2000. This agreement was amended in 2001 to permit the use of long-term cash incentive awards in lieu of grants of stock options and performance restricted shares because the Company was prevented from providing equity compensation while in Chapter 11. The Employment Agreement specifies the level and terms of his annual incentive and long-term incentive awards, severance benefits for termination not related to a change in control, two years of credited pension service for each year worked and reasonable personal use of Company aircraft which includes a tax gross-up benefit. In recognition of Mr. Lockhart’s contributions to the Company and his leadership during AWI’s Chapter 11 reorganization, the Board of Directors in 2005 granted him five additional years of service credit under the pension plan. Mr. Lockhart’s Employment and Change in Control Agreements were assumed by the Company with court approval in its Chapter 11 case.

129

Compensation Program Reward Features

Base Salary

Base salaries for executive officers are reviewed annually by the Committee. With input from the CEO, the Committee evaluates the base salary of each executive officer taking into account their performance for the prior year and their salary level relative to the base salary range midpoint which is set using the benchmark information described above. The Committee approves the salaries of the executive officers except for Mr. Lockhart. The Committee meets in executive session to evaluate Mr. Lockhart’s base salary and may recommend to the Board of Directors salary changes for Mr. Lockhart.

Annual Bonus

Annual incentive payments are made pursuant to the Management Achievement Plan (MAP). The MAP provides for incentive compensation payments based on the Company’s performance relative to operating income goals established early in the year by the Committee. These goals are generally set equal to the annual operating plan which is not easily attained. In the last five years, the corporate bonus payout ranged from zero to 115% of target bonus. The Committee specifies the adjustments to operating income that are allowed for incentive compensation purposes. Each MAP participant has a target bonus amount calculated as a percentage of their annual base salary earnings ranging from 15% of salary at the lowest level to 125% for the CEO.

The MAP includes a Committee-approved payout schedule (shown below) which relates percent of target bonus paid to overall financial performance. With the exception of Mr. Ready, all executive officers are measured on corporate financial results. Mr. Ready’s MAP payment is weighted 30% on corporate results and 70% on his business unit results. The Committee may adjust payouts based on individual performance.

When the Committee sets financial targets for the MAP, it also sets a maximum payout schedule. The payout schedule is based on the actual financial achievement percentage against target for the year. Participants are told to expect a bonus payout that is 20% below the maximum payout schedule. The Committee generally exercises negative discretion, reducing the bonus payout percentage by 20%. In unusual circumstances, the Committee can lower or raise the amount of the negative discretion applied to the maximum payout percentage.

2006 MAP Payout Schedule
% of Financial Target		Maximum Payout as % of Target Bonus
Less than 70%		0%
70%		50%
80%		100%
90%		110%
100%		120%
110%		130%
120%		140%
•	Schedule continues at same payout line, uncapped	•
•		•
•		•

The MAP requires that participants above a specified grade level have their annual bonus payment reduced by up to $20,000 and they receive a Company contribution in the amount of the reduction to a qualified, tax-deferred profit sharing plan.

Effective for 2007, the threshold for bonus payout under the MAP was increased from 70% of the financial target to 80% of the financial target. The Committee also established a maximum bonus payout of 200% of a participant’s target bonus amount.

130

Long-Term Incentives

During the period of AWI’s Chapter 11 reorganization, the Company used cash-based long-term incentive (LTIP) compensation in lieu of equity grants. Each LTIP participant has an annual target award value expressed as a percentage of their annual base salary ranging from 12% of salary at the lowest level to 337% for the CEO.

For the executive officers other than the CEO, the 2005 and 2006 long-term cash incentive award payments were based on the Company’s operating income performance over two years compared to targets established by the Committee. These targets require a 10 percent annual increase in corporate operating income over the 2004 actual results. The Committee defines in advance allowable adjustments to operating income. Similar to the MAP, the LTIP payout schedule (shown below) establishes the relationship between financial performance and LTIP payments. The Committee may adjust payouts based on individual performance.

2005 / 2006 LTIP Cash Incentive Award Payout Schedule

% of Financial Target		Maximum Payout as % of Award
Less than 70%		0%
70%		50%
80%		100%
90%		110%
100%		120%
110%		130%
120%		140%
•	Schedule continues at same payout line, uncapped	•
•		•
•		•

Mr. Lockhart’s Long-Term Incentives

Mr. Lockhart’s Employment Agreement specifies that 40% of the value of his annual long-term incentive award is to be granted as stock options and 60% as performance restricted share grants. During AWI’s Chapter 11 reorganization, the use of equity-based incentive compensation was not viable. In place of equity grants, the Committee used cash incentive awards which were designed to mimic the performance of stock options and performance restricted share grants.

These awards are based on Committee-approved incentive payment formulae measured by the Company’s growth in earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization (EBITDA). Mr. Lockhart’s 2005 LTIP payments for 2006 performance were based on the following formulae. Cash Payment 1 was designed to mimic the performance of stock options and Cash Payment 2 was intended to approximate the value of a performance restricted share grant. There are no payments if there is no increase in EBITDA.

Cash Payment 1	=	$1.24 million	x	3 (2006 EBITDA - 2004 EBITDA)
				2004 EBITDA
(Maximum of $1.24 million)
Cash Payment 2	=	$1.86 million	x	EBITDA	x	[	1+	(2006 EBITDA - 2004 EBITDA)	]
				Growth Factor				2004 EBITDA
(Maximum of $2.79 million)

where	EBITDA Growth Factor	EBITDA Compound Annual Growth
	1.00	12.0% or higher
	0.75	8.0 to 11.9%
	0.50	4.0 to 7.9%
	0.25	0.0 to 3.9%
	0.00	Less than zero

131

When the Company changed Mr. Lockhart’s long-term incentive awards from equity to cash, it created a conflict with respect to the payment provisions under the long-term incentive plan and his Employment Agreement. The maximum total cash payment permitted annually under the long-term incentive plan for any one participant is $3 million. To the extent, if any, the calculated payments for these awards exceed this amount, the balance would be paid to Mr. Lockhart as a contractual obligation under the terms of his Employment Agreement. Now that AWI has emerged from Chapter 11 reorganization, the Company has reverted to equity grants for Mr. Lockhart.

Rationale for Pay Elements

The base salary and annual incentive components of Armstrong’s executive compensation program are the same as those used by other large manufacturing companies. Base salary and annual incentives are necessary to deliver competitive current compensation. Long-term incentive compensation is used to support executive retention and align a portion of the total direct compensation with the achievement of longer term goals which should result in an increase in shareholder value. While in Chapter 11, Armstrong could not use equity as a long-term incentive.

Effective October 2, 2006 (the date of AWI’s emergence from Chapter 11), the Committee granted restricted stock awards and nonstatutory stock options to certain key managers as provided for under the Plan of Reorganization. Because AWI common stock was not trading on the New York Stock Exchange on the grant date, the Committee set the exercise price of the stock options as the volume weighted average closing price of reorganized AWI stock over the period of October 18 through October 31 as reported by the New York Stock Exchange, which was $38.42. The stock options have a ten-year term. Both the stock options and the restricted stock awards vest in three equal installments at two, three and four years from the grant date. The timing of these stock option grants was established to coincide with AWI’s emergence from Chapter 11. With the exception of Mr. Lockhart whose Employment Agreement specifies that he receive annual long-term incentive awards, these emergence equity grants replace each manager’s long-term incentive award which would have been made in early 2007.

Typically, equity grants are made on the date of the Company’s regular February board of directors meeting, and the Company has resumed that schedule. Equity grants for new hires who are not executive officers may be approved by the Committee Chair. These grants will be made on or about the date of hire and will be reported to the full Committee at the next scheduled meeting.

Tax Deductibility of Compensation

Armstrong’s annual and long-term incentive plans have been designed to qualify cash and certain equity incentives as performance-based compensation under Section 162(m) of the Internal Revenue Code (IRC). This includes the MAP, LTIP payments, performance restricted shares, restricted stock awards and stock option grants where the payment or award provisions comply with the IRC requirements. If the calculated payments for Mr. Lockhart’s long-term cash incentive awards exceed $3 million for 2007 performance, the Company may not receive a tax deduction for the portion of the payment that exceeds $3 million.

Employee Benefits

Employee benefits include the typical health, welfare and retirement benefit offerings. Armstrong requires executives to pay health care premiums which are 40% higher than those paid by most salaried employees. The Company provides a company-paid long-term disability benefit for executives above a specified grade level. For all participants in the Armstrong pension plan, a nonqualified pension plan has been established to pay any benefit which cannot be paid under the qualified plan due to statutory limits. The pension plan was amended effective March 1, 2006, to increase the reduction for early retirement for participants who retire between the ages of 55 and 65.

Mr. Grasberger is ineligible to participate in Armstrong’s defined benefit pension plan. He and all other salaried employees hired on or after January 1, 2005, are eligible to participate in a 401(k) savings plan with an enhanced company match. Armstrong matches 100% of the first 4% of employee contributions and 50% of the next 4% of employee contributions in the enhanced plan. A nonqualified deferred compensation plan was established to provide similar 401(k) benefits as it applies to managers hired on or after January 1, 2005 whose eligible earnings exceeded $187,500 in 2006. This nonqualified plan is not funded. Mr. Ready has a balance of less than $3,000 in a prior nonqualified deferred compensation plan to which deferrals were discontinued starting in 2001.

Messrs. Senkowski and Ready are participants in split dollar life insurance policies which were entered into in 1996 and 1997. Armstrong discontinued making premium payments on the policy for Mr. Senkowski starting in 2003 and for Mr. Ready in 2007. Armstrong retains a collateral interest in the policies’ cash value equal to the premiums paid by the Company for each participant.

Perquisites

Armstrong’s perquisites are designed to assist in the overall health and productivity of the executives. Perquisites are limited to an annual Company-paid physical and an annual reimbursement of up to $4,500 for personal financial planning / tax preparation services. Mr. Lockhart’s personal use of Company aircraft allows him to make more productive use of his time and travel in a more secure environment. This is appropriate and in the best interest of the Company to maximize the time he has to focus on Company business issues.

132

Determination of Pay Amounts

Base Salary – Armstrong base salary midpoints are positioned at the median of the competitive market for companies based on sales revenue. Executive base salaries are reviewed annually based on individual performance.

Annual Bonus – Armstrong targets annual incentive pay at the median of the competitive market for companies based on sales revenue. Each executive is assigned an annual incentive target award expressed as a percentage of base salary. Mr. Lockhart’s annual incentive target of 125% of base salary is specified in his Employment Agreement.

Long-Term Incentives – Armstrong targets long-term incentive pay at the median of the competitive market for companies based on sales revenue. Each executive is assigned a long-term incentive target award expressed as a percentage of base salary. Mr. Lockhart’s annual long-term incentive target award is specified in his Employment Agreement having a value on the date of grant equal to 150% of the sum of his base salary and annual incentive opportunity at target performance.

Stock Ownership and Trading Policy

The Compensation Committee of reorganized AWI has not established executive stock ownership guidelines. The Committee believes that equity grants made under the Plan of Reorganization result in key employees having a substantial equity stake in the Company.

Our policy requires directors, senior management and other designated employees with access to non-public earnings information to pre-clear any transactions in Company stock, and restricts their trades to three periods of about one week each per year after earnings are released. In addition, those persons and all other employees are barred from speculation in the Company’s stock. So-called “short selling”; in-and-out trading, most “puts” and “calls”, and all other types of derivative transactions are prohibited.

133

Compensation Committee Report

The Management Development and Compensation Committee has reviewed and discussed the Compensation Discussion and Analysis (CD&A) with management. Based on this review and discussion, the Committee recommended that the CD&A be included in the Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2006 to be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

Management Development and Compensation Committee

Judith R. Haberkorn, Chair

James J. Gaffney

Russell F. Peppet

Alexander M. Sanders, Jr.

134

SUMMARY COMPENSATION TABLE

The table below summarizes the total compensation reported for each of the named executive officers for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2006.

Name and Principal Position	Year	Salary		Bonus (1)		Stock Awards (2)		Option Awards (2)		Non-Equity Incentive Plan Compensation (3)		Change in Pension Value and Nonqualified Deferred Compensation Earnings		All Other Compensation(4)			Total
M. D. Lockhart Chairman of the Board and President and CEO	2006	$	980,000		—	$	172,875	$	148,500	$	4,162,000	$	789,956	$	221,896	(5)	$	6,475,227
F. N. Grasberger Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer	2006	$	465,000		—	$	95,427	$	81,972	$	1,196,000		—	$	54,968	(6)	$	1,893,367
S. J. Senkowski Executive Vice President and President and CEO, Armstrong Building Products	2006	$	565,000		—	$	127,236	$	109,296	$	1,684,000	$	185,672	$	14,153		$	2,685,357
J. N. Rigas Senior Vice President and General Counsel	2006	$	382,000	$	382,000	$	63,618	$	54,648	$	819,000	$	71,302	$	13,240		$	1,785,808
F. J. Ready President and CEO, North American Flooring Operations	2006	$	374,500	$	367,000	$	63,618	$	54,648	$	694,000	$	30,706	$	13,157		$	1,597,629

⁽¹⁾ The amounts disclosed are cash retention payments paid on December 28, 2006 for Messrs. Rigas and Ready which were approved by the bankruptcy court in AWI’s Chapter 11 case.

⁽²⁾ The amounts reflect the expense recognized for financial statement reporting purposes for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2006, in accordance with FAS 123R, but disregarding forfeitures related to service-based vesting as directed by SEC regulations for this purpose, for awards made in 2006 pursuant to the 2006 Long-Term Incentive Plan. The assumptions used to calculate these amounts are set forth in Note 25 to the Company’s Consolidated Financial Statements for the year ended December 31, 2006.

⁽³⁾ The amounts disclosed are the awards under the 2006 Management Achievement Plan and 2005 Long-Term Cash Incentive Awards. The amounts under the Management Achievement Plan are as follows: M. D. Lockhart—$1,520,000; F. N. Grasberger—$321,000; S. J. Senkowski—$455,000; J. N. Rigas—$220,000 and F. J. Ready—$215,000. As specified under the Management Achievement Plan, award amounts are subject to a mandatory reduction of up to $20,000 to the extent a corresponding contribution can be made to the Bonus Replacement Retirement Plan which is a qualified, tax-deferred profit sharing plan. For 2006, $20,000 reductions were made for each of Messrs. Lockhart, Senkowski, Rigas and Ready. The following payments were made under the 2005 Long-Term Cash Incentive Awards: M. D. Lockhart—$2,642,000; F. N. Grasberger—$875,000; S. J. Senkowski—$1,229,000; J. N. Rigas—$599,000 and F. J. Ready—$479,000. The payments were approved by the Management Development and Compensation Committee at its February 19, 2007 meeting.

⁽⁴⁾ The amounts shown in the “All Other Compensation” column include: (i) Company matching contributions to the Savings and Investment Plan and for Mr. Grasberger to the Armstrong Nonqualified Deferred Compensation Plan; (ii) premiums for long-term disability insurance; (iii) tax assistance payments on imputed income related to personal use of Company aircraft; and (iv) personal benefits (“perquisites”) consisting of medical examinations, financial planning expense reimbursements and personal use of Company aircraft to the extent the total perquisite value is $10,000 or greater per individual. For each person other than Mr. Lockhart, the total value of all such perquisites did not reach $10,000, and is not included in the amount shown.

⁽⁵⁾ The amount shown includes the aggregate incremental cost (e.g., fuel, landing fees and incremental crew expenses) of Mr. Lockhart’s personal use of Company aircraft of $168,077 and the reimbursement for related taxes incurred of $40,954. He participated in the medical examination program where the cost is paid by the Company.

135

⁶⁾ Mr. Grasberger received a Company matching contribution of $15,000 under the Savings and Investment Plan and was credited with a Company matching contribution of $32,850 under the Armstrong Nonqualified Deferred Compensation Plan in accordance with the terms of these plans.

The material terms of Mr. Lockhart’s Employment Agreement are described in the Compensation Discussion and Analysis (CD & A). The CD & A also explains the Company’s approach for setting the amount of base salary and annual bonus in proportion to total compensation.

136

GRANTS OF PLAN-BASED AWARDS

The table below shows information on annual incentive compensation, long-term cash incentive awards, stock options and restricted stock awards which were provided to each of the Company’s named executive officers in 2006. We have included performance restricted share and stock option grants that were made to Mr. Lockhart on February 19, 2007. There is no assurance that the Grant Date Fair Value of Stock and Option Awards will be realized by the executive.

Name			Grant Date	Board Committee Authorization Date(1)											All Other Stock Awards: Number of Shares of Stock or Units (#)	All Other Option Awards: Number of Securities Underlying Options (#)	Exercise or Base Price of Option Awards ($ / Sh)		Grant Date Fair Value of Stock and Option Awards ($)(8)
					Estimated Future Payouts Under Non-Equity Incentive Plan Awards							Estimated Future Payouts Under Equity Incentive Plan Awards
					Threshold ($)		Target ($)		Maximum ($)			Threshold (#)	Target (#)	Maximum (#)
M. D. Lockhart	(2	)	N/A		$	367,500	$	1,225,000		(3	)
	(4	)	2/20/06			0	$	1,323,000	$	1,323,000
	(4	)	2/20/06			0	$	1,985,000	$	2,977,500
	(6	)	10/2/06	9/21/06											75,000				$	2,766,000
	(6	)	10/2/06	9/21/06												225,000	$	38.42	$	3,489,750
	(7	)	2/19/07													64,100	$	52.38	$	1,323,057
	(7	)	2/19/07									18,950	37,900	56,850					$	1,985,202
F. N. Grasberger	(2	)	N/A		$	83,700	$	279,000		(3	)
	(5	)	2/20/06		$	243,000	$	810,000		(5	)
	(6	)	10/2/06	9/21/06											41,400				$	1,526,832
	(6	)	10/2/06	9/21/06												124,200	$	38.42	$	1,926,342
S. J. Senkowski	(2	)	N/A		$	118,650	$	395,500		(3	)
	(5	)	2/20/06		$	354,750	$	1,182,500		(5	)
	(6	)	10/2/06	9/21/06											55,200				$	2,035,776
	(6	)	10/2/06	9/21/06												165,600	$	38.42	$	2,568,456
J. N. Rigas	(2	)	N/A		$	57,300	$	191,000		(3	)
	(5	)	2/20/06		$	171,900	$	573,000		(5	)
	(6	)	10/2/06	9/21/06											27,600				$	1,017,888
	(6	)	10/2/06	9/21/06												82,800	$	38.42	$	1,284,228
F. J. Ready	(2	)	N/A		$	56,175	$	187,250		(3	)
	(5	)	2/20/06		$	137,640	$	458,800		(5	)
	(6	)	10/2/06	9/21/06											27,600				$	1,017,888
	(6	)	10/2/06	9/21/06												82,800	$	38.42	$	1,284,228

⁽¹⁾ As part of planning for implementation of the Company’s emergence from Chapter 11, the Management Development and Compensation Committee (the “Committee”) was reconstituted on September 21, 2006, and approved the grants of stock options and restricted stock awards authorized by the Company’s Plan of Reorganization to be effective upon such emergence, which occurred on October 2, 2006. All other grant dates are on the dates of the Committee’s actions.

⁽²⁾ The amounts shown represent the 2006 participation by the named executive officers in the Management Achievement Plan (MAP). The actual payouts approved by the Committee on February 19, 2007 are included in the Non-Equity Incentive Plan Compensation column of the Summary Compensation Table. The amount shown under the Target column above was the expected payout amount.

⁽³⁾ For 2006, there was no stated maximum payout under the MAP except for a $3 million per participant annual limit established under the plan.

137

⁽⁴⁾ Mr. Lockhart’s Employment Agreement specifies that 40% of the value of his annual long-term incentive award is to be granted as stock options and 60% as performance restricted share grants. During AWI’s Chapter 11 reorganization, the use of equity-based incentive compensation was not viable. In place of equity grants, the Committee used cash incentive awards which were designed to mimic the performance of stock options and performance restricted share grants. His 2006 long-term cash incentive awards are based on Committee-approved incentive payment formulae measured by the Company’s growth in earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization (EBITDA) from 2005 to 2007, excluding the impact of bankruptcy-related expenses, restructuring charges and significant unusual items. There are no payments if there is no increase in EBITDA. The payment formulae are as follows:

Cash Payment 1	=	$1.323 million	x	3 (2007 EBITDA - 2005 EBITDA)
				2005 EBITDA
Cash Payment 2	=	$1.985 million	x	EBITDA Growth Factor	x	[	1+	(2007 EBITDA - 2005 EBITDA)	]
								2005 EBITDA

where	EBITDA Growth Factor	EBITDA Compound Annual Growth
	1.00	12.0% or higher
	0.75	8.0 to 11.9%
	0.50	4.0 to 7.9%
	0.25	0.0 to 3.9%
	0.00	Less than zero

The payout formulae are not structured with a threshold payout. If 2007 EBITDA results are the same as 2005, a payment of $496,250 would be earned. If there is an increase in EBITDA results, the payout would be determined according to the formulae. When the Company changed Mr. Lockhart’s long-term incentive awards from equity to cash, it created a conflict with respect to the payment provisions under the long-term incentive plan and his Employment Agreement which was assumed by the Company with court approval in its Chapter 11 case. The maximum total cash payment permitted annually under the long-term incentive plan for any one participant is $3 million. To the extent, if any, the calculated payments for these awards exceed this amount, the balance would be paid to Mr. Lockhart as a contractual obligation under the terms of his Employment Agreement. Cash payments earned will be paid in early 2008.

⁽⁵⁾ The 2006 long-term cash incentive award payments to the executives other than Mr. Lockhart are to be earned based on the Company’s cumulative adjusted operating income performance over 2006 and 2007 compared to a target and made in accordance with a payout schedule established by the Committee. The financial target and actual results exclude the impact of incentive expense, interest expense / income, bankruptcy-related expenses, fresh-start accounting, restructuring charges and significant unusual items. The maximum total cash payment permitted annually under the long-term incentive plan for any one participant is $3 million. Cash payments earned will be paid in early 2008.

⁽⁶⁾ To be effective on the date of AWI’s emergence from Chapter 11 (October 2, 2006), the Committee on September 21, 2006 approved the grant of restricted stock awards and nonstatutory stock options to certain key managers, including the named executive officers, as provided for under the Plan of Reorganization. Because AWI common stock was not trading on the New York Stock Exchange on the grant date, the Committee set the exercise price of the stock options as the volume weighted average closing price of AWI common stock over the period of October 18 through October 31 as reported by the New York Stock Exchange. The exercise price was $38.42. The stock options have a stated ten-year term. Both the stock options and the restricted stock awards vest in three equal installments at two, three and four years from the October 2, 2006 grant date. If AWI declares cash dividends, holders of unvested restricted stock will receive cash payments of an equal amount. With the exception of Mr. Lockhart, whose Employment Agreement specifies that he receive annual long-term incentive awards, these emergence equity grants replaced each participant’s long-term incentive award which would have been made in early 2007.

⁽⁷⁾ On February 19, 2007, the Committee authorized the grant of nonstatutory stock options having a Black-Scholes value of $1.323 million and a three-year performance restricted share grant with a value of $1.985 million to Mr. Lockhart. Under the terms of Mr. Lockhart’s Employment Agreement, he is to receive annual long-term incentive awards with an aggregate value on the date of grant equal to 150% of the sum of his base salary and annual incentive opportunity at target performance. 40% of the value is to be granted as stock options and 60% as three-year performance restricted share grants. Since there were no sales of AWI common stock on the New York Stock Exchange on Monday, February 19, 2007, the number of shares granted and the stock option exercise price was based on the Friday, February 16, 2007 closing price of $52.38. This resulted in the grant of 64,100 stock options and 37,900 performance restricted shares. The stock options have a stated ten-year term and will vest in three installments at one year (23,360 shares), two years (21,090 shares) and three years (19,650 shares) from the grant date. The performance restricted shares may be earned over the three-year

138

performance period of January 1, 2007 through December 31, 2009 based on a 50% weighting on cumulative normalized EBITDA and a 50% weighting on cumulative free cash flow excluding the impact of acquisitions and divestitures. The Committee established a financial target for each measure and a payout schedule to determine the number of shares that will be earned. If AWI declares cash dividends, Mr. Lockhart will receive cash payments of an equal amount based on the number of performance restricted shares granted at Target.

⁽⁸⁾ The assumptions used to calculate these values for the 2006 grants are set forth in Note 25 to the Company’s Consolidated Financial Statements for the year ended December 31, 2006. The assumptions for Mr. Lockhart’s 2007 long-term incentive equity grants are as follows:

Performance Restricted Share grant: Value of $52.38 per share based on 2/16/07 closing price

Stock Option grants:

	Vesting Period
	1 year			2 years			3 years
Exercise price	$	52.38		$	52.38		$	52.38
Assumed years to exercise		5.5			6.0			6.5
Volatility		27.97	%		30.72	%		32.23	%
Risk free interest rate		4.85	%		4.85	%		4.86	%
Dividend rate		0.0	%		0.0	%		0.0	%

139

OUTSTANDING EQUITY AWARDS AT FISCAL YEAR-END

The table below shows the number of shares covered by exercisable and unexercisable stock options and unvested restricted stock awards held by the Company’s named executive officers on December 31, 2006.

Name	Option Awards						Stock Awards
	Number of Securities Underlying Unexercised Options (#)	Number of Securities Underlying Unexercised Options (#)	Equity Incentive Plan Awards: Number of Securities Underlying Unexercised Unearned Options (#)	Option Exercise Price ($)		Option Expiration Date(1)	Number of Shares or Units of Stock That Have Not Vested (#)(2)	Market Value of Shares or Units of Stock That Have Not Vested ($)(3)		Equity Incentive Plan Awards: Number of Unearned Shares, Units or Other Rights That Have Not Vested (#)	Equity Incentive Plan Awards: Market or Payout Value of Unearned Shares, Units or Other Rights That Have Not Vested ($)
	Exercisable	Unexercisable
M. D. Lockhart		225,000		$	38.42	10/2/16	75,000	$	3,179,250
F. N. Grasberger		124,200		$	38.42	10/2/16	41,400	$	1,754,946
S. J. Senkowski		165,600		$	38.42	10/2/16	55,200	$	2,339,928
J. N. Rigas		82,800		$	38.42	10/2/16	27,600	$	1,169,964
F. J. Ready		82,800		$	38.42	10/2/16	27,600	$	1,169,964

⁽¹⁾ All options have a stated option expiration date of October 2, 2016. In the event of the death of the optionee, all outstanding options will be exercisable by the beneficiary for a minimum of one year from the date of death without regard to the stated option expiration date. The options vest in three equal installments at two, three and four years from the grant date of October 2, 2006.

⁽²⁾ The shares vest in three equal installments at two, three and four years from the grant date of October 2, 2006.

⁽³⁾ As required by the SEC, the 2006 year-end closing market price of the Company’s common stock was used to determine the values shown in this column.

140

OPTION EXERCISES AND STOCK VESTED

None of the Company’s named executive officers exercised any stock options, stock appreciation rights or similar instruments nor did they acquire stock awards, restricted stock units or similar instruments on vesting during the fiscal year ended December 31, 2006.

141

PENSION BENEFITS

The table below shows the present value of accumulated benefits payable to each of the named executive officers, including the number of years of service credited to each such named executive officer, under the Retirement Income Plan and the nonqualified Retirement Benefit Equity Plan as of December 31, 2006. The amounts were determined using the same interest rate and mortality rate assumptions used in the Company’s Consolidated Financial Statements. Information regarding the Retirement Income Plan and the Retirement Benefit Equity Plan can be found in Note 18 to the Company’s Consolidated Financial Statements.

Name	Plan Name	Number of Years Credited Service (#)	Present Value of Accumulated Benefit ($)	Payments During Last Fiscal Year ($)
M. D. Lockhart (1)	Retirement Income Plan for Employees of Armstrong World Industries, Inc.	6.4	$686,810	0
	Retirement Benefit Equity Plan of Armstrong World Industries, Inc.	17.8	$3,549,977	0
F. N. Grasberger	Not eligible
S. J. Senkowski	Retirement Income Plan for Employees of Armstrong World Industries, Inc.	33.6	$1,418,137	0
	Retirement Benefit Equity Plan of Armstrong World Industries, Inc.	33.6	$3,168,942	0
J. N. Rigas (2)	Retirement Income Plan for Employees of Armstrong World Industries, Inc.	7.8	$1,077,680	0
	Retirement Benefit Equity Plan of Armstrong World Industries, Inc.	24.8	$730,606	0
F. J. Ready	Retirement Income Plan for Employees of Armstrong World Industries, Inc.	23.5	$800,997	0
	Retirement Benefit Equity Plan of Armstrong World Industries, Inc.	23.5	$375,430	0

⁽¹⁾ Under the terms of his Employment Agreement, Mr. Lockhart receives two years of service credit for every one year of actual service toward the calculation of his pension benefits under the Retirement Benefit Equity Plan. The Board of Directors granted him five additional years of service credit in 2005.

⁽²⁾ Mr. Rigas’ years of service include 17 years credit for prior service awarded to him upon his employment with Armstrong. The Armstrong retirement benefit for Mr. Rigas has been reduced by the value of his defined benefit pension payable by his previous employer for the respective period of the prior service credit.

142

PENSION BENEFITS

All of the named executive officers (excluding Mr. Grasberger) participate in the Company’s qualified defined benefit pension plan, the Retirement Income Plan (RIP), as do other Armstrong salaried employees. An unfunded, nonqualified defined benefit pension plan, the Retirement Benefit Equity Plan (RBEP), has been established to pay any benefit which cannot be paid under the qualified RIP by reason of Internal Revenue Code limitations. All pension benefits are paid by the Company. The pension plans were closed to new salaried participants effective January 1, 2005. Benefits payable under the RIP and RBEP are based on a formula that yields an annual amount payable over the participant’s lifetime beginning at the age where the participant qualifies for an unreduced life annuity benefit.

In addition, Messrs. Senkowski, Rigas and Ready may qualify for an additional annuity payment under the ESOP Pension Account (EPA) to the extent such benefit can be paid under the qualified pension plan. The EPA was established in 2000 to restore a portion of the value lost by a broad group of employees who had purchased shares of Company stock and received Company contributions of additional shares which were intended to help fund the cost of their retiree health care coverage. The starting EPA balance was determined by multiplying the number of ESOP shares held by the participant by $47.75 which was the guaranteed value of the original ESOP convertible preferred shares. The EPA is credited with interest annually using the November 30-year Treasury bond rate. Interest is credited up to the date the participant commences regular pension benefits under the RIP.

Participants in the defined benefit pension plan may retire as early as age 55 provided the participant is vested under the plan. Participants become vested after completing five years of continuous employment having worked at least 1,000 hours in each year. Normal retirement date is the first of the month nearest the participant’s 65^th birthday. Effective March 1, 2006, the pension plans were amended to increase the reduction for early retirement for non-production salaried participants who retire between the ages of 55 and 65. Prior to these amendments, an employee who retired from active employment could receive an unreduced pension benefit commencing on the date of retirement if the employee’s age (minimum age 55) and Total Service totaled 90 points (Rule of 90). Employees continue to receive credit for post-March 1, 2006 age and service credits but the accrued Rule of 90 pension benefit is frozen as of February 28, 2006. The Present Value of Accumulated Benefit shown for Messrs. Senkowski, Rigas and Ready reflect the actuarial value of their respective Rule of 90 pension benefits.

The normal form of benefit payment is a monthly annuity. Except for payments having a lump sum present value of $10,000 or less under the qualified plan, no lump sum payments are permitted. Various forms of annuity payments (including life, joint and survivor, period certain and level income options) are available under the pension plans. The annuity payments for these options are determined by actuarially adjusting the life annuity pension amount for the selected form of payment. The formula for the regular life annuity pension benefit for salaried employees under the RIP is based on the following factors:

• the participant’s Average Final Compensation (AFC) which is the average of the three highest years of eligible compensation (base salary plus annual incentive) during the last ten years of employment

• the participant’s number of years of Total Service (credited years of employment with the Company) used to calculate the pension amount

• the participant’s Adjusted Covered Compensation (ACC) which is a percentage of the average Social Security tax base for the 35-year period ending with the year the participant will qualify for an unreduced Social Security pension benefit

The unreduced annual life annuity pension is the sum of the following four calculations each of which shall not be less than zero.

1. AFC x 0.009 x Total Service to a maximum of 35 years

2. (AFC – ACC) x 0.005 x Total Service to 35 years

3. (AFC – 2 x ACC) x 0.0015 x Total Service to 35 years

4. AFC x 0.012 x Total Service over 35 years

To the extent the participant is eligible for an EPA pension benefit that can be paid from the qualified pension plan (RIP), all or the allowable portion of the calculated EPA annuity will be added to the regular pension amount. EPA annuity amounts that cannot be paid from the qualified plan are forfeited.

143

Special provisions apply if the qualified pension plan is terminated within five years following an Extraordinary Event, as this item is defined in the RIP. In that event, plan liabilities will first be satisfied; then, remaining plan assets will be applied to increase retirement income to employees. The amount of the increase is based on the assumption that the employee would have continued employment with Armstrong until retirement. All of the named executive officers except for Mr. Grasberger would be entitled to this benefit under these circumstances.

The assumptions used to calculate the actuarial present values shown in the table above are as follows:

• Discount rate used to value benefit obligations equals 5.75%

• RP2000CH Mortality Table projected to 2007

• EPA interest rate of 4.73%

• 1994 GAR (RR 2001-62) Mortality Table for EPA annuity conversion

• Retirement at age 65 or Rule of 90 eligibility as specified

144

NONQUALIFIED DEFERRED COMPENSATION

The table below shows the executive contributions, earnings and account balances for the named executive officers who participate in the Company’s nonqualified deferred compensation plans.

Name	Executive Contributions in 2006 ($) (1)	Registrant Contributions in 2006 ($) (2)		Aggregate Earnings in 2006 ($)		Aggregate Withdrawals / Distributions ($)	Aggregate Balance at 12/31/06 ($) (3)
M. D. Lockhart	Does not participate
F. N. Grasberger	$43,800	$	32,850	$	11,942	0	$	128,253
S. J. Senkowski	Does not participate
J. N. Rigas	Does not participate
F. J. Ready	0		0	$	207	0	$	2,777

⁽¹⁾ The amount in this column is also reported as either Salary or Non-Equity Incentive Plan Compensation in the Summary Compensation Table.

⁽²⁾ The amount in this column is also reported in the All Other Compensation column of the Summary Compensation Table.

⁽³⁾ $38,500 of the account balance for Mr. Grasberger was reported as compensation in the Summary Compensation Table for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2005.

Armstrong maintains two nonqualified deferred compensation plans that apply to certain of the Company’s named executive officers.

Armstrong Deferred Compensation Plan

The Armstrong Deferred Compensation Plan, which was established in 1985, was closed to new deferrals of base salary and annual incentive compensation starting in 2001. The plan is partially funded with Company-owned life insurance policies held in a grantor trust. These policies were purchased by the Company prior to 1996. Mr. Ready is the only named executive officer participant in this plan. Participants may transfer account balances between any of the plan’s available phantom investment options.

Investment Option	2006 Return
Fidelity Magellan Fund	7.22	%
Fidelity OTC Portfolio Fund	9.45	%
Fidelity Asset Manager Fund	9.19	%
Spartan U.S. Equity Index Fund	15.72	%
Moody’s Average Corporate Bond Yield	6.21	%

The normal form of payout is a 15-year annuity with monthly payments starting on a post-employment date selected by the participant (minimum age 55) but in no event commencing later than the participant’s 65^th birthday. Requests for single sum payments are subject to approval by the Company.

If a participant resigns or is discharged for willful, deliberate or gross misconduct, the participant may be paid a single sum amount equal to 94% of the account balance (subject to Company approval) and would forfeit the remaining account balance. If a participant dies before commencing annuity payments, a survivor benefit will be paid to the participant’s designated beneficiary (or estate) as a ten-year annuity. The present value of the survivor benefit is the greater of the participant’s account balance or an amount equal to three times the participant’s actual deferrals. If the participant dies after commencing annuity payments, the remaining payments will be made to the participant’s designated beneficiary or estate.

Armstrong Nonqualified Deferred Compensation Plan

As explained under the Pension Benefits section, the Company’s defined benefit pension plans were closed to new salaried participants effective January 1, 2005. Salaried employees hired on or after January 1, 2005, including Mr.

145

Grasberger, are eligible to participate in a 401(k) savings plan with an enhanced company match. Armstrong matches 100% on the first 4% of employee contributions and 50% of the next 4% of employee contributions in the enhanced plan. The Armstrong Nonqualified Deferred Compensation Plan was established to provide similar 401(k) benefits as it applies to eligible managers, including Mr. Grasberger, whose eligible earnings (base salary plus annual incentive) exceed 12.5 times the Internal Revenue Code 402(g) elective deferral limit in effect for the plan year. For 2006, the eligible earnings limit was $187,500. A participant may elect to defer up to 8% of eligible base salary earnings and up to 8% of eligible annual incentive earnings. The Company matching contribution will be the same as that provided under the qualified 401(k) savings plan with the enhanced Company match. Mr. Grasberger is the only named executive officer participant in this unfunded, nonqualified plan. Participants may transfer account balances between any of the plan’s available phantom investment options listed below on a daily basis.

Investment Option	2006 Return
Davis New York Venture Fund	15.12	%
Fidelity Capital Appreciation Fund	13.80	%
Fidelity Diversified International Fund	22.52	%
Fidelity Equity Income Fund	19.81	%
Fidelity Intermediate Bond Fund	4.26	%
Fidelity Low-Priced Stock Fund	17.76	%
Fidelity Managed Income Portfolio II	4.33	%
Fidelity OTC Portfolio	9.45	%
Goldman Sachs Mid Cap Value Fund	16.06	%
Morgan Stanley Institutional Global Value Equity Portfolio	21.40	%
Morgan Stanley Institutional Value Portfolio	17.12	%
Neuberger Berman Fasciano Fund	4.86	%
Rainier Small / Mid Cap Equity Portfolio	14.95	%
Spartan U.S. Equity Index Fund	15.72	%

Fidelity Freedom Funds

Fund	2006 Return	Fund	2006 Return
Income	6.37%	2030	12.90%
2010	9.46%	2035	12.94%
2015	10.36%	2040	13.49%
2020	11.61%	2045	9.00%
2025	11.84%	2050	9.00%

Participants become 100% vested in the Company match account after completing three years of continuous employment having worked at least 1,000 hours in each year.

Except in the case of an unforeseeable emergency or having reached age 70, no in-service distributions are permitted. Participants can elect to receive plan benefits as a single lump sum or in 120 monthly installments commencing on the date of the participant’s termination of employment. All elections must comply with the Internal Revenue Code requirements. In the event of a participant’s death, the remaining payments shall be paid to the participant’s designated beneficiary or estate.

The Company reserves the right to cause the participant to forfeit or require repayment of the Company match benefits where the participant is discharged for willful, deliberate of gross misconduct or where the participant has engaged in conduct that is injurious to the Company.

146

POTENTIAL PAYMENTS UPON TERMINATION OR CHANGE IN CONTROL

The tables below summarize the estimated value of the potential payments and benefits under the Company’s plans and arrangements to which the named executive officers would be entitled upon termination of employment under the circumstances indicated. Except for the continuation of health and welfare benefits and outplacement support, amounts would be paid as a lump sum at termination. The amounts shown assume that such termination was effective December 31, 2006. In accordance with SEC instructions, Company stock is valued at the December 31, 2006 closing price.

Each of the named executive officers who participate in the Company’s Pension Benefits and / or Nonqualified Deferred Compensation plans are eligible for the benefits shown in the accompanying tables and related narrative disclosures.

M. D. Lockhart
Benefit	Resignation	Involuntary for Cause	Involuntary without Cause		Termination for Good Reason		Change in Control without Pension Enhancements		Change in Control with Pension Enhancements
Cash Severance	—	—	$	2,337,000	$	2,337,000	$	7,011,000	$	7,011,000
Vacation Pay	—	—		60,050		60,050		—		—
Savings Plan	—	—		7,750		7,750		—		—
Pension Accrual	—	—		285,459		285,459		—		—
Health & Welfare Benefit Continuation	—	—		2,110		2,110		19,992		19,992
Outplacement Support	—	—		14,000		14,000		30,000		30,000
Accelerated Long-Term Incentives
Cash Incentive Awards	—	—		—		—		3,308,000		3,308,000
Restricted Stock	—	—		3,179,250		3,179,250		3,179,250		3,179,250
Stock Options	—	—		893,250		893,250		893,250		893,250
Change in Control Lump Sum Retirement Payment	—	—		—		—		3,138,400		5,725,100
Excise Taxes & Gross-Up	—	—		—		—		7,143,425		8,460,147
Total	—	—	$	6,778,869	$	6,778,869	$	24,723,317	$	28,626,739

F. N. Grasberger
Benefit	Resignation	Involuntary for Cause	Involuntary without Cause		Termination for Good Reason		Change in Control without Pension Enhancements		Change in Control with Pension Enhancements
Cash Severance	—	—	$	470,000	$	470,000	$	2,220,000	Not Applicable
Health & Welfare Benefit Continuation	—	—		2,523		2,523		31,725
Outplacement Support	—	—		14,000		14,000		30,000
Accelerated Long-Term Incentives
Cash Incentive Awards	—	—		—		—		810,000
Restricted Stock	—	—		—		1,754,946		1,754,946
Stock Options	—	—		—		493,074		493,074
Excise Taxes & Gross-Up	—	—		—		—		1,623,382
Total	—	—	$	486,523	$	2,734,543	$	6,962,753

147

S. J. Senkowski
Benefit	Resignation	Involuntary for Cause	Involuntary without Cause		Termination for Good Reason		Change in Control without Pension Enhancements		Change in Control with Pension Enhancements
Cash Severance	—	—	$	570,000	$	570,000	$	2,787,000	$	2,787,000
Health & Welfare Benefit Continuation	—	—		—		—		28,960		28,960
Outplacement Support	—	—		14,000		14,000		30,000		30,000
Accelerated Long-Term Incentives
Cash Incentive Awards	—	—		—		—		1,182,500		1,182,500
Restricted Stock	—	—		—		2,339,928		2,339,928		2,339,928
Stock Options	—	—		—		657,432		657,432		657,432
Change in Control Lump Sum Retirement Payment	—	—		—		—		2,457,000		3,169,500
Excise Taxes & Gross-Up	—	—		—		—		3,611,602		3,973,369
Total	—	—	$	584,000	$	3,581,360	$	13,094,422	$	14,168,689

J. N. Rigas
Benefit	Resignation	Involuntary for Cause	Involuntary without Cause		Termination for Good Reason		Change in Control without Pension Enhancements		Change in Control with Pension Enhancements
Cash Severance	—	—	$	382,000	$	382,000	$	1,682,700	$	1,682,700
Health & Welfare Benefit Continuation	—	—		—		—		29,897		29,897
Outplacement Support	—	—		14,000		14,000		30,000		30,000
Accelerated Long-Term Incentives
Cash Incentive Awards	—	—		—		—		573,000		573,000
Restricted Stock	—	—		—		1,169,964		1,169,964		1,169,964
Stock Options	—	—		—		328,716		328,716		328,716
Change in Control Lump Sum Retirement Payment	—	—		—		—		284,100		946,100
Excise Taxes & Gross-Up	—	—		—		—		1,359,407		1,695,533
Total	—	—	$	396,000	$	1,894,680	$	5,457,784	$	6,455,910

148

F. J. Ready
Benefit	Resignation	Involuntary for Cause	Involuntary without Cause		Termination for Good Reason		Change in Control without Pension Enhancements		Change in Control with Pension Enhancements
Cash Severance	—	—	$	341,200	$	341,200	$	1,731,000	Not Applicable
Health & Welfare Benefit Continuation	—	—		—		—		22,995
Outplacement Support	—	—		14,000		14,000		30,000
Accelerated Long-Term Incentives
Cash Incentive Awards	—	—		—		—		458,800
Restricted Stock	—	—		—		1,169,964		1,169,964
Stock Options	—	—		—		328,716		328,716
Change in Control Lump Sum Retirement Payment	—	—		—		—		203,300
Excise Taxes & Gross-Up	—	—		—		—		1,405,407
Total	—	—	$	355,200	$	1,853,880	$	5,350,182

Resignation or Involuntary Termination for Cause

No incremental benefits are provided to any of the named executive officers in the event of a voluntary resignation or an involuntary termination for Cause. Cause is defined as (i) the willful and continued failure by the executive to substantially perform the executive’s duties after a written demand for substantial performance is delivered to the executive by the Board of Directors, or (ii) the willful engaging by the executive in conduct which is demonstrably and materially injurious to the Company, or (iii) the executive’s conviction of any felony.

Involuntary Termination without Cause

Effective October 2, 2006, a Change in Control (CIC) occurred under the terms of the CIC agreements for Messrs. Lockhart, Senkowski, Rigas and Ready by reason of the Company’s emergence from Chapter 11 reorganization. As a result, an involuntary termination without Cause or a termination for Good Reason effective December 31, 2006 involving Messrs. Lockhart, Senkowski, Rigas or Ready would trigger the payment of the amounts shown in the Change in Control without Pension Enhancements column.

Effective February 15, 2007, a Potential CIC occurred under the terms of Mr. Grasberger’s CIC agreement from the Company’s announcement to initiate a review of its strategic alternatives. If Mr. Grasberger were to be involuntarily terminated without Cause or terminated for Good Reason and an actual CIC occurs within six months of the date of his termination, he would be entitled to CIC severance benefits.

The following discussion assumes that a CIC or a Potential CIC had not yet occurred. In the event a named executive officer (other than Mr. Lockhart) is involuntarily terminated for reasons other than Cause, the executive will be eligible for a lump sum cash severance benefit. The normal severance payment is provided under the terms of the Severance Pay Plan for Salaried Employees of AWI. A salaried employee is eligible for severance pay if the employee is terminated and an exclusion does not apply. The employee is not eligible for severance pay if the reason for termination is any one of the following:

(i) voluntary separation

(ii) the employee accepts employment with a successor organization in connection with the sale of a plant, unit, division or subsidiary

(iii) the employee rejects the Company’s offer of a position in the same geographic area at a base salary of at least 90% of the employee’s current salary

(iv) misconduct

(v) unsatisfactory performance unless otherwise approved by the Severance Pay Committee

Severance benefits will be offset by payments made under individual change in control or employment agreements.

149

The schedule of benefits for executive participants provides two weeks of base salary severance per year of credited service with a minimum of eight weeks and a maximum of 52 weeks. Mr. Grasberger was provided with a minimum severance benefit of 52 weeks base salary as part of his initial employment offer. Mr. Rigas was credited with 20 years of prior service credit for severance determination purposes when he joined Armstrong. The Severance Pay Committee reserves the right to depart from the severance pay schedule where factors justify an upward or downward adjustment in the level of benefits. In no event may the severance payment exceed two times the participant’s annual compensation.

In the event of involuntary termination where severance applies, all salaried employees are eligible for continuation of health care and life insurance benefits at active employee premium contributions for a period of six months unless the employee is eligible for and elects retiree health care coverage. Mr. Grasberger is eligible for twelve months of benefit continuation under the terms of his employment offer. In addition, senior executives are eligible for twelve months of executive outplacement support provided by an outside service provider.

Under the terms of Mr. Lockhart’s Employment Agreement, he is eligible for a lump sum severance payment in the event of his termination for Good Reason or termination by the Company for any reason other than Cause, death or a disability of six months. The lump sum severance amount is equal to the sum of his annual base salary and the highest annual incentive award paid in the three years preceding the date of termination or his target annual incentive. Mr. Lockhart is also eligible to continue his participation in all employee benefit plans for the remaining term of his Employment Agreement or until comparable benefits are obtained from a subsequent employer during this time period. Mr. Lockhart’s involuntary termination without Cause would be considered a termination for Good Reason as it applies to accelerated vesting of his outstanding restricted stock awards and unvested stock options.

Mr. Lockhart’s Employment Agreement specifies that he shall not during or after the term of the agreement disclose any confidential Company information that is not generally known or available to the public without prior written consent of the Company. Except as permitted by the Company with prior written consent, Mr. Lockhart shall not, for a period of 24 months following his termination of employment, directly or indirectly own, enter into the employ of or render any services to any person, firm or corporation within the United States or any foreign country in which the Company is doing or contemplating doing business on the date of termination which is a competitor of the Company. He shall not approach or solicit any customer in respect of any service or product supplied by the Company or solicit the services of any director, executive officer or employee of the Company. These noncompete and nonsolicitation provisions terminate in the event Mr. Lockhart receives severance payments under his Change in Control Agreement.

Termination for Good Reason

Under the terms of the long-term incentive grants, in the event a named executive officer terminates for Good Reason, all outstanding restricted stock awards and unvested stock options which were granted on October 2, 2006 will automatically vest. Termination for Good Reason is as defined in each executive’s Individual Change in Control Agreement and includes any one of the following events:

(i) the assignment to the executive of any duties inconsistent with the executive’s status as an executive officer of the Company or a substantial adverse alteration in the nature or status of the executive’s responsibilities

(ii) a reduction by the Company in the executive’s annual base salary

(iii) the relocation of the executive’s place of employment by more than 50 miles (30 miles in the case of Mr. Lockhart) unless such relocation is closer to the executive’s principal residence, or the Company requiring the executive to be based anywhere other than such principal place of employment except for required business travel to an extent substantially consistent with present travel obligations

(iv) failure by the Company to pay to the executive any portion of the executive’s current compensation

(v) failure by the Company to continue in effect any compensation or benefit plan in which the executive participates immediately prior to a Change in Control which is material to the executive’s total compensation unless an equitable arrangement has been made

In addition, termination for Good Reason includes an election by any of the named executive officers to terminate employment during the thirty-day period beginning twelve months following a qualifying Change in Control.

Change in Control

The Company has entered into Change in Control (CIC) Agreements with twelve senior executives including the named executive officers. These CIC agreements were assumed by the Company with court approval in its Chapter 11 case. These agreements provide severance benefits in the event of a CIC of AWI. The purpose of the agreements is to foster stability among this group of executives in the face of a possible CIC. The agreements have an automatic one-year renewal feature, meaning the agreements continue in effect unless (i) either the executive or the Company elects not to extend the agreement or (ii) an actual CIC occurs. If a CIC occurs, the agreement

150

continues in effect for 36 months beyond the month in which the CIC occurs. For each of Messrs. Lockhart, Senkowski, Rigas and Ready, their CIC agreements will continue in effect until October 31, 2009. Under its terms, Mr. Grasberger’s CIC agreement currently extends to September 30, 2009 but continues to be subject to the one-year renewal feature.

For purposes of Mr. Grasberger’s agreement, a CIC includes any one of the following events:

(i) acquisition by a person (excluding certain qualified owners) of beneficial ownership of 20% or more of AWI’s common stock

(ii) a change in the composition of the AWI Board of Directors so that existing Board members and their approved successors do not constitute a majority of the Board

(iii) consummation of a merger or consolidation of AWI unless shareholders of voting securities immediately prior to the merger or consolidation continue to hold 66 2/3% or more of the voting securities of the resulting entity

(iv) shareholder approval of a liquidation or dissolution of AWI or sale of substantially all of AWI’s assets

CIC severance benefits are payable if the executive is involuntarily terminated or terminates employment for Good Reason within three years following a CIC. For the named executive officers except for Mr. Grasberger, AWI’s emergence from Chapter 11 on October 2, 2006 represented a CIC. For each of the named executive officers, the agreement includes a provision where the executive may choose to terminate employment during the thirty-day period beginning twelve months following a qualifying Change in Control and receive the severance benefits (the “modified single trigger” provision). The qualifying Change in Control must meet the definitions in (ii) and (iii) shown above. In approving AWI’s assumption of these CIC agreements, the Bankruptcy Court modified the agreements such that any transaction which is effected by the AWI Asbestos Personal Injury Settlement Trust would not qualify as a CIC for purposes of the modified single-trigger provision.

Severance benefits for the named executive officers, which are payable in the event of the executive’s termination following a CIC, include:

(i) a lump sum cash severance payment equal to three times the sum of the executive’s annual base salary and the higher of the executive’s highest annual bonus earned in the three years prior to termination or prior to the CIC (in Mr. Lockhart’s agreement, his annual target bonus will be used if it is higher than the actual bonus earned)

(ii) a lump sum payment of the portion of the executive’s annual target bonus applicable to the year of termination calculated by multiplying the target bonus by the fraction obtained by dividing the number of full and partial months completed during such uncompleted performance award period by twelve

(iii) three additional years of age and service credit for the purpose of calculating pension benefits where the incremental actuarial present value is paid as a lump sum cash payment

(iv) continuation of life, disability, accident and health insurance benefits at active employee contributions for three years following termination which shall be reduced to the extent comparable benefits are made available to the executive by a subsequent employer without cost

(v) eligibility for post-retirement health care and life insurance benefits had the executive terminated employment during the period of three years after the actual date of termination

(vi) payment for unused vacation which would have been earned had the executive continued employment through December 31 of the year of termination

(vii) Company payment of reasonable fees for executive outplacement support for up to three years where the cost shall not exceed 20% of the executive’s annual base salary at the time of the CIC

(viii) full reimbursement for the payment of any applicable excise taxes including tax gross-up

(ix) payment of legal fees incurred in connection with a good faith dispute involving the CIC agreement

Under the terms of the CIC agreements, certain stock-based benefits are accelerated upon the occurrence of a CIC. This includes accelerated vesting of all unvested stock options and unvested restricted stock awards. All unearned performance restricted shares held by the executive shall be deemed to have been earned to the maximum extent permitted under the stock plan and shall become free of restrictions.

In addition, the Management Development and Compensation Committee included a provision in the 2006 long-term cash incentive awards that provides for a cash payment equal to the executive’s award amount upon a CIC of AWI.

151

The tables above refer to a Change in Control with and without Pension Enhancements. The Pension Enhancements relate to CIC benefits that were part of the Company’s defined benefit pension plan prior to plan amendments that suspended these benefits effective March 1, 2004 to the extent legally permitted. The Pension Enhancements provided for five years of additional service for benefit determination, immediate payments with no actuarial reduction and a Social Security bridge payable to age 62 for employees who would be involuntarily terminated within two years following a CIC of the Company. Eligibility requirements were age 50 and either 10 years or 15 years of Company service depending on the enhancement.

Notwithstanding the Company’s amendments to freeze the accrued benefit enhancements under the qualified pension plan and eliminate past and future benefit enhancements under the nonqualified pension plan, the Company would be required to include such enhancements in the calculation of the CIC Lump Sum Retirement Payment for certain of the named executive officers. This would occur for a CIC of AWI which has not been approved by a majority of disinterested directors or where a person acquires beneficial ownership of 28% or more of the outstanding AWI common stock and within five years thereafter, disinterested directors no longer constitute a majority of the Board.

152

Compensation of Directors

Armstrong World Industries, Inc. does not separately compensate directors who are employees for services as a director. The Company pays directors who are not employees an annual retainer of $155,000, comprised of $70,000 cash plus an award of restricted stock or phantom stock units (which each have the same value as a share of Company stock) valued at $85,000 in accordance with a Phantom Stock Unit Plan adopted by the Company effective October 23, 2006. The phantom stock units (the “Units”) vest on the one-year anniversary of the award or, if earlier, the date of a change in control event, contingent upon the director’s continued service through such date. On October 23, 2006, each outside director was also awarded a one-time grant of 6,000 Units, vesting with respect to one-third of the Units on each of the first three annual anniversaries of the date of the award or, if earlier, the date of a change in control event, contingent upon the directors’ continued service through such date. The Units are payable in cash six months following the director’s separation from service or, if earlier, upon the occurrence of certain change in control events. All Units, whether or not vested, are forfeited if the director is removed for cause, and unvested Units are forfeited if the director terminates service for any reason prior to vesting. In accordance with the Company’s Corporate Governance Principles, each director must acquire and then hold until 6 months following the end of his/her service, phantom units and/or shares of Company stock equal in value to three times the annual director’s retainer at the time they join the Board. Directors should endeavor to reach that level of ownership within five years of joining the Board.

The Lead Director and the Audit Committee Chair each receive an additional annual retainer of $20,000. The Management Development and Compensation Committee Chair and the Nominating and Governance Committee Chair each receive an additional annual retainer of $10,000. Directors who are not employees are paid $2,500 per day plus reasonable expenses for special assignments in connection with Board activities. Cash payments are made quarterly in arrears. The annual award of restricted stock/phantom stock units is made in one installment in October at or about the time of the regular October board meeting to directors serving at the time. Cash payments and restricted stock/phantom stock unit grants for positions starting at other dates are pro-rated by the number of days remaining in the then-current payment period.

Other benefits for non-employee directors include: annual physical exam expenses reimbursed up to $2000 (non-employee directors only); travel accident insurance; participation in the Armstrong Foundation (a non-profit organization independent of the Company) Higher Education Gift-Matching Program; the Company’s Employee Purchase Programs; and participation in the “compassionate use” provision of the Company’s Aircraft Operation Policy. One director received reimbursement for annual physical exam expenses and two directors participated in the Higher Education Gift-Matching Program. A schedule of Armstrong Nonemployee Director Compensation is included in this Report as Exhibit No. 10.19.

AWI has entered into indemnity agreements with each member of its Board of Directors. The agreements generally provide that, if the director becomes involved in a claim (as defined in the agreement) by reason of an indemnifiable event (as defined in the agreement), the Company will indemnify the director as provided in the agreement. Specific terms and conditions are set forth in the individual indemnity agreements, the form of which is listed as Exhibit No. 10.33 to this Report.

153

2006 Director Compensation Table¹

Name	Fees Earned or Paid in Cash ($)2		Stock Awards ($)3 4 5	All Other Compensation ($)6	Total ($)
James J. Gaffney	20,000	7	41,328		61,328
Robert C. Garland	17,500		41,328		58,828
Judith R. Haberkorn	25,000	8	41,328		66,328
James E. Marley	0	9	41,328	2,000	43,328
Russell F. Peppet	17,500		41,328		58,828
Arthur J. Pergament	17,500		41,328		58,828
John J. Roberts	22,500	10	41,328	698	64,526
Alexander M. Sanders, Jr.	17,500		41,328	385	59,213

¹ Messrs. Lockhart and Rigas are not listed in the table because the Company does not compensate directors who are employees for services as a director.

² Includes a payment of $17,500, representing one quarter of the annual cash retainer of $70,000.

³ This column represents the dollar amount recognized for financial statement reporting purposes with respect to the 2006 fiscal year for the fair value of the phantom stock units granted in 2006, in accordance with FAS 123(R).

⁴ On October 23, 2006 pursuant to the Phantom Stock Unit Plan, each outside director was awarded 2,183 stock units; the number of units equal to (i) $85,000 divided by (ii) the fair market value of the common stock on the date of the award ($38.95), rounded to the next highest whole number. The units vest on the one-year anniversary of the award or, if earlier, the date of a change in control event, contingent upon the director’s continued service through such date. On October 23, 2006, each outside director was also awarded a one-time grant of 6,000 units, with a fair market value of the common stock on the date of the award of $38.95, vesting with respect to one-third of the units on each of the first three annual anniversaries of the date of the award, or if earlier, the date of a change in control event, contingent upon the director’s continued service through such date.

⁵ As of December 31, 2006, each of Ms. Haberkorn and Messrs. Gaffney, Garland, Peppet, Pergament, Roberts and Sanders held an aggregate of 8,183 units under the Phantom Stock Unit Plan.

⁶ Messrs. Marley, Roberts and Sanders received tax gross-ups related to imputed income in connection with the use of the Company aircraft. Mr. Marley also received payments under the Armstrong Deferred Compensation Plan.

⁷ Includes a quarterly payment of $2,500 as a special retainer for Mr. Gaffney as Chair of the Nominating and Governance Committee.

⁸ Includes a quarterly payment of $5,000 as a special retainer for Ms. Haberkorn as Lead Director and a quarterly payment of $2,500 as a special retainer for Ms. Haberkorn as Chair of the Management Development and Compensation Committee.

⁹ Mr. Marley was a director of both Armstrong Holdings, Inc. and Armstrong World Industries, Inc. from January 1, 2006 to October 2, 2006. He received $ 67,989 for his services to Armstrong Holdings, Inc. He did not receive any separate remuneration for his service to Armstrong World Industries, Inc. He resigned from both Boards effective October 2, 2006, the date of the Company’s emergence from Chapter 11, as provided for in the Company’s Plan of Reorganization.

¹⁰ Includes a quarterly payment of $5,000 as a special retainer for Mr. Roberts as Chair of the Audit Committee.

154

ITEM 12. SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS

a) Stock Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners

The following table¹ sets forth, as of February 28, 2007, each person or entity known to AWI that may be deemed to have beneficial ownership of more than 5% of the outstanding AWI common stock. In accordance with applicable rules of the Securities and Exchange Commission, this information is based on Section 13G information filed with the Commission.

Name And Address Of Beneficial Owner	Amount And Nature Of Beneficial Ownership	Percent Of Class Outstanding2
Armstrong World Industries, Inc. Asbestos Personal Injury Settlement Trust c/o Kevin E. Irwin Keating Muething & Klekamp PLL One East Fourth Street, Suite 1400 Cincinnati, OH 45202	36,981,480	65.6	%

¹⁾ A Schedule 13G was filed on February 9, 2007, by Harry Huge, Managing Trustee, on behalf of said Trust. A Schedule 13G was filed on January 23, 2007 by Dean M. Trafelet in his capacity as the Future Claimants’ Representative (“FCR”) under the Armstrong World Industries, Inc. Asbestos Personal Injury Settlement Trust Agreement, effective October 2, 2006. Mr. Trafelet, in his capacity as FCR, has certain consent rights with respect to the voting of the Common Stock held by the Trust. The Trust is a party to a Stockholder and Registration Rights Agreement with the Company dated as of October 2, 2006 (incorporated by reference as an exhibit to this Report) which includes therein specified voting obligations of the Trust.

²⁾ In accordance with applicable rules of the Securities and Exchange Commission, this percentage is based upon the total 56,341,091 shares of AWI’s common stock that were outstanding on February 28, 2007.

155

b) Security Ownership of Management

The following table shows the amount of Company common stock owned by each director, each individual named in the Summary Compensation Table and all directors and executive officers as a group. The ownership rights in these shares consist of sole voting and investment power, except where otherwise indicated. No individual identified below holds any Company stock, directly or indirectly, or holds any stock options exercisable within 60 days. No named individual beneficially owns 1% or more of the outstanding common shares. Collectively, all of the directors and executive officers as a group beneficially own less than 1% of the outstanding common shares. This information is as of February 28, 2007.

Name	Restricted Stock1		Total Beneficial Ownership	Phantom Stock Units3
James J. Gaffney	—		—	8,183
Robert C. Garland	—		—	8,183
Judith R. Haberkorn	—		—	8,183
Michael D. Lockhart	131,850	2	131,850	—
James J. O’Connor	—		—	6,963
Russell F. Peppet	—		—	8,183
Arthur J. Pergament	—		—	8,183
John J. Roberts	—		—	8,183
Alexander M. Sanders, Jr.	—		—	8,183
F. Nicholas Grasberger III	41,400		41,400	—
Frank J. Ready	27,600		27,600	—
John N. Rigas	27,600		27,600	—
Stephen J. Senkowski	55,200		55,200	—
Director and officers as a group (15 persons)	321,250		321,250	64,244

¹⁾ The participants have voting power but not investment power.

²⁾ Mr. Lockhart’s restricted stock consists of 75,000 restricted shares granted on October 2, 2006 and 56,850 shares of performance restricted stock granted on February 19, 2007. The performance restricted stock grant is divided into two awards of 28,425 shares each. 100% of the first award will be earned if the Company’s three-year earnings performance achieves 150% of a Board established target. 100% of the second award will be earned if the Company’s three-year cumulative free cash flow (excluding acquisition and divestiture events) achieves 150% of a Board established target. In each case, fewer shares will be earned for lesser performance.

³⁾ Includes phantom stock units held pursuant to a Phantom Stock Unit Plan (the “Plan”) for non-employee directors. The participants have no voting or investment power. The participants have no right to sell the stock units until they vest in accordance with the terms of the Plan.

156

Equity Compensation Plan Information

Plan category	Number of securities to be issued upon exercise of outstanding options, warrants and rights (a)	Weighted-average exercise price of outstanding options, warrants and rights1 (b)		Number of securities remaining available for future issuance under equity compensation plans (excluding securities reflected in column (a)) (c)
Equity compensation plans approved by security holders2	1,591,950	$	38.42	3,226,400
Equity compensation plans not approved by security holders	—		—	—
Total	1,591,950	$	38.42	3,226,400

¹⁾ Excludes restricted stock and restricted stock unit awards.

²⁾ The 2006 Long-Term Incentive Plan was adopted by the AWI Board of Directors effective October 2, 2006 and was approved by the Bankruptcy Court in AWI’s Chapter 11 case. The purpose of the plan is to provide incentives which will attract, retain and motivate highly competent officers and key employees and encourage them to acquire an interest in the long-term success of the Company and reward them for their long-term achievements. The plan is administered by the Management Development and Compensation Committee and provides for the grant of Stock Options, Stock Appreciation Rights, Restricted Stock Awards, Stock Units and Cash Awards which may be subject to certain terms and conditions established by the Committee.

157

ITEM 13. CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS, AND DIRECTOR INDEPENDENCE

Transactions with Related Persons

Apart from the Armstrong Holdings, Inc. matter discussed below, there have been no transactions since January 1, 2006, and there are no currently proposed transactions in which the Company was or is to be a participant in which any of the following persons had or will have a direct or indirect material interest:

(i) any director or executive officer of the Company,

(ii) any nominee for director,

(iii) any 5% or greater shareholder of the Company, or

(iv) any immediate family member of any person identified above.

See Note 1 to the Consolidated Financial Statements for a description of claims between the Company and its former holding company, Armstrong Holdings, Inc. (“AHI”), and the proposed resolution of those issues between the companies as negotiated by independent committees of the directors of the two companies. Also see Exhibit 10.37 to this Report for the settlement Stipulation of the companies that has been submitted for Court approval. The Company’s Plan of Reorganization contemplates that AHI, which now has no business, operations or employees, will be dissolved as soon as practicable. Mr. Lockhart and members of the Company’s management have served and continue to serve as officers of AHI pending such dissolution. Other than Mr. Lockhart, no director of the Company is also a current director of AHI.

Oversight and Review of Transactions with Related Persons

The Company’s Code of Business Conduct and its Corporate Governance Principles and governance documents address officer and director independence from conflicting interests as well as procedures for the review, approval or ratification of transactions with related persons. The Nominating and Governance Committee is charged with reviewing and approving any proposed related-party transactions by the Company involving directors, nominees and/or executive officers and other persons.

Any proposed “related party transaction” involving any executive officer, director or director nominee as defined under SEC Regulation S-K, Item 404 must be approved by the Nominating and Governance Committee comprised of independent directors who must have no connection with the transaction. Any waiver of the Company’s Code of Business Conduct, particularly its conflicts-of-interest provisions, that is proposed to apply to any director or executive officer must be reviewed in advance by the same Committee, which is responsible for making a recommendation to the Board of Directors for approval or disapproval. The Board’s decision on any such matter would be disclosed publicly in compliance with applicable law and the rules of the NYSE.

The governance documents referred to above (namely the Company’s Code of Business Conduct, its Corporate Governance Principles and the Charter of the Nominating and Governance Committee) can be found on the Company’s web site at http://www.armstrong.com under “About Armstrong” and “Corporate Governance.”

Since emerging from Chapter 11, the Company has only one shareholder that holds 5% or more of the Company’s stock, namely the Armstrong World Industries Asbestos Personal Injury Settlement Trust (the “Trust”), which holds approximately 65% of the Company’s stock. As part of the Company’s Plan of Reorganization, when the Company emerged from Chapter 11 it established a new corporate charter (“Articles of Incorporation”), new Bylaws, and entered into a Stockholder and Registration Rights Agreement with the Trust. Those documents have been previously discussed and filed with the SEC in the Company’s Report on Form 8-K dated October 2, 2006 and are incorporated by reference as exhibits to this Report. Among other things, those documents prescribe governance standards for the Company, certain voting obligations of the Trust, and spell out terms under which the Company would register the Trust’s stock for public sale.

158

In the event of a proposed transaction between the Company and the Trust, the Company’s Board of Directors would consider the matter first. Depending on the nature of the proposed transaction, under the above-referenced governance documents in certain cases approval of disinterested members of the Board would be required to authorize a transaction, and in other cases approval of a majority of the shares not owned by the Trust would be required.

For example, any transaction between the Company (or any of its subsidiaries) and the Trust or any of its affiliates (other than payment of the same dividend or other pro rata distribution to all common shareholders) would require the approval of a majority of the “disinterested directors” (in addition to any Board approval customarily required for the transaction). Disinterested directors includes only directors who have no personal financial interest in the transaction and who are not trustees, officers or employees of the Trust or are otherwise affiliated with the Trust, unless the transaction is approved by a vote of the other shareholders. However, the Board may delegate to management approval of categories of transactions with the Trust it considers immaterial. To date, no such transactions have been proposed, and no such delegation has been made.

Any corporate transaction (such as a stock sale or merger) in which the Trust would have the ability to dispose of stock representing more than 5% of the shares outstanding to any person who would subsequently own either more than 35% of the Company’s stock or more Common Shares than the Trust, will also require approval of a majority of the disinterested directors, unless it is approved by vote of the shareholders (as may be required by law or listing standards). Usually, the required vote will be the majority of the shareholders or, if the Trust would receive any different treatment in the transaction than other shareholders, by the vote of the holders of a majority of the stock not owned by the Trust.

A merger, recapitalization or similar corporate transaction by the Company in which a dividend or distribution is made to the Trust or in which any outstanding stock is exchanged or changed in any way, and in which the Trust is treated differently than the other shareholders will require approval by the holders of a majority of the shares not owned by the Trust. If such shareholder approval is obtained, approval of the transaction by a majority of the disinterested directors as discussed above will not be required.

See the Company’s Articles of Incorporation, Bylaws and the Stockholder and Registration Rights Agreement for full details on how a particular proposed transaction would be handled. The discussion above is qualified by reference to those documents, which would govern the approval of any proposed transaction subject to their provisions.

Director Independence

The Board has determined that each of its eight non-employee directors —namely, Ms. Haberkorn and Messrs. Gaffney, Garland, O’Connor, Peppet, Pergament, Roberts, and Sanders—is independent, meaning in the Board’s business judgment he or she meets the standards of independence specified in the Company’s Corporate Governance Principles, SEC Rule 10A-3(b)(1) and New York Stock Exchange (NYSE) Rule 303A.02, and has no relationship with the Company or its management that may interfere with the exercise of his or her responsibilities on the Board or any committee.

The Board’s determinations were based upon consideration of relationships between directors and the Company or management, and of factors that reasonably could compromise the independent judgment of a director. For example, the Board considered whether there were any director relationships with vendors or service providers and considered whether any director had sought to influence any decisions by the Company in a manner beneficial to their personal interests. There were no transactions, relationships or arrangements disclosed by any non-employee director for the Board to consider in this regard.

The Board, led by its Nominating and Governance Committee, monitors the independence of outside directors. Each director is charged with a responsibility of candor and disclosure to their Board colleagues relative to potentially compromising relationships, transactions and compensation.

159

As indicated above, the Company’s Corporate Governance Principles, which contain the Company’s independence standard referred to herein, are available on the Company’s website at http://www.armstrong.com under “About Armstrong” and “Corporate Governance”.

160

ITEM 14. PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTANT FEES AND SERVICES

Professional Audit Fee Services Rendered

The following table presents fees for professional audit services rendered by KPMG LLP for the audit of Armstrong’s annual financial statements for 2006 and 2005, and fees billed for other services rendered by KPMG LLP. For the purposes of this table, audit fees are for services rendered in connection with the audit of Armstrong’s financial statements as of and for the year ended December 31, 2006, for which a portion of the billings occurred or will occur in 2007. All fees in 2006 and 2005 were pre-approved by the Audit Committee.

(amounts in 000’s)	2006		2005
Audit Fees	$	6,500	$	5,700
Audit Related Fees(1)		580		360
Audit and Audit Related Fees		7,080		6,060
Tax Fees(2)		2,325		1,234
All Other Fees(3)		127		93
Total Fees	$	9,532	$	7,387

¹⁾ Audit Related Fees consisted principally of fees for audits of financial statements of certain employee benefit plans, accounting research assistance on technical topics, international financial reporting standards at some foreign locations and other matters with respect to foreign statutory financial statements.

²⁾ Tax Fees consisted of fees for tax consultation and tax compliance services.

³⁾ All Other Fees consist primarily of fees for Bankruptcy Court fee application preparation.

Audit Committee Pre-approval Policies and Procedures

The Audit Committee of Armstrong World Industries, Inc.’s Board of Directors follows a policy and procedure that requires their pre-approval of any audit and accounting services provided by the firm that serves as our independent auditor. Per the policy, management cannot engage the independent auditor for any services without the Audit Committee’s pre-approval. The Audit Committee delegates to the Committee Chair the authority to pre-approve services not exceeding 5% of the total audit fees for the year for purposes of handling immediate needs, with a report to the full Committee of such approvals at its next meeting. The policy and procedures comply with Section 10A(i) of the Securities Exchange Act.

161

PART IV

ITEM 15. EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES

(a) (1)	The financial statements and schedule of Armstrong World Industries, Inc. filed as a part of this 2006 Annual Report on Form 10-K is listed in the “Index to Financial Statements and Schedules” on page 50.
(a) (2)	The financial statements required to be filed pursuant to Item 15(d) of Form 10-K are:
	Worthington Armstrong Venture consolidated financial statements as of December 31, 2006 and 2005 and for the years ended December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004 (filed herewith as Exhibit 99.1)
(a) (3)	The following exhibits are filed as part of this 2006 Annual Report on Form 10-K:
Exhibit No.	Description
No. 2.1	Armstrong World Industries, Inc.’s Fourth Amended Plan of Reorganization, as amended by modifications through May 23, 2006 is incorporated by reference from the 2005 Annual Report on Form 10-K wherein it appeared as Exhibit 2.3.
No. 3.1	Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of Armstrong World Industries, Inc. is incorporated by reference from the Current Report on Form 8-K dated October 2, 2006, wherein it appeared as Exhibit 3.1.
No. 3.2	Armstrong World Industries, Inc.’s Bylaws are incorporated by reference from the Current Report on Form 8-K dated October 2, 2006, wherein they appeared as Exhibit 3.2.
No. 4.1	Armstrong World Industries, Inc.’s Retirement Savings and Stock Ownership Plan effective as of October 1, 1996, as amended April 12, 2001 is incorporated by reference from the Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2001, wherein it appeared as Exhibit 4. * (SEC File No. 1-2116)
No. 10.1	Directors’ Retirement Income Plan, as amended, is incorporated by reference from the 1996 Annual Report on Form 10-K wherein it appeared as Exhibit 10(iii)(c). * (SEC File No. 1-2116)
No. 10.2	Management Achievement Plan for Key Executives, as amended August 1, 2005, is incorporated by reference from the Current Report on Form 8-K filed on September 30, 2005, wherein it appeared as Exhibit 10.1.*
No. 10.3	Retirement Benefit Equity Plan (formerly known as the Excess Benefit Plan), as amended January 1, 2000 is incorporated by reference from the 1999 Annual Report on Form 10-K wherein it appeared as Exhibit 10(iii)(e). * (SEC File No. 1-2116)
No. 10.4	Severance Pay Plan for Salaried Employees, as amended January 1, 2003 and March 15, 2005 is incorporated by reference from the 2004 Annual Report on Form 10-K wherein it appeared as Exhibit 10.8. *

162

No. 10.5	Form of Change in Control Agreement with certain officers is incorporated by reference from the 2000 Annual Report on Form 10-K wherein it appears as Exhibit 10(iii)(k). * (SEC File No. 1-2116)
No. 10.6	Change in Control Agreement with Michael D. Lockhart, dated August 7, 2000 is incorporated by reference from the Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 2000, wherein it appeared as Exhibit 10(e). * (SEC File No. 000-50408)
No. 10.7	Form of Indemnification Agreement among Armstrong Holdings, Inc., Armstrong World Industries, Inc. and certain directors and officers is incorporated by reference from the Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2000, wherein it appeared as Exhibit 10(iii)(a). * (SEC File No. 000-50408)
No. 10.8	Form of Indemnification Agreement among Armstrong Holdings, Inc., Armstrong World Industries, Inc. and certain directors is incorporated by reference from the 2003 Annual Report on Form 10-K wherein it appeared as Exhibit 10(iii)(q). * (SEC File No. 000-50408)
No. 10.9	Form of Indemnification Agreement among Armstrong Holdings, Inc., Armstrong World Industries, Inc. and certain directors is incorporated by reference from the 2001 Annual Report on Form 10-K wherein it appeared as Exhibit 10(iii)(s). * (SEC File No. 000-50406)
No. 10.10	Bonus Replacement Retirement Plan, dated as of January 1, 1998, as amended, is incorporated by reference from the 1998 Annual Report on Form 10-K wherein it appeared as Exhibit 10(iii)(m). * (SEC File No. 1-2116)
No. 10.11	Employment Agreement with Michael D. Lockhart dated August 7, 2000 is incorporated by reference from the Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 2000 wherein it appeared as Exhibit 10(a). * (SEC File No. 000-50408)
No. 10.12	Amendment to August 7, 2000 Employment Agreement with Michael D. Lockhart is incorporated by reference from the Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2001, wherein it appeared as Exhibit 10. * (SEC File No. 000-50408)
No. 10.13	Management Services Agreement between Armstrong Holdings, Inc. and Armstrong World Industries, Inc., dated August 7, 2000 is incorporated by reference from the Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 2000 wherein it appeared as Exhibit 10(g). * (SEC File No. 000-50408)
No. 10.14	Hiring Agreement with F. Nicholas Grasberger III dated January 6, 2005 is incorporated by reference from the Current Report filed on Form 8-K on January 6, 2005, wherein it appeared as Exhibit 10.1. *
No. 10.15	Change in Control Agreement with F. Nicholas Grasberger III dated January 6, 2005 is incorporated by reference from the Current Report filed on Form 8-K on January 6, 2005, wherein it appeared as Exhibit 10.2. *
No. 10.16	Indemnification Agreement with F. Nicholas Grasberger III dated January 6, 2005 is incorporated by reference from the Current Report filed on Form 8-K on January 6, 2005, wherein it appeared as Exhibit 10.3. *
No. 10.17	Form of Long-Term Incentive Plan 2005 award letter regarding executive participation is incorporated by reference from the 2004 Annual Report on Form 10-K wherein it appeared as Exhibit 10.30. *

163

No. 10.18	Armstrong World Industries, Inc.’s Nonqualified Deferred Compensation Plan effective January 2005 is incorporated by reference from the 2005 Annual Report on Form 10-K wherein it appeared as Exhibit 10.29. *
No. 10.19	Schedule of Armstrong World Industries, Inc. Nonemployee Director Compensation. *
No. 10.20	Agreement of Purchase and Sale between S-J Realty Management, LLC and Armstrong World Industries, Inc. dated December 5, 2005, is incorporated by reference from the Current Report filed on Form 8-K on January 30, 2006, wherein it appeared as Exhibit 10.1.
No. 10.21	Form of grant letter regarding executive officer participation in Armstrong World Industries, Inc.’s 2006 retention payment program is incorporated by reference from the Current Report filed on Form 8-K on January 30, 2006, wherein it appeared as Exhibit 10.1.*
No. 10.22	Order of the U.S. District Court dated January 26, 2006, and related Armstrong World Industries, Inc.’s Motion for an Order Authorizing and Approving Continued Cash Retention Program for Key Employees, is incorporated by reference from the Current Report filed on Form 8-K/A on February 2, 2006, wherein it appeared as Exhibit 99.1 *
No. 10.23	Form of Long-Term Incentive Plan 2006 award letter regarding executive participation in the 2006 Long-Term Incentive Plan is incorporated by reference from the 2005 Annual Report on Form 10-K wherein it appeared as Exhibit 10.37. *
No. 10.24	Change in Control Agreement with Donald A. McCunniff dated March 13, 2006 is incorporated by reference from the Current Report filed on Form 8-K on March 14, 2006, wherein it appeared as Exhibit 10.1. *
No. 10.25	Indemnification Agreement with Donald A. McCunniff dated March 13, 2006 is incorporated by reference from the Current Report filed on Form 8-K on March 14, 2006, wherein it appeared as Exhibit 10.2. *
No. 10.26	Credit Agreement, dated as of October 2, 2006, by and among the Company, certain subsidiaries of the Company as guarantors, Bank of America, N.A., as Administrative Agent, the other lenders party thereto, JP Morgan Chase Bank, N.A. and Barclays Bank PLC, as Co-Syndication Agents and LaSalle Bank National Association and the Bank of Nova Scotia, as Co-Documentation Agents, is incorporated by reference from the Current Report on Form 8-K dated October 2, 2006, wherein it appeared as Exhibit 10.1.
No. 10.27	The Armstrong World Industries, Inc. Asbestos Personal Injury Settlement Trust Agreement dated as of October 2, 2006, by and among Armstrong World Industries, Inc. and, as trustees, Anne M. Ferazzi, Harry Huge, Paul A. Knuti, Lewis R. Sifford and Thomas M. Tully is incorporated by reference from the Current Report on Form 8-K dated October 2, 2006, wherein it appeared as Exhibit 10.2.
No. 10.28	Stockholder and Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of October 2, 2006, by and between Armstrong World Industries, Inc. and the Armstrong World Industries, Inc. Asbestos Personal Injury Asbestos Trust is incorporated by reference from the Current Report on Form 8-K dated October 2, 2006, wherein it appeared as Exhibit 10.3.
No. 10.29	Armstrong World Industries, Inc. 2006 Long-Term Incentive Plan is incorporated by reference from the Current Report on Form 8-K dated October 2, 2006, wherein it appeared as Exhibit 10.4.*

164

No. 10.30	Form of Armstrong World Industries, Inc. 2006 Long-Term Incentive Plan Stock Option Agreement is incorporated by reference from the Current Report on Form 8-K dated October 2, 2006, wherein it appeared as Exhibit 10.5. *
No. 10.31	Form of Armstrong World Industries, Inc. 2006 Long-Term Incentive Plan Restricted Stock Award Agreement is incorporated by reference from the Current Report on Form 8-K dated October 2, 2006, wherein it appeared as Exhibit 10.6. *
No. 10.32	Form of Armstrong World Industries, Inc. 2006 Long-Term Incentive Plan notice of restricted stock and/or option award is incorporated by reference from the Current Report on Form 8-K dated October 2, 2006, wherein it appeared as Exhibit 10.7. *
No. 10.33	Form of Indemnification Agreement for directors and officers of Armstrong World Industries, Inc. is incorporated by reference from the Current Report on Form 8-K dated October 2, 2006, wherein it appeared as Exhibit 10.8. * A Schedule of Participating Directors and Officers is filed with this Report.
No. 10.34	2006 Director Phantom Stock Unit Plan is incorporated by reference from the Current Report on Form 8-K dated October 23, 2006, wherein it appeared as Exhibit 10.1. *
No. 10.35	2006 Director Phantom Stock Unit Agreement is incorporated by reference from the Current Report on Form 8-K dated October 23, 2006, wherein it appeared as Exhibit 10.2. * A Schedule of Participating Directors is filed with this Report.
No. 10.36	2006 Director Phantom Stock Unit Agreement is incorporated by reference from the Current Report on Form 8-K dated October 23, 2006, wherein it appeared as Exhibit 10.3. * A Schedule of Participating Directors is filed with this Report.
No. 10.37	Stipulation and Agreement with Respect to Claims of Armstrong Holdings, Inc. and Armstrong Worldwide, Inc.; and Motion for Order Approving Stipulation and Agreement are incorporated by reference from the Current Report on Form 8-K dated February 26, 2007, wherein they appeared as Exhibits 99.2 and 99.3, respectively.
No. 10.38	Share Purchase Agreement dated March 27, 2007, between the Company and NPM Capital N.V. and Flagstone Beheer B.V. for the sale of Tapijtfabriek H. Desseaux N.V. and its subsidiaries is filed with this Report.
No. 11.1	Computation for basic earnings per share.
No. 11.2	Computation for diluted earnings per share.
No. 21.1	Armstrong World Industries, Inc.’s domestic and foreign subsidiaries.
No. 23.1	Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm.
No. 23.2	Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm.
No. 24.1	Power of Attorney and authorizing resolution.
No. 31.1	Certification of Principal Executive Officer required by Rule 13a-15(e) or 15d-15(e) of the Securities Exchange Act.

165

No. 31.2	Certification of Principal Financial Officer required by Rule 13a-15(e) or 15d-15(e) of the Securities Exchange Act.
No. 32.1	Certification of Chief Executive Officer required by Rule 13a and 18 U.S.C. Section 1350 (furnished herewith).
No. 32.2	Certification of Chief Financial Officer required by Rule 13a and 18 U.S.C. Section 1350 (furnished herewith).
No. 99.1	Worthington Armstrong Venture consolidated financial statements as of December 31, 2006 and 2005 and for the years ended December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004.

* Management Contract or Compensatory Plan.

166

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.

ARMSTRONG WORLD INDUSTRIES, INC.
(Registrant)
By:	/s/ Michael D. Lockhart
	Chairman and Chief Executive Officer
Date:	March 30, 2007

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the registrant Armstrong and in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

Directors and Principal Officers of the registrant AWI:

Name	Title
Michael D. Lockhart	Chairman and Chief Executive Officer
	(Principal Executive Officer)
F. Nicholas Grasberger III	Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer
	(Principal Financial Officer)
William C. Rodruan	Vice President and Controller
	(Chief Accounting Officer)
James J. Gaffney	Director
Robert C. Garland	Director
Judith R. Haberkorn	Director
James J. O’Connor	Director
Russell F. Peppet	Director
Arthur J. Pergament	Director
John J. Roberts	Director
Alexander M. Sanders, Jr.	Director

By:	/s/ Michael D. Lockhart
	(Michael D. Lockhart, as attorney-in-fact for AWI directors and on his own behalf)
	As of March 30, 2007
By:	/s/ F. Nicholas Grasberger III
	(F. Nicholas Grasberger III)
	As of March 30, 2007
By:	/s/ William C. Rodruan
	(William C. Rodruan)
	As of March 30, 2007

167

SCHEDULE II

Armstrong World Industries, Inc.

Valuation and Qualifying Reserves of Accounts Receivable

(amounts in millions)

	Successor Company			Predecessor Company
	Three Months Ended December 31, 2006			Nine Months Ended September 30, 2006			Year Ended December 31, 2005			Year Ended December 31, 2004
Provision for Losses
Balance at beginning of year	$	10.8		$	10.8		$	13.0		$	18.9
Additions charged to earnings		1.4			5.2			2.4			2.9
Deductions		(1.6	)		(4.1	)		(3.7	)		(8.1	)
Discontinued operations		—			(1.1	)		(0.9	)		(0.7	)
Balance at end of year	$	10.6		$	10.8		$	10.8		$	13.0
Provision for Discounts and Warranties
Balance at beginning of year	$	49.6		$	39.8		$	45.5		$	47.3
Additions charged to earnings		48.2			185.5			212.6			217.8
Deductions		(48.8	)		(175.7	)		(218.3	)		(219.6	)
Discontinued operations		—			—			—			—
Balance at end of year	$	49.0		$	49.6		$	39.8		$	45.5
Total Provision for Discounts, Warranties and Losses
Balance at beginning of year	$	60.4		$	50.6		$	58.5		$	66.2
Additions charged to earnings		49.6			190.7			215.0			220.7
Deductions		(50.4	)		(179.8	)		(222.0	)		(227.7	)
Discontinued operations		—			(1.1	)		(0.9	)		(0.7	)
Balance at end of year	$	59.6		$	60.4		$	50.6		$	58.5

Exhibit Index

Exhibit No.
No. 10.19	Schedule of Armstrong World Industries, Inc. Nonemployee Directors Compensation.
No. 10.33	Schedule of Participating Directors and Officers with indemnification agreements.
No. 10.35	Schedule of Participating Directors with director phantom stock unit agreements.
No. 10.36	Schedule of Participating Directors with director phantom stock unit agreements.
No. 10.38	Share Purchase Agreement dated March 27, 2007, between Armstrong World Industries, Inc. and NPM Capital N.V. and Flagstone Beheer B.V.
No. 11.1	Computation for basic earnings per share.
No. 11.2	Computation for diluted earnings per share.
No. 21	Armstrong World Industries, Inc.’s domestic and foreign subsidiaries.
No. 23.1	Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm.
No. 23.2	Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm.
No. 24	Power of Attorney and authorizing resolution.
No. 31.1	Certification of Principal Executive Officer required by Rule 13a-15(e) or 15d-15(e) of the Exchange Act.
No. 31.2	Certification of Principal Financial Officer required by Rule 13a-15(e) or 15d-15(e) of the Exchange Act.
No. 32.1	Certification of Chief Executive Officer required by Rule 13a and 18 U.S.C. Section 1350.
No. 32.2	Certification of Chief Financial Officer required by Rule 13a and 18 U.S.C. Section 1350.
No. 99.1	Worthington Armstrong Venture consolidated financial statements as of December 31, 2006 and 2005 and for the years ended December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004.

EX-10.19

Exhibit No. 10.19

ARMSTRONG NONEMPLOYEE DIRECTORS COMPENSATION

Annual Retainer Fees:¹

• Board retainer of $70,000 per year plus an annual award of restricted stock or stock units valued at $85,000.

• Special annual retainers as follows:

Ø $20,000 for the Audit Committee Chair

Ø $20,000 for the Lead Director

Ø $10,000 for the Management Development and Compensation Committee Chair

Ø $10,000 for the Nominating and Governance Committee Chair

• Cash is paid quarterly in arrears. The annual restricted stock/unit grant is made in one installment in October about the time of the regular October Board meeting to directors serving at the time of said meeting.

Daily Fees (paid in cash)

• Special assignment fee $2,500 per diem ($1,250 for less than 4 hours). (Applies to one-on-one meetings with CEO, plant visits, and other non-scheduled significant activities.)

Other Items:

• Annual Physical Exam up to $2,000 reimbursement

• Directors and Officers Liability Insurance

• Travel Accident Insurance

• Participation in Armstrong Foundation’s Higher Education Gift-Matching Program (Provided by the Foundation, a separate legal entity, subject to its discretion.)

• Participation in Armstrong’s Employee Purchase Programs

• Participation in “compassionate use” provision of the Company’s Aircraft Operation policy (B-200)

Stock Ownership Requirement:

Each director will acquire and hold until 6 months following the end of his/her service, such number or value of units or shares of common stock of the Company as is specified in the Company’s Corporate Governance Principles.

¹ Payment period runs from October 1 annually. Cash payments and restricted stock/unit grants for positions starting at other dates are pro-rated by the number of days remaining in the then-current payment period.

EX-10.33

Exhibit No. 10.33

SCHEDULE OF PARTICIPATING DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS

Armstrong World Industries, Inc. has entered into indemnification agreements with certain of its directors and officers, including Michael D. Lockhart, James J. Gaffney, Robert C. Garland, Judith R. Haberkorn, James J. O’Connor, Russell F. Peppet, Arthur J. Pergament, John J. Roberts, Alexander M. Sanders, Jr., F. Nicholas Grasberger, III, Stephen J. Senkowski, John N. Rigas, Frank J. Ready, Donald A. McCunniff and William C. Rodruan.

EX-10.35

Exhibit No. 10.35

SCHEDULE OF PARTICIPATING DIRECTORS

Armstrong World Industries, Inc. has entered into director phantom stock unit agreements with certain of its directors, including James J. Gaffney, Robert C. Garland, Judith R. Haberkorn, James J. O’Connor, Russell F. Peppet, Arthur J. Pergament, John J. Roberts and Alexander M. Sanders, Jr.

EX-10.36

Exhibit No. 10.36

SCHEDULE OF PARTICIPATING DIRECTORS

Armstrong World Industries, Inc. has entered into director phantom stock unit agreements with certain of its directors, including James J. Gaffney, Robert C. Garland, Judith R. Haberkorn, James J. O’Connor, Russell F. Peppet, Arthur J. Pergament, John J. Roberts and Alexander M. Sanders, Jr.

EX-10.38

Exhibit 10.38

27 March 2007

Flagstone Beheer B.V.

and

NPM Capital N.V.

and

Armstrong DLW AG

and

Armstrong World Industries, Inc.

Agreement for the acquisition of all issued and outstanding shares in the capital of

Tapijtfabriek H. Desseaux N.V.

CMS Derks Star Busmann N.V.

Mondriaan Tower

Amstelplein 8A

1096 BC Amsterdam

The Netherlands

www.cms-dsb.com

CONTENTS
1.	DEFINITIONS AND INTERPRETATION	4
2.	SALE AND PURCHASE OF THE SHARES	11
3.	CONSIDERATION AND PAYMENT	12
4.	CONDITIONS PRECEDENT	12
5.	ACTIONS PENDING COMPLETION	14
6.	COMPLETION	16
7.	POST COMPLETION ADJUSTMENTS	18
8.	POST COMPLETION COVENANTS	21
9.	VENDOR WARRANTIES	22
10.	BREACH OF VENDOR WARRANTIES	23
11.	LIMITATION OF LIABILITY	25
12.	SPECIFIC INDEMNITIES	27
13.	PURCHASER WARRANTIES	28
14.	PARENT GUARANTEES	28
15.	CONFIDENTIALITY	29
16.	RESTRICTIVE COVENANTS	29
17.	TRANSFER OF RIGHTS AND OBLIGATIONS	30
18.	COSTS	30
19.	ANNOUNCEMENTS	31
20.	NO VARIATION	31
21.	ENTIRE AGREEMENT	31
22.	NO IMPLIED WAIVER; NO FORFEIT OF RIGHTS	32
23.	NOTICES	32
24.	NO RESCISSION	34
25.	GOVERNING LAW AND JURISDICTION	34

- 1 -

SCHEDULES
Schedule A:	Group Companies
Schedule 1.1(a):	Base Working Capital
Schedule 1.1(b):	Deed of Transfer
Schedule 1.1(c):	Disclosure Letter
Schedule 1.1(d):	Due Diligence Information
Schedule 1.1(e):	Format Net Debt Statement
Schedule 1.1(f):	Purchaser Warranties
Schedule 1.1(g):	Vendor Warranties
Schedule 1.1(h)	Format Working Capital Statement
Schedule 9.7	Employees in connection with ‘best knowledge’ reference
Schedule 12.1	Bank guarantees
ANNEXES
Annex 1.4:	Articles of association
Annex 1.5:	Extracts
Annex 2.1:	Capital structure
Annex 8.1:	Insurance policies
Annex 9.1:	Intellectual Property Rights
Annex 11.1:	Owned Premises
Annex 11.2:	Leased Premises
Annex 12.1:	List of Employees
Annex 13.1:	Pension Arrangements
Annex 13.3:	VUT and disability pay out schedule

- 2 -

SHARE PURCHASE AGREEMENT

THE UNDERSIGNED:

1. Flagstone Beheer B.V., a private limited liability company under the laws of the Netherlands, having its registered office and principal place of business at Breitnerstraat 1, 1077 BL Amsterdam, the Netherlands (the “Purchaser”);

2. NPM Capital N.V., a limited liability company under the laws of the Netherlands, having its registered office and principal place of business at Breitnerstraat 1, 1077 BL Amsterdam, the Netherlands (“NPM”);

3. Armstrong DLW AG, a limited liability company under the laws of Germany, having its registered office and principal place of business at Stuttgarterstrasse 75, D-74321 Bietigheim-Bissingen, Germany (the “Vendor”);

4. Armstrong World Industries, Inc., a corporation under the laws of the State of Pennsylvania, having its registered office and principal place of business at 2500 Columbia Avenue, Lancaster, Pennsylvania 17604, United States of America (“AWI”),

WHEREAS:

(A) the Vendor holds all issued and outstanding shares (the “Shares”) in the capital of Tapijtfabriek H. Desseaux N.V., a limited liability company under the laws of the Netherlands, having its registered office and principal place of business at Taxandriaweg 15, 5142 PA Waalwijk, the Netherlands (the “Company”);

(B) the Desseaux group of companies, comprising the Company and the companies listed in Schedule A, is engaged in the development, production, marketing, sale, installation, inspection and maintenance of woven, non-woven (fibre bonded) and tufted textile floor coverings for residential and commercial use and for outdoor sport applications;

(C) NPM holds the majority of all issued and outstanding shares in the capital of the Purchaser while AWI indirectly holds all issued and outstanding shares in the capital of the Vendor;

(D) the Vendor wishes to sell and the Purchaser wishes to purchase the Shares under the terms and subject to the conditions set out herein;

(E) the Vendor and NPM entered into a letter of intent on 23 August 2006 setting out some terms and conditions of the contemplated transaction;

(F) the Vendor and the Purchaser have notified the proper authorities and the relevant works councils within the Group Companies as required under the Dutch Merger Code (SER-besluit Fusiegedragsregels 2000) and the Works Council Act (Wet op de ondernemingsraden) respectively in connection with the transactions set out herein;

(G) the transactions contemplated in this Agreement are subject to the fulfillment of certain conditions precedent,

- 3 -

HAVE AGREED AS FOLLOWS:

1. DEFINITIONS AND INTERPRETATION

1.1 In this agreement, unless the context otherwise requires or unless otherwise specified hereinafter, the following words shall have the following meaning:

Accounts:	the audited consolidated balance sheet and profit and loss account prepared in accordance with the Agreed Accounting Principles, consolidating the assets, liabilities and results of the Group Companies as of the Accounts Date and for the 12 (twelve) month period ended on the Accounts Date and including certain assets and liabilities which are not owned, directly or indirectly, by the Group Companies but over which the Group Companies exercise sufficient management control to warrant inclusion in the consolidated financial statements of the Group Companies as per the Accounts Date, together with the explanatory notes thereto and an unqualified audit certificate (goedkeurende accountantsverklaring);
Accounts Date:	31 December 2006;
Affiliate:	in relation to a company, a legal entity which is either direct or indirect subsidiary of the company. For the purpose of this definition an entity is deemed a subsidiary of a party if such party holds 50% (fifty per cent) or more of its issued share capital or in respect of which such party is otherwise able to exercise Control;
Agreed Accounting Principles:	in connection with the Group Companies incorporated in the Netherlands, the accounting practices and principles generally accepted in the Netherlands and in connection with the other Group Companies, the generally accepted accounting principles and practices under International Accounting Standards, applied on a basis consistent with that applied by the Group Companies over the last 3 (three) years;
Agreed Form:	in relation to any document, such document in the form agreed as being final or, prior to Completion, to be finalized between the Purchaser and the Vendor, initialed on behalf of the Purchaser and the Vendor for the purposes of identification only;
Agreement:	this agreement regarding the sale and purchase of the Shares, including all Schedules and Annexes thereto;

- 4 -

Approval Date:	the date on which the Working Capital Statement and Debt Statement are finally determined in accordance with Clauses 7.1 through 7.5;
AWI:	Armstrong World Industries, Inc.;
Base Working Capital:	in relation to the Group Companies, the consolidated amount specified Schedule 1.1(a);
Business Day:	a day other than a Saturday or Sunday, and on which banks are generally open for business in Amsterdam;
Cash:	cash in hand, in transit or deposited at a bank (either for guarantee purposes or otherwise) or cash equivalents held by any Group Company, including any accrued but unpaid interest in respect thereto, at the Completion Date but, for the avoidance of doubt, excluding any items which are to be treated as Intercompany Debt and Intercompany Receivables or are reflected in the Working Capital;
Collective Agreement:	any agreement or arrangement made by or on behalf of a Group Company and by or on behalf of any trade union, works council, staff association or other body representing employees and any agreement or arrangement made by or on behalf of any employers’ or trade association and one or more trade unions, works councils, staff associations, association of trade unions or other central body representing employees which applies to any Group Company or to which any Group Company is subject;
Company:	Tapijtfabriek H. Desseaux N.V.;
Completion:	the finalization of the sale, purchase and transfer of the Shares pursuant to Clause 6;
Completion Date:	2 April 2007 or such other date agreed in writing between the parties;
Computer Hardware:	any and all computer hardware, including peripherals, storage, media and communication links, owned and/or used by the Group Companies in relation to their respective businesses;
Computer Software:	any and all computer software and/or computer programs (including source code, object code and databases) owned and/or used by the Group Companies in relation to their respective businesses;
Consideration:	an amount of € 40,050,000 (forty million and fifty thousand euros), being the consideration payable by the Purchaser to the Vendor in cash for the Shares;

- 5 -

Control:	the ability, whether directly or indirectly whether through the exercise or non exercise of any voting power whether in general meeting or in any meeting of directors or supervisory directors (if any) or managers or whether by agreement or otherwise, to direct decisively the business affairs of a company;
Deed of Transfer:	the notarial deed of transfer of shares in connection with the transfer of the Shares by the Vendor to the Purchaser substantially in the form of Schedule 1.1(b);
Disclosure Letter :	the letter written by the Vendor to the Purchaser qualifying the Vendor Warranties, annexed to this Agreement as Schedule 1.1(c);
Due Diligence Information:	all information and documents that were made available to the Purchaser in a virtual data room furnished by the Vendor, a list of which is set out in Schedule 1.1(d);
Employees:	those persons who are immediately prior to Completion employed by any of the Group Companies;
Encumbrance:	any encumbrance or security interest whatsoever including (without limitation) any charge, mortgage, pledge, in security, lien, right of pre-emption, option, right to acquire, conversion right, third party right, interest and claim, right of set-off, right of counterclaim, title retention, conditional sale arrangement, and any other preferential right, agreement or arrangement having similar effect;
Environment:	(a) land, including surface land, sub-surface strata, sea bed and river bed under water (as defined in paragraph (b)) and natural and man-made structures; (b) water, including coastal and inland waters, surface waters, ground waters and water in drains and sewers; (c) air, including air inside buildings and in other natural and man-made structures above or below ground; and (d) any and all living organisms or systems supported by those media;
Estimated Intercompany Debt:	the amount of Intercompany Debt per the Completion Date as estimated by the Vendor and submitted in writing to the Purchaser, with reasonable evidence substantiating the amount, 5 (five) Business Days prior to Completion;
Estimated Intercompany Receivable:	the amount of Intercompany Receivable per the Completion Date as estimated by the Vendor, with reasonable evidence substantiating the amount, 5 (five)

- 6 -

	Business Days prior to Completion;
Group Companies:	the Company and the companies listed in Schedule A;
Hazardous Substance:	any natural or artificial substance, preparation or article which when generated, processed, transported, stored, treated, used or disposed of is harmful to the Environment or which is prohibited or restricted by law;
Intellectual Property Rights:	all industrial and intellectual property rights, including registered trade marks, service marks, patents, petty patents, utility models, registered designs, applications for, and the right to apply for, any such rights, inventions, unregistered trade marks, unregistered service marks, trade and business names (including rights in any get-up or trade dress), copyrights, unregistered design rights, databases and rights in databases and all other similar proprietary rights which may subsist in any part of the world together with all renewals, extensions and revivals thereof;
Intercompany Debt:	any and all amounts from any cause of action arising and whether due and payable or not, including accrued but unpaid interest, owing from any Group Company to any member of the Vendor’s Group, where such Group Company is primary debtor (rather than a guarantor or a surety) as at the Completion Date, including any amounts owed from trade with members of the Vendor’s Group in the ordinary course of business;
Intercompany Receivable:	any and all amounts from any cause of action arising and whether due and payable or not, including accrued but unpaid interest, owing from any member of the Vendor’s Group to any of the Group Companies, where such member of the Vendor’s Group is primary debtor (rather than a guarantor or a surety) as at the Completion Date, including any amounts owing from the Vendor’s Group from trade with members of the Vendor’s Group in the ordinary course of business;
IT Systems:	the Computer Hardware and the Computer Software;
Know-how:	technical information, including specifications, designs, drawings, manuals, prototypes, models, discoveries, improvements, processes, formulae, manufacturing technology, engineering and development data used or developed by any of the Group Companies necessary for the effective operation of their businesses;
Leased Premises:	all Premises that are the object of a valid, binding and

- 7 -

	enforceable lease agreement;
Losses:	all losses, liabilities, costs (including reasonable attorney and expert fees), charges, expenses, actions, claims and demands;
Net Debt:	(a) any and all interest bearing debt to any third party, excluding all trading creditors but including any and all financial lease obligations, financial guarantees (but excluding the amounts due or tied up under or pursuant to the bank guarantees issued for the benefit of the Group Companies as set out in Schedule 12.1), bills of exchange, discounted drafts and factored receivables, accrued but unpaid or due and payable by any one or more Group Companies as the Completion Date; plus (b) the Intercompany Debt; plus (c) any dividends declared by the Group Companies to the Vendor in connection with their fiscal years 2006 and 2007 and outstanding at the Completion Date; less (d) Cash; less (e) the Intercompany Receivable;
Net Debt Statement:	the statement to be prepared in accordance with Clause 7.1 and in the form of Schedule 1.1(e);
NPM:	NPM Capital N.V.;
Notary:	Mr. R.D. Bos, civil law notary with CMS Derks Star Busmann N.V. or his/her substitute or successor in office;
Owned Premises:	all Premises legally and beneficially owned by the Group Companies;
Permits :	all permits, licences, consents, approvals, certificates, registrations and other authorizations required under any law or any agreement for the operation of the business of any Group Company, the ownership possession, occupation or use of any asset of any Group Company or required for the occupation and use of the Premises;
Premises:	the Leased Premises and the Owned Premises;
Purchaser:	Flagstone Beheer B.V.;
Purchaser’s Group:	NPM Capital N.V. and all its Affiliates (but excluding the Group Companies);
Purchaser Warranties:	the representations and warranties by the Purchaser referred to in Clause 13 and set out in Schedule 1.1(f);
Related Agreements:	in the Agreed Form: (a) the transitional services agreement between the Vendor, the Purchaser and the

- 8 -

	relevant Group Companies in connection with the provision of IT services (including arrangements for assistance in obtaining or maintaining a SAP license and the right to use the business warehouse); (b) the transitional services agreement between the Vendor, the Purchaser and the relevant Group Companies in connection with customer order services to be performed by certain employees of the Vendor for the benefit of the Group Companies and certain employees of the Group Companies for the benefit of the Vendor’s Group (including the right to manage textile samples through the CES-system); (c) transitional agreements between members of the Vendor’s Group and certain Group Companies relating to the sharing of office space used by certain representative and branch offices of members of the Vendor’s Group and certain Group Companies; (d) the transitional services agreement between the Vendor and the relevant Group Companies in connection with printing services onto yarn and broadloom to be provided by the relevant member of the Vendor’s Group and the sale of the asset (Variotronic) used for those services to the relevant Group Company; (e) an agreement between the relevant members of the Vendor’s Group and certain Group Companies concerning the sale and delivery by the relevant Group Companies to the relevant members of the Vendor’s Group of fibre bonded tiles; (f) the transitional services agreement between the relevant members of the Vendor’s Group and the relevant Group Companies maintaining the current integrated structure of the Armstrong and Desseaux sales teams from the Completion Date, varying from specific sales teams as to be agreed between the parties, but ultimately until 30 June 2007 and providing arrangements for the payment of bonuses to those sales people who will sell textile and resilient products during said period; and (g) any such other agreements that all parties may deem necessary or desirable;
Shares:	5,318,140 ordinary shares in the capital of the Company, each having a nominal value of € 1.17, numbered 1 through 5,318,140, together comprising the entire issued share capital of the Company;
Social Security Contributions:	any and all contributions or premiums which are payable by the Group Companies pursuant to industry or governmental social security regulations, including but not limited to penalties, interest and any other costs or expenses relating to or associated with any social security matter regarding the Group Companies;
Supplementary Disclosure Letter:	the letter written by the Vendor to the Purchaser prior

- 9 -

	to the Completion Date qualifying the Vendor Warranties but covering only the period from the date of this Agreement to the date of the letter;
Tax:	any and all forms of taxation by any tax authority, whether international, national or local, including without limitation to the generality of the foregoing, corporate income tax, capital tax, wage tax, real property tax, transfer taxes, registration tax, VAT, dividend withholding tax, environmental tax, disinvestment payments, custom duties, stock exchange tax, exercise tax or gift tax, including but not limited to penalties, interest and any other costs or expenses related to or associated with any tax matter regarding the Company;
Taxation:	Tax and Social Security Contributions;
VAT:	Value Added Tax;
Vendor:	Armstrong DLW AG;
Vendor’s Group:	Armstrong World Industries Inc. and all its Affiliates (but excluding the Group Companies);
Vendor Warranties:	the representations and warranties by the Vendor referred to in Clause 9 and set out in Schedule 1.1(g);
Working Capital:	In respect of the Group Companies jointly (i) the aggregate of Working Capital Inventory; plus (ii) Working Capital Receivables; less Working Capital Payables, but excluding, for the avoidance of doubt, all Cash and Net Debt;
Working Capital Inventory:	in relation to each Group Company, all raw materials, consumables, work in progress, part-processed stocks, finished goods, goods for resale and stock in transit, net of adequate provisions, of the Group Company as at the Completion Date;
Working Capital Payables:	in relation to each Group Company, the aggregate of all amounts owing, accrued or deferred by, as the case may be, the Group Company in respect of trading creditors (excluding trade with members of the Vendor’s Group in the ordinary course of business) as at the Completion Date;
Working Capital Receivables:	in relation to each Group Company, the aggregate of all amounts receivable, accrued or prepaid by or owed to the Group Company in respect of trading debtors (excluding trade with members of the Vendor’s Group in the ordinary course of business), net of adequate

- 10 -

	provisions, as at the close of business at the Completion Date, excluding any item to be treated as part of the Cash of that Group Company and debts owed to that Group Company which are not included in any Working Capital Statement;
Working Capital Statement:	the statement to be prepared in accordance with Clause 7.1 and in the form of Schedule 1.1(h);

1.2 In this Agreement, unless otherwise specified hereinafter:

(a) a reference to any statute or statutory provision shall be construed as a reference to the same as it may have been, or may from time to time be, amended, modified or re-enacted;

(b) references to a person shall be construed so as to include any individual, firm, company, government, state or agency of a state or any joint venture, association or partnership (whether or not being a separate legal entity);

(c) references to times of the day are to Amsterdam time;

(d) the singular includes the plural and vice versa;

(e) headings to Clauses and Schedules are for convenience only and do not affect in any way the interpretation thereof;

(f) the Schedules, Annexes to Schedules and any other attachments to this Agreement form an integral part of this Agreement and shall have the same force and effect as if expressly set out in the body of this Agreement and any reference to this Agreement shall include the Schedules, Annexes to Schedules and any other attachments to this agreement;

(g) a reference to “includes” or “including” means “including but without limitation to the foregoing”; and

(h) English language words used in this Agreement intend to describe Dutch legal concepts only so that the consequences attaching to the use of such words under any other set of rules than Dutch law will be disregarded.

2. SALE AND PURCHASE OF THE SHARES

2.1 The Vendor hereby sells the Shares to the Purchaser and the Purchaser hereby purchases the Shares from the Vendor together with all rights attaching or accruing to them as per the date hereof, free from any and all Encumbrances. The transactions contemplated by this Agreement are subject to the fulfilment or waiver of the conditions set out in Clause 4.

2.2 The Vendor hereby irrevocably waives, and undertakes to procure the waiver of, all rights of pre-emption and all other restrictions whatsoever on transfer over or in respect of the Shares.

- 11 -

2.3 The Vendor hereby undertakes to transfer at Completion to the Purchaser the Shares, and the Purchaser undertakes to accept the Shares from the Vendor at Completion free from any and all Encumbrances together with all rights attaching or accruing to them as per the Completion Date.

3. CONSIDERATION AND PAYMENT

3.1 The Consideration shall equal an amount of € 40,050,000 (forty million and fifty thousand euros) in cash (subject to any adjustments pursuant to Clause 7). On or prior to the Completion Date, but in any event prior to Completion, the Purchaser shall cause the receipt by the Notary of the Consideration, free of any deductions, set-off or bank charges (to be transferred by the Notary to the Vendor at the Completion Date in accordance with Clause 6.2).

3.2 Parties acknowledge and confirm that the agreed consideration for the Shares has been mutually determined at an amount of € 40,250,000 (forty million two hundred and fifty thousand euros) but that it has been reduced by an amount of € 200,000 (two hundred thousand euros) for all matters resulting from or relating to the pension scheme of Desso Dendermonde N.V. of Belgium, thus resulting in the Consideration.

4. CONDITIONS PRECEDENT

4.1 Completion shall be subject to each of the following conditions precedent (opschortende voorwaarden) being fulfilled or waived in accordance with the provisions of Clause 4.4, on or prior to the Completion Date (or such earlier date as may be stipulated below):

(a) any notifications and applications required under any statutory provision relating to merger control in connection with the conclusion or performance of this Agreement have been made to the competent authorities and in respect of each such notification or application, the relevant government authority has stated in writing that the transactions contemplated in this Agreement are permitted (to the extent the permission is given subject to conditions or obligations, such conditions or obligations being reasonably satisfactory to the Purchaser and the Vendor), or that there are no objections to them or that they will not be subject to any further investigations, or, where applicable, the period during which the relevant government authority may refuse permission for, object to or start an investigation into the transactions contemplated in this Agreement has expired without any such action having taken place;

(b) the resolution of any and all outstanding issues in connection with the notification and consultations with any and all trade unions and the works councils of the relevant Group Companies including the rendering of advice that may be necessary by law, all in a manner satisfactory to the Vendor and the Purchaser, with respect to the transactions contemplated in this Agreement and the composition of the supervisory board of directors of the Company;

(c) the board of supervisory directors of the Vendor approving all the transactions contemplated by this Agreement in writing;

- 12 -

(d) the Investment Committee of NPM approving in writing all the transactions contemplated by this Agreement;

(e) the Vendor Warranties being true and accurate in all material respects and not misleading in any material respect as at the Completion Date or, if a Supplementary Disclosure Letter is submitted, the contents thereof being reasonably satisfactory to the Purchaser;

(f) the Purchaser Warranties being true and accurate in all material respects and not misleading in any material respect as at the Completion Date;

(g) the Vendor and the Purchaser having complied in all material respects with their respective obligations under this Agreement;

(h) the board of directors of AWI approving all the transactions contemplated in this Agreement;

(i) the Related Agreements being signed and becoming unconditional;

(j) no material change or effect having occurred, adversely affecting the Group Companies’ business, operations, assets or prospects taken as a whole.

4.2 The parties shall use their best endeavours to achieve the satisfaction of the conditions set out in Clause 4.1 as soon as possible but in any event on or prior to the Completion Date (save where an earlier date is specifically stipulated). Without prejudice to the foregoing, the parties agree that all requests and enquiries from any government, governmental, supranational or trade agency, court or other regulatory body shall be dealt with by the Vendor and the Purchaser in consultation with each other and the Vendor and the Purchaser shall promptly co-operate with and provide all necessary information and assistance reasonably required by such government, agency, court or body upon being requested to do so by the other.

4.3 If at any time the Vendor or the Purchaser becomes aware of a fact or circumstance that might prevent a condition set out in Clause 4.1 being satisfied, it shall immediately inform the other parties.

4.4 At any time prior to the date of fulfillment thereof:

(a) the Purchaser may waive, in whole or in part and on any terms it decides, a condition set out in Clauses 4.1 (d), (e) and (j) (same having been inserted for the Purchaser’s sole benefit);

(b) the Vendor may waive, in whole or in part and on any terms it decides, a condition set out in Clauses 4.1 (c), (f) and (h) (same having been inserted for the Vendor’s sole benefit);

(c) the Purchaser and the Vendor may waive, in whole or in part and on any terms the decide, a condition set out in Clauses 4.1 (a), (b), (g) and (i) to the extent of the other parties’ obligations only,

in all cases by written notice to the Vendor or the Purchaser, as the case may be. Any such waiver notice shall be narrowly construed as relating only to the matters expressly mentioned therein.

- 13 -

4.5 If a condition set out in Clause 4.1 has not been waived by the Purchaser and/or the Vendor, as the case may be, or has not been satisfied by noon on the Completion Date, the Purchaser or the Vendor may on the Completion Date, by written notice to the Vendor or the Purchaser, as the case may be:

(a) waive the condition;

(b) request the other party to consent to the postponement of Completion to a date not later than 30 April 2007,

it being understood that, without prejudice to the parties’ accrued rights and obligations at such time, the Purchaser and the Vendor shall not unreasonably withhold their consent to a request in terms of Clause 4.5(b) unless the respective conditions are not reasonably capable of being satisfied within the extended time period.

4.6 If any of the conditions set out in Clause 4.1 has not been timeously fulfilled or waived, as the case may be, this Agreement shall lapse and be of no further force or effect, without prejudice to the parties’ accrued rights and obligations at such time.

4.7 If the Purchaser or the Vendor postpone Completion to another date in accordance with Clause 4.5(b), the provisions of this Agreement shall apply as if that other date is the date set for Completion, provided that such later date shall in no event be later than 30 April 2007.

5. ACTIONS PENDING COMPLETION

5.1 To the extent not completed prior to the date of this Agreement, the Vendor and the Purchaser shall jointly continue all requisite notifications and all consultations with trade unions, works councils and any and all similar bodies in each relevant jurisdiction, including those required under the Dutch Merger Code (SER-besluit Fusiegedragsregels 2000) and the Works Council Act (Wet op de ondernemingsraden).

5.2 The Vendor shall procure that between the date of this Agreement and the Completion Date:

(a) the Purchaser is given such information regarding the business, assets, liabilities and affairs of the Group Companies as the Purchaser may reasonably require;

(b) the Purchaser and any person so authorized by the Purchaser is given access, during regular business hours and upon reasonable advance notice, to all Premises, books and records of each Group Company so notified to the Vendor by the Purchaser in the notice referred to herein.

5.3 The Vendor shall procure that pending Completion, no Group Company shall without the Purchaser’s prior written consent (such consent not being unreasonably withheld):

(a) create, extend, grant, issue or permit to subsist any Encumbrance over any of its assets, undertakings or revenues, except in the ordinary course of business;

(b) acquire or dispose of any asset with a value of more than € 100,000;

- 14 -

(c) assume or guarantee the obligations of, or make any loans or advances to, any third party;

(d) create, issue or increase any shares or loans, give any option in respect of any shares or loans, or materially change the principal amount or amend the terms of any debt to any third party, including the Vendor;

(e) enter into any capital commitment (i.e. investment in fixed assets) which individually exceeds the sum of € 100,000 (one hundred thousand euros);

(f) make any material increase in the remuneration of any of the its directors, officers or employees or make any material change in the terms and conditions of employment of any of its directors, officers or employees , except as required by applicable law or regulation;

(g) enter into or terminate any material agreement or arrangement, except in the ordinary course of business;

(h) renew any guarantee or security for the obligations of any third party;

(i) enter into any material agreement or arrangement with a member of the Vendor’s Group, except in the ordinary course of business;

(j) declare or pay any dividend or other distribution in kind, whether from capital or reserves;

(k) make any alteration in the manner of keeping its books, accounts or records except to the extent required by the Agreed Accounting Principles;

(l) amend its articles of association;

(m) enter into any obligation to issue any shares to any of its directors or Employees; or

(n) agree to take any of the foregoing actions.

5.4 Without prejudice to the provisions of Clause 5.3, the Vendor shall take all reasonable measures to ensure that pending Completion, the Group Companies shall continue to operate their businesses in a normal and prudent manner consistent with past practice and preserve good customer and supplier relationships and furthermore continue to maintain the Premises in good working order and state of maintenance and repair.

5.5 The Vendor and the Purchaser shall use their best endeavours to ensure that prior to Completion, all employees, to be identified jointly by the Vendor and the Purchaser:

(a) employed by the Vendor or members of the Vendor’s Group in the sale of woven, non-woven (fibre bonded) and tufted textile floor coverings for residential and commercial use for the benefit of the Group Companies are offered employment at the Group Companies against identical terms and conditions;

(b) employed by the Group Companies in the sale of resilient floor coverings for residential and commercial use for the benefit of the Vendor or members of the

- 15 -

Vendor’s Group are offered employment at the Vendor or members of the Vendor’s Group against identical terms and conditions.

Parties shall provide to each other all reasonable co-operation to achieve the above objective as soon as possible following the date hereof.

5.6 Parties acknowledge that ABN Amro Bank N.V. has confirmed in writing to Euler Hermes Kredietverzekeringen N.V., with a copy to the Vendor, that it shall revoke a guarantee for the total amount of € 3,000,000 (three million euros) issued on behalf of the Company for the benefit of Euler Hermes Kredietverzekeringen N.V. (guarantee number GAR/112.78.77.640) on or prior to 30 March 2007. Euler Hermes Kredietverzekeringen N.V. has acknowledged said revocation. Parties agree and confirm that the amount to be released by ABN Amro Bank N.V. to the Company, including interest accrued thereon, pursuant to the revocation, shall be considered as Cash for the purposes of this Agreement. To the extent such amount has not been disposed of by the Company upon its release, it shall form part of the Net Debt.

6. COMPLETION

6.1 Unless otherwise agreed by the Purchaser and the Vendor, Completion shall take place at the Completion Date at the offices of CMS Derks Star Busmann N.V., Mondriaantoren, Amstelplein 8A, 1096 BC Amsterdam, the Netherlands in the presence of the Notary.

6.2 At Completion, the Vendor and the Purchaser shall, and shall cause the relevant Group Companies to, do all such acts and execute all such documents as shall in the reasonable opinion of the Vendor or the Purchaser be necessary to fully effect the transactions contemplated in this Agreement, including (in the following order):

(a) the Notary shall confirm to the parties that he has received the Consideration and that it is available to him;

(b) the Vendor and the Purchaser shall confirm that the conditions precedent set out in Clause 4.1 have been either fulfilled or waived in accordance with the provisions of Clause 4.4 and parties will deliver to each other copies of all such documents executed pursuant to Clause 4 in fulfillment of those conditions precedent that have not been waived;

(c) the Vendor shall deliver to the Purchaser:

(i) the shareholders’ register of the Company in which the transfer of the Shares is to be recorded;

(ii) a certificate in the Agreed Form to the effect that the Vendor Warranties continue to be true and accurate in all material respects and not misleading in any material respect as per Completion except to the extent of those matters that are disclosed in the Disclosure Letter or any additional disclosures made in the Supplementary Disclosure Letter and that the Vendor has complied with its respective obligations under this Agreement;

(iii) the Supplementary Disclosure Letter, if any;

- 16 -

(iv) the written resignation of Messrs. D.M. Randich and A.S. Raaphorst, as per Completion, as managing director and employee from all Group Companies and their written confirmation that they have no claims from any cause of action against any of the Group Companies for the period up to an including the date of their resignation;

(v) the written resolutions of the general meeting of shareholders of the respective Group Companies in the Agreed Form in which it is resolved to accept the resignations of Messrs. D.M. Randich and A.S. Raaphorst and to discharge them in respect of their management of the respective Group Companies as of the Accounts Date through the Completion Date;

(d) the Purchaser shall deliver to the Vendor a certificate in the Agreed Form to the effect that the Purchaser Warranties continue to be true and accurate in all material respects and not misleading in any material respect as per Completion and that the Purchaser has complied with its respective obligations under this Agreement;

(e) to the extent the Estimated Intercompany Debt exceeds the Estimated Intercompany Receivable, the Vendor shall procure that the Company pay the difference to the Vendor by way of electronic transfer and free of deduction, set-off or bank charges, to an account designated by the Vendor and to the extent Estimated Intercompany Debt is less than the Estimated Intercompany Receivable, the Vendor shall pay the difference to the Company by way of electronic transfer and free of deduction, set-off or bank charges, to an account designated by the Company

(f) the Vendor and the Purchaser shall execute the Deed of Transfer pursuant to which the Vendor shall transfer the Shares to the Purchaser;

(g) the Purchaser shall cause the Notary to transfer the Consideration by way of electronic transfer and free of deduction, set-off or bank charges to an account designated by the Vendor;

(h) the Vendor and the Purchaser shall execute and, where appropriate, procure that the relevant Group Companies shall execute, the Related Agreements and take all actions or execute all agreements and documents to be taken or executed pursuant thereto.

6.3 If any of the parties fails to comply with any of its obligations under Clause 6.2 on or prior to the Completion Date, the Purchaser or the Vendor, as the case may be, may after consulting the other party and without prejudice to any other right or remedy available to them:

(a) proceed to Completion so far as practicable;

(b) request the other parties to consent to postponement of Completion to a date not later than 30 April 2007, it being understood that such other parties shall not unreasonably withhold their consent to a request in terms of this Clause 6.3(b) unless such non complying party is reasonably incapable of complying with the respective obligations; or

(c) terminate this Agreement by way of written notice to the other parties.

- 17 -

6.4 If the Agreement is terminated in accordance with Clause 6.3(c) or if Completion does not occur ultimately on 30 April 2007, then the party failing to comply with its obligations under Clause 6.2 shall indemnify and hold the other parties harmless from and against any and all costs, expenses, damages, liabilities, actions and legal proceedings (including reasonable legal fees and expenses) incurred by the other parties resulting from such failure to comply with its obligations. In case of termination pursuant to this Clause, all actions already taken shall be deemed not to have been taken and shall remain without effect or, as may be appropriate, shall be reversed, unless the parties agree otherwise. The parties shall provide their full co-operation to the reversal of any actions hereunder should such reversal be required.

6.5 To the extent that any of the documents or actions listed in Clause 6.2 shall have been executed before Completion, they shall be deemed to have taken place at Completion.

6.6 If the Purchaser or the Vendor postpones Completion to another date in accordance with Clause 6.3(b), the provisions of this Agreement shall apply as if that other date is the date set for Completion, provided that such later date shall in no event be later than 30 April 2007.

6.7 Parties acknowledge and confirm that all agreements and arrangements between the Vendor’s Group on the one hand and the Group Companies on the other shall terminate or be deemed terminated, as the case may be, as a result of or following Completion, with some of these agreements or arrangements being replaced by the Related Agreements in accordance with the terms and subject the conditions of the relevant Related Agreement.

7. POST COMPLETION ADJUSTMENTS

7.1 The Purchaser shall procure that as soon as practicable but in any event within 3 (three) months following the Completion Date:

(a) a draft consolidated Working Capital Statement setting out the Working Capital; and

(b) a draft consolidated Net Debt Statement setting out the Cash and the Net Debt,

will be prepared and submitted to the Vendor.

7.2 The draft Working Capital Statements and the draft Net Debt Statements shall:

(a) be prepared in accordance with the Agreed Accounting Principles; and

(b) be expressed in euros, translating amounts in other currencies into euros at the spot rate of exchange on the Business Day immediately prior to the Completion Date as published in the European edition of the Financial Times first published thereafter, it being understood that the draft Working Capital Statement shall not take into account:

(i) any fixed assets, goodwill or any other intangible asset (excluding debtors and creditors relating to any such items);

- 18 -

(ii) pension assets or liabilities, unfunded retirement benefits, post retirement benefits (other than pension contributions payable to state pension schemes or under the agreed funding policy of a funded group scheme or a funded stand-alone scheme, and except for liabilities in respect of which an invoice has been received);

(iii) environmental matters, except for liabilities in respect of which an invoice has been received;

(iv) provisions in respect of redundancy costs;

(v) any employee bonuses related to the transaction contemplated in this Agreement;

(vi) any contingent liabilities; and

(vii) any Taxation items in respect of income, gains or profits.

7.3 The Vendor shall submit its objections to the draft Working Capital Statement and the draft Net Debt Statement, if any, to the Purchaser in writing, setting forth a reasonable level of detail, within 30 (thirty) Business Days of receipt of same pursuant to Clause 7.1, failing which the draft Working Capital Statement and the draft Net Debt Statement shall be deemed to be final and agreed by all parties to this Agreement.

7.4 In the event that the Vendor submits written objections in accordance with Clause 7.3, the Vendor and the Purchaser shall endeavour to approve in writing the Working Capital Statement and the Net Debt Statement and any such approval shall constitute an agreement between all the parties’ to this Agreement on the Working Capital Statement and the Net Debt Statement and the elements thereof.

7.5 If within 30 (thirty) Business Days of the submission to the Vendor of the Working Capital Statement and the Net Debt Statement in accordance with Clause 7.1, the same shall not have been approved, the matter shall be referred to such firm of registered accountants as the Vendor and the Purchaser may agree in writing, or failing such agreement within 10 (ten) Business Days following the expiry of the 30 (thirty) Business Days period mentioned in the first line of this Clause 7.5, appointed upon the Purchaser’s or the Vendor’s request, on that basis by the chairperson for the time being of the Nederlands Instituut voor Register Accountants (NIVRA) for final determination. The independent accountant shall act on the following basis:

(a) the independent accountant shall determine the dispute by means of final determination (bindend advies) and both the Vendor and the Purchaser shall adhere to that determination;

(b) the item or items in dispute shall be notified to the independent accountant in writing by the Vendor and/or the Purchaser within 10 (ten) Business Days of the independent accountant’s appointment;

(c) the independent accountant’s term of reference shall be to determine the item or items in dispute and therefore the determination of the Working Capital Statement and the Net Debt Statement and the elements thereof;

- 19 -

(d) the independent accountant shall decide the procedure to be followed in the determination, but shall allow the parties to make written representations;

(e) the Vendor and the Purchaser shall each provide (and shall procure that their respective accountants and the Purchaser shall procure that the Group Companies provide) the independent accountant promptly with all information which the independent accountant reasonably requires and the independent accountant shall be entitled (to the extent he considers it appropriate) to base his opinion on such information and on the accounting and other records of the Company; and

(f) the costs of the determination, including fees and expenses of the independent accountant shall be borne as determined by the independent accountant.

7.6 In order to enable the review and determination of the draft Working Capital Statement and draft Net Debt Statement, the Purchaser shall procure the keeping up-to-date and, subject to reasonable notice, making available and allowing access to the Vendor’s representatives and advisors to all premises, papers, books, accounts, records and returns relating to the Purchaser and the Group Companies during normal office hours and co-operate with them with regard to the preparation and agreement of the draft Working Capital Statement and draft Net Debt Statement. The Purchaser agrees, in so far as it is reasonable to do so, to make available the services of the employees of the Group Companies, including in particular Messrs. Jan Blokzijl, Piet den Ouden and Wil Rovers, to assist the Vendor in the performance of the Vendor’s duties under this Agreement.

7.7 In respect of the Group Companies:

(a) if their Working Capital is less than the Base Working Capital, the Vendor shall, within 5 (five) Business Days of the Approval Date by way of post closing adjustment of the Consideration, repay to the Purchaser an amount equal to the deficit of Working Capital below the Base Working Capital; or

(b) if their Working Capital exceeds its Base Working Capital, the Purchaser shall, within 5 (five) Business Days of the Approval Date by way of post closing adjustment of the Consideration, pay to the Vendor an additional amount equal to the excess of Working Capital over the Base Working Capital.

7.8 In respect of the Group Companies:

(a) if the amount of the Net Debt shown in the Net Debt Statement exceeds the amount of € 0 (zero euros), the Purchaser shall, within 5 (five) Business Days of the Approval Date by way post closing adjustment of the Consideration, pay to the Vendor an additional amount equal to the Net Debt amount; or

(b) if the amount of the Net Debt shown in the Net Debt Statement is less than the amount of € 0 (zero euros), the Vendor shall, within 5 (five) Business Days of the Approval Date by way post closing adjustment of the Consideration, pay to the Purchaser an amount equal to the Net Debt amount.

7.9 Any payment obligation under this Clause 7 shall, to the extent possible, be discharged by way of set-off (verrekening) against other payment obligations referred to in this Clause. Payments due under this Clause 7 shall be made by way of electronic transfer and free of deduction or bank charges to an account designated by the Vendor or the Purchaser, as the case may be.

- 20 -

7.10 Any payment to be made in accordance with this Clause 7 shall include interest thereof calculated from the Completion Date to the actual date of payment at a rate per annum equal to one month EURIBOR, plus 25 basis points. Such interest shall accrue from day to day and shall be compounded monthly.

8. POST COMPLETION COVENANTS

8.1 As and when requested by the Purchaser or the Vendor following Completion, the Vendor or the Purchaser, as the case may be, shall take all actions (or refrain from taking any action) and execute or procure to be executed all such further documents, forms, assignments, transfers, assurances and other things as the Purchaser or the Vendor, as the case may be, may reasonably consider necessary or appropriate to give full effect to the transactions contemplated in this Agreement. For this purpose, the Purchaser shall retain for a period of 5 (five) years from the Completion Date, or such longer period as may be prescribed by applicable law, all books, records and other information (whether stored electronically or otherwise) relating to the Group Companies existing on the Completion Date.

8.2 Subject to any confidentiality undertakings and in that event subject to similar confidentiality undertakings being given by the receiving party, the Vendor and the Purchaser shall provide or procure to be provided to the other party and their advisers all information in their possession or under their control that they shall from time to time reasonably require (both before and after Completion) in connection with the business and affairs of the Group Companies and will give or procure to be given to the other party and its advisers such reasonable access (including the right to make copies) to all documents that contain or relate to such information.

8.3 The Vendor shall:

(a) assume as of the Completion Date any and all guarantees and other securities of any kind (including guarantees given to financial institutions, suppliers or other third parties) that any Group Company has executed and/or assumed on behalf or for the benefit of any member of the Vendor’s Group;

(b) procure that the Group Companies be released from such guarantee or security no later than the Completion Date; and

(c) provide to the Purchaser on the Completion Date written evidence (satisfactory to the Purchaser) that the obligations set out sub (a) and (b) above have been fulfilled.

8.4 The Purchaser undertakes to lend all reasonable assistance to the Vendor in connection with the performance of the obligations referred to in Clause 8.3.

8.5 The Purchaser shall:

(a) assume as of the Completion Date any and all guarantees and other securities of any kind (including guarantees given to financial institutions, suppliers or other third parties) that the Vendor or any member of the Vendor’s Group has executed and/or assumed on behalf or for the benefit of the Group Companies;

- 21 -

(b) procure that the Vendor or any member of the Vendor’s Group be released from any and all such guarantee or security no later than the Completion Date; and

(c) provide to the Vendor on the Completion Date written evidence (satisfactory to the Vendor) that the obligations set out sub (a) and (b) above have been fulfilled.

8.6 The Vendor undertakes to lend all reasonable assistance to the Purchaser in connection with the performance of the obligations referred to in Clause 8.5.

8.7 The Purchaser acknowledges that all insurance policies currently maintained by the Group Companies and listed in Annex 8.1 of the Vendor Warranties shall be terminated and cease to provide cover with effect on Completion. The Purchaser shall be fully responsible for maintaining insurance coverage in respect of the Group Companies as it deems appropriate following Completion.

8.8 The Vendor undertakes to lend all reasonable assistance to the Purchaser and the Group Companies in connection with Tax matters relating to the Group Companies for the period preceding Completion. For this purpose, the Vendor shall retain for a period of 5 (five) years from the Completion Date all books, records and other information (whether stored electronically or otherwise) relating to Tax matters relating to the Group Companies in the period preceding Completion to the extent such books, records and information remain with the Vendor following Completion.

8.9 The Vendor and the Purchaser shall lend to each other all reasonable assistance as may be requested by the Purchaser or the Vendor, as the case may be, for the purpose of ensuring that the requesting party can promptly comply with its financial reporting and tax compliance obligations following Completion.

9. VENDOR WARRANTIES

9.1 The Vendor represents and warrants (garandeert en staat er voor in) to the Purchaser that each of the Vendor Warranties is true and accurate and not misleading, as at the date of this Agreement and will be true and accurate and not misleading at the Completion Date. For the purpose of the automatic repetition of the Vendor Warranties as of the Completion Date, each reference in the Vendor Warranties to the “date hereof” or “the date of this Agreement” is to be construed to include a reference to the Completion Date.

9.2 The Purchaser’s ability to rely on the Vendor Warranties shall be limited by:

(a) matters explicitly and specifically disclosed in the Vendor Warranties, the Disclosure Letter or the Supplementary Disclosure Letter (if any);

(b) all information and matters disclosed in the Due Diligence Information and in the written answers given to questions raised by the Purchaser during its due diligence review, to the extent such information and matters are of a nature that it can reasonably be expected that they are discovered or assessed in a review of the type and scope carried out by the Purchaser and its advisers;

- 22 -

(c) all information provided during the management interviews with senior managers of the various Group Companies, as explicitly laid down in reports made of these interviews and site visits, as set out in the Due Diligence Information; and

(d) all matters which could have been reasonably discovered prior to the date of this Agreement from records which are available at the Trade Register of the Chamber of Commerce (Handelsregister van de Kamer van Koophandel en Fabrieken), the land registry (Kadaster), Benelux Trademark Register (Benelux Merkenbureau) or any equivalent registers in the countries where the Group Companies are active as at the date of this Agreement.

9.3 The Purchaser acknowledges and confirms that it has carefully reviewed the Due Diligence Information and has duly inquired to the extent it had questions or comments in regard thereto. As per the date hereof, the Purchaser is not aware of any Vendor Warranty being untrue, inaccurate or misleading. If at Completion the Purchaser has such knowledge it shall inform the Vendor at Completion.

9.4 The representations and warranties set out in the Vendor Warranties are the only and exclusive representations and warranties given by the Vendor to the Purchaser in connection with the Group Companies, their business and affairs and they are in lieu of and supersede any other representations or warranties given, whether in writing or verbally, express or implied, if any.

9.5 The parties agree that the Vendor’s duty to disclose to the Purchaser all facts, circumstances or developments that are or may be material to the Purchaser will be limited to the disclosures that are made under the Vendor Warranties.

9.6 Each of the Vendor Warranties shall be construed as a separate representation and/or warranty and shall not be limited by the terms of any of the other Vendor Warranties, either expressly or by means of reference.

9.7 Where any Vendor Warranty refers to the Vendor’s best knowledge, such reference shall be deemed to include the knowledge of, and information available to the Vendor after having made reasonable enquiries with the employees of the Group Companies whose names are set out in Schedule 9.7 relating to the relevant matters but only to the extent such matters fall within their job description and expertise.

10. BREACH OF VENDOR WARRANTIES

10.1 If there is a breach of a Vendor Warranty, the Vendor shall:

(a) indemnify and hold harmless the Purchaser (or at the Purchaser’s option the relevant Group Company) from and against any and all Losses, suffered by the Purchaser, directly resulting from such breach of the Vendor Warranty; and

(b) at the request of the Purchaser, shall take such steps that are required for the Purchaser to be brought in the position (financial or otherwise) it would have been in if such breach of the Vendor Warranty would not have occurred, it being understood that where such steps require acts or omissions that are not under the Vendor’s control, its obligations to remedy the matter will be limited to a financial compensation.

- 23 -

10.2 If the Purchaser becomes aware of any fact, matter, event or circumstance that in the reasonable opinion of the Purchaser is likely to result in the Vendor’s liability under the Vendor Warranties, the Purchaser shall:

(a) within 45 (forty five) Business Days after becoming aware of such fact, matter, event or circumstance give written notice containing summary details thereof to the Vendor;

(b) thereafter, as soon as possible pass on to the Vendor any further particulars the Purchaser receives in connection with such claim including the nature and amount of the claim and such other specifics as reasonably requested by the Vendor to enable it to investigate the claim and form an opinion as to whether the claim is justified;

(c) take such action as the Vendor may reasonably request to avoid, dispute or mitigate the claim;

(d) take all such action as may in the reasonable opinion of the Purchaser be required to avoid or dismiss an adverse effect on the financial position of the business of the Purchaser or the relevant Group Company, such action to be in consultation with the Vendor and taking the Vendor’s and the Company’s interests into account; and

(e) where a time limit applies to a claim giving rise to a liability or a potential liability under the Vendor Warranties, the Purchaser shall use its best endeavours to ensure that such time limit (whether for appeal or otherwise) is timeously complied with (unless otherwise instructed by the Vendor).

10.3 Neither the Purchaser nor any of the Group Companies shall settle or compromise any potential claim without the prior consent of the Vendor (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld), provided that such consent shall no longer be required if timeously requested by the Purchaser and no reaction has been received within 20 (twenty) Business Days after despatch to the Vendor of a notice given by the Purchaser pursuant to Clause 10.2.

10.4 The Vendor shall be entitled, if it so elects within 20 (twenty) Business Days after despatch of a notice given by the Purchaser pursuant to Clause 10.2 (a), to take control of the defence, settlement, negotiation or other resolution of any claim or other event giving rise to any liability for indemnification hereunder and to employ and engage counsel of its own choice to defend such matter, at its cost, risk and expense, and the Purchaser and the relevant Group Company shall co-operate in all necessary respects with the Vendor in such matter, provided that the Purchaser and the relevant Group Company shall on timely basis receive full information of any action to be taken by the Vendor. If the Vendor does not timeously notify the Purchaser in writing that it has elected to assume the defence of a matter, the Purchaser shall be entitled to take control of that matter at the Vendor’s cost and expense but always in close consultation with the Vendor.

10.5 The parties shall co-operate with each other in dealing with any third party claim made against any of the Group Companies pursuant to this Agreement and will allow each other access to all relevant books and records during normal business hours and at the place where the same are normally kept, with full right to make copies thereof or take extracts therefrom. Such books and records shall be subject to a duty of confidentiality

- 24 -

except for disclosure necessary for resolving such third party claim or otherwise required by applicable law or stock exchange regulations.

10.6 Where the Vendor is liable in respect of any claim under or in relation to this Agreement and makes payment thereof to the Purchaser and the Purchaser has a right of reimbursement (in whole or in part) against any person, the Purchaser shall assign to the Vendor the benefit of such right for no further consideration or procure that the relevant Group Company shall assign to the Vendor the benefit of such right. Where a third party’s consent to such assignment is required, the Purchaser shall use its best endeavours to obtain it.

11. LIMITATION OF LIABILITY

11.1 The Vendor shall not be liable for any claims under or in relation to this Agreement if and to the extent that such claim is attributable to:

(a) any act, omission, transaction, or arrangement carried out at the express request of the Purchaser before Completion or in respect of which the Purchaser has given its prior written consent;

(b) any act, omission, transaction, or arrangement carried out by the Purchaser or by a Group Company (or its management) after the Completion Date and outside the ordinary course of business, where such party was aware or ought to have been aware that it would give rise to, or significantly increase the amount of, a claim;

(c) a change in law effective after Completion, including any changes in the applicable tax rates.

11.2 The Vendor’s liability under or in relation to this Agreement shall be limited as follows:

(a) the Vendor shall not be liable in respect of any individual claim (or a series of claims arising from substantially identical facts or circumstances) where the liability agreed or determined in respect of any such claim (or series of claims) does not exceed € 30,000 (thirty thousand euros), provided, however, that if this threshold is exceeded, the Vendor shall be liable, subject to Clause 11.2(b), for the full amount (i.e including the portion below € 30,000)

(b) the Vendor shall not be liable in respect of any claim unless the aggregate amount for all claims for which the Vendor would otherwise be liable exceeds € 300,000 (three hundred thousand euros), provided, however, that if this threshold is exceeded the Vendor shall be liable for the full amount (i.e. including the portion below € 300,000);

(c) except for claims involving or relating to the Vendor Warranties concerning Section 2 (Shares and Group Company shares) of the Vendor Warranties, no claim:

(i) for a breach of any Vendor Warranty (save those mentioned in Clause 11.2(c)(ii)) can be made unless such claim has been notified in writing to the Vendor within 18 (eighteen) months after Completion;

- 25 -

(ii) for a breach of any Vendor Warranty set out in Section 5 (Taxation) of the Vendor Warranties can be made unless such claim has been notified in writing to the Vendor within the statutory limitation period for such liability or within 6 (six) months after such statutory limitation period has lapsed;

(d) the Vendor’s maximum aggregate liability under or in relation to this Agreement shall not exceed € 12,000,000 (twelve million euros), except for claims involving or relating to the Vendors’ Warranties concerning title to the Shares in which case there shall be no maximum limit to the Vendor’s liability.

11.3 The provisions set out above shall apply instead of Section 7:23(2) of the Dutch Civil Code.

11.4 The Vendor shall not be liable in respect of any claim to the extent that the Losses in respect of which such claim is made:

(a) are covered by a policy of insurance in force and only to the extent that such Losses are actually received or certain to be received by the Purchaser or the respective Group Company;

(b) would have been covered if a policy of insurance in force immediately prior to Completion had been maintained beyond Completion and only to the extent that such Losses or part thereof would actually have been received.

11.5 The Vendor shall not be liable in respect of any Losses suffered by the Purchaser or any of the Group Companies to the extent of any corresponding savings by or quantifiable net financial benefit to the Purchaser or any Group Company arising from such Losses or the facts giving rise to such Losses (for example, without limitation, where the amount (if any) by which any Taxation for which the Purchaser or any Group Company would otherwise have been accountable or liable to be assessed is actually reduced or extinguished as a result of the matter giving rise to such liability).

11.6 The Vendor shall not be liable in respect of any Losses suffered by the Purchaser or any of the Group Companies to the extent that and up to the amount for which an allowance, provision or reserve for the liability or matter giving rise to the Losses has been made in the Accounts or the Working Capital Statement. If and to the extent that the amount of any allowance, provision or reserve (including any allowance, provision or reserve taken into account in calculating the value of an asset) made in the Accounts or the Working Capital Statement or otherwise taken into account or reflected therein (and not released prior to Completion) is in excess of the amount actually accrued or paid in respect of the matter for which such allowance, provision or reserve was made or is established to have been excessive, the amount of such excess shall be credited against and applied in relieving the Vendor from any liability it would otherwise incur in respect of any claim, provided that any such individual excess which is less than € 50,000 (fifty thousand euros) shall not be so credited.

11.7 The Vendor shall have no liability in respect of any claim which is based upon a liability which is contingent only.

11.8 The Purchaser shall procure that all necessary steps are taken and all necessary assistance is given to avoid or mitigate any Losses which in the absence of mitigation might give rise to a liability in respect of any claim under this Agreement.

- 26 -

11.9 If, before the Vendor pays an amount in discharge of any claim under this Agreement, the Purchaser or any Group Company recovers or is entitled to recover (whether by payment, discount, credit, relief, insurance or otherwise) from a third party a sum which indemnifies or compensates the Purchaser or the Group Company (in whole or in part) in respect of the loss or liability which is the subject matter of the claim, the Purchaser shall procure that, before steps are taken to enforce a claim against the Vendor following notification under Clause 10.2 of this Agreement, all reasonable steps are taken to enforce recovery against the third party and any actual recovery (less any reasonable costs incurred in obtaining such recovery) shall reduce or satisfy, as the case may be, such claim to the extent of such recovery.

11.10 In no event shall the Vendor be liable more than once for the same Losses.

12. SPECIFIC INDEMNITIES

12.1 The Vendor shall indemnify and hold harmless the Purchaser or, at the Purchaser’s election, the Group Companies, for any Losses suffered by them as a result of:

(a) the preference shares in the capital of the Company, redeemed at 8 December 1998, not being fully paid up at the time of their issuance to their holders;

(b) any and all amounts becoming due and payable by the respective bank under the bank guarantees listed in Schedule 12.1. The Purchaser shall ensure that any notification or communication received from the respective bank or any matter, circumstance or fact of which the Purchaser or a Group Company becomes aware relating to the status or the revocation of the bank guarantee or the bank’s obligation to pay under it, shall be forwarded, submitted or communicated in full to the Vendor immediately upon receipt thereof by the Purchaser or the management or treasury department of the Desseaux group of companies (currently located at Waalwijk), thus allowing the Vendor to fully exercise its rights under the provisions of Clause 10. The Purchaser shall use its best efforts to ensure that all the Group Companies are aware of this obligation and that they inform either the Purchaser or the management or treasury department of the Desseaux group of Companies immediately upon gaining knowledge of any matter, circumstances or facts referred to herein. Parties acknowledge and agree that the Vendor shall not be liable vis-à-vis the Purchaser or the Group Companies under this specific indemnity if it is able to reasonably demonstrate that the Purchaser has not complied with its obligations hereunder to timely inform the Vendor;

(c) VAT being due and payable by any of the Group Companies incorporated in and trading from the Netherlands on the Ex-Works supplies of goods to a destination outside the Netherlands for which erroneously a zero rate VAT has been applied by the Group Company concerned;

(d) the tax authorities determining that the loan granted by the Vendor to the Company in the amount of € 16,000,000 (sixteen million euros) and converted into capital on 9 December 2005 qualified as equity prior to 9 December 2005.

12.2 For the avoidance of doubt, the Vendor’s obligations under Clause 12.1 shall not be limited or qualified in any respect by the provisions of Clause 11.2, the Disclosure Letter,

- 27 -

the Due Diligence Information or the Supplementary Disclosure Letter, it being clearly understood that the remaining provisions of Clause 11 and Clauses 10.2, 10.3, 10.4, 10.5 and 10.6 shall apply in connection with the Vendor’s obligations under Clause 12.1.

13. PURCHASER WARRANTIES

13.1 The Purchaser represents and warrants (garandeert en staat er voor in) to the Vendor that each of the Purchaser Warranties is true and accurate in all material respects and not misleading in any material respect, as at the date of this Agreement and will be true and accurate in all material respects and not misleading in any material respect at the Completion Date. For the purpose of the automatic repetition of the Purchaser Warranties as of the Completion Date, each reference in the Purchaser Warranties to the “date hereof” or “the date of this Agreement” is to be construed to include a reference to the Completion Date.

13.2 The Vendor hereby confirms that as per the date hereof, it is not aware of any Purchaser Warranty being untrue, inaccurate or misleading in a material respect. If at Completion the Vendor has such knowledge it shall inform the Purchaser.

13.3 If there is a breach of a Purchaser Warranty, the Purchaser shall:

(a) indemnify and hold harmless the Vendor from and against any and all Losses, with exception of any loss of profits or consequential, indirect and/or punitive damages, suffered by the Vendor, directly resulting from such breach of the Purchaser Warranty; and

(b) at the request of the Vendor, shall take such steps that are required for the Vendor to be brought in the position (financial or otherwise) they it would been in if such breach of the Vendor Warranty would not have occurred, it being understood that where such steps require acts or omissions that are not under the Purchaser’s control, their obligations to remedy the matter will be limited to a financial compensation.

14. PARENT GUARANTEES

14.1 NPM guarantees to the Vendor the full, due and punctual performance by the Purchaser of all its obligations under or pursuant to this Agreement up to and including Completion. If the Purchaser fails in the full, due and punctual performance and observance of any of its obligations hereunder up to and including Completion, then NPM shall be liable vis-à-vis the Vendor for such obligations of the Purchaser as if it were a primary obligator and not a surety. The obligations of NPM under this Clause 14 shall be continuing obligations and shall not be impaired or affected by any change in the constitution or control of, or the insolvency of, or any liquidation or winding up relating to the Purchaser.

14.2 AWI guarantees to the Purchaser the full, due and punctual performance by the Vendor of all its obligations under or pursuant to this Agreement. If the Vendor fails in the full, due and punctual performance and observance of any of its obligations hereunder, then AWI shall be liable vis-à-vis the Purchaser for such obligations of the Vendor as if it were a primary obligator and not a surety. The obligations of AWI under this Clause 14

- 28 -

shall be continuing obligations and shall not be impaired or affected by any change in the constitution or control of, or the insolvency of, or any liquidation or winding up relating to the Vendor.

15. CONFIDENTIALITY

15.1 Subject to Clause 15.3, each of the parties shall treat as strictly confidential all information received or obtained as a result of entering into or performing this Agreement which relates to the negotiations relating to this Agreement, the business and affairs of the other party, any document referred to in this Agreement or the provisions or subject matter of this Agreement.

15.2 Subject to Clause 15.3, each of the parties shall ensure that their shareholders, managing directors and officers shall, before and after Completion not make use of or disclose to any person any of the information referred to in Clause 15.1.

15.3 The parties may disclose information to a third party which would otherwise be confidential if and to the extent:

(a) required by the law of any relevant jurisdiction or for the purpose of any legal proceedings, but only after consultation with the other parties about the timing and content of such disclosure; or

(b) required by any recognized securities exchange or by any regulatory or governmental body, but only after consultation with the other parties about the timing and content of such disclosure; or

(c) such information is disclosed on a strictly confidential basis to that third party’s professional advisers, auditors or bankers for the purpose of advising that third party in connection with this agreement provided that such disclosure shall be made subject to the terms set out in Clause 15.2; or

(d) the information has come into the public domain otherwise than through that third party; or

(e) prior written consent to the disclosure has been given by all other parties; or

(f) required to enable a party to enforce its rights or remedies under this Agreement.

16. RESTRICTIVE COVENANTS

16.1 The Vendor hereby undertakes towards the Purchaser that it will not itself or allow any of the companies of its group without the prior written consent of the Purchaser:

(a) for a period of 2 (two) years from the Completion Date in any capacity or in any way whatsoever in the Netherlands and Belgium, either directly or indirectly be engaged in or concerned with, or approach any person with a view to being engaged in or concerned with, the development, production, marketing, sale, installation, inspection and maintenance of woven, non-woven (fibre bonded) and tufted textile floor coverings for residential and commercial use and for indoor and outdoor sport applications, other than at any time owning in the aggregate for investment

- 29 -

purposes only, 5% (five percent) or less of any class of securities of any entity traded on any national securities exchange which is engaged or concerned in the activities set out herein;

(b) for a period of 2 (two) years from the Completion Date, subject to Clause 5.5 and the relevant Related Agreements, persuade or cause, or attempt to persuade any Employee (earning a salary of more than € 50,000 (fifty thousand euros)) or any distributor or commercial agent of any of the Group Companies to terminate his relationship with any of the Group Companies, or employ or engage any such person within 1 (one) year of the effective termination of his relationship with any of the Group Companies, unless such person has been made redundant by the respective Group Company in which case the vendor may employ or engage such person immediately upon termination of his relationship with the Group Company concerned;

(c) for a period of 2 (two) years from the Completion Date persuade or cause or attempt to persuade any customer, supplier of or person otherwise doing business with any of the Group Companies to terminate his relationship with any of the Group Companies;

(d) use the name “Desseaux” or “Desso” or any abbreviation thereof or any combination including such name, or the logo of any of the Group Companies.

16.2 In the event that the Vendor breaches its obligations under this Clause 16 it shall, upon receipt of a written notice from the Purchaser notifying it of such breach, become liable to the Purchaser and/or the Group Companies for an immediately due and payable penalty of € 100,000 (one hundred thousand euros) for each such breach and for a periodic penalty payment of € 10,000 (ten thousand euros) for each day such breach continues, without the Purchaser or the Group Companies having to prove any loss or damage, and without prejudice to the right of the Purchaser and the Group Companies to claim damages in addition if there are grounds for so doing.

16.3 The Vendor’s obligations under or pursuant to Clause 16.1 shall lapse and become ineffective upon the occurrence of a change of Control over AWI as a result of an acquisition of shares in the capital of AWI by a third party.

17. TRANSFER OF RIGHTS AND OBLIGATIONS

No party may:

(a) assign, transfer or encumber any of its rights under or interest in, this Agreement or any of the Related Agreements;

(b) sub-contract any or all of their respective obligations under this Agreement or the Related Agreements,

except in accordance with a prior waiver given by the other parties.

- 30 -

18. COSTS

Each party shall bear its own costs, charges and expenses in relation to the negotiation, preparation, execution and implementation of this Agreement and the transactions contemplated thereby, it being understood that the Purchaser shall pay the Notary’s fees in connection with the preparation and execution of the notarial deed of transfer giving effect to the transfer of the Shares.

19. ANNOUNCEMENTS

19.1 Subject to Clause 19.2, no party shall make or issue at any time (whether before or after Completion) any announcement, circular or other publicity relating to any matter referred to in this Agreement without the other parties’ prior written approval of the form and content of such announcement.

19.2 Clause 19.1 shall not apply to any announcement, circular or other publicity:

(a) required by the law of any relevant jurisdiction or by the rules or regulations of any recognized securities exchange or of any regulatory or governmental body. In such an event, the party making or sending the announcement, circular or other publicity shall, as far as practicable, consult with the other parties as to the form and content of such announcement; or

(b) which is made or sent by or on behalf of the Company after Completion advising the press, customers, suppliers or agents of the Company of the transfer of the Shares.

20. NO VARIATION

20.1 No variation to this Agreement shall be of any effect unless it is agreed in writing and signed by or on behalf of each party.

20.2 Each of the provisions of this Agreement is severable. If any such provision is or becomes illegal, invalid or unenforceable (whether in whole or in part) in any respect under the law of any jurisdiction:

(a) that shall not affect or impair the legality, validity or enforceability in that jurisdiction of the other provisions of this Agreement (if these other provisions are not inextricably related to the illegal, invalid or unenforceable provision), or of that or any provisions of this Agreement in any other jurisdiction; and

(b) the parties will use reasonable endeavours to negotiate in good faith with a view to replacing it with one or more provisions which are not illegal, invalid or unenforceable and which differ from the replaced provision as little as possible, always taking into account the substance and purpose of this Agreement.

21. ENTIRE AGREEMENT

This Agreement (together with all documents referred to in it or executed at Completion) constitutes the whole and only agreement and understanding between the parties in relation to its subject matter. All previous understandings, letters of intent, agreements,

- 31 -

undertakings, representations, warranties and arrangements of any nature whatsoever between the parties or member of the Vendor’s Group and the Purchaser’s Group respectively with any bearing on the subject matter of this Agreement are superseded and extinguished (and all rights and liabilities arising by reason of them, whether accrued or not at the date of this Agreement, are cancelled) to the extent that they have such a bearing, it being understood that the letter agreement of 23 August 2006, executed by Armstrong World Industries Holding GmbH and the Purchaser dealing with the reimbursement of costs in the event that the transactions contemplated herein do not complete, shall remain in force until Completion and shall lapse or extinguish upon Completion. For the avoidance of doubt, the letter agreement of 23 August 2006 shall not apply if parties do not proceed to Completion due condition precedent set out in Clause 4.1 not being timely fulfilled or waived, as the case may be, in accordance with the provisions of Clause 4.

22. NO IMPLIED WAIVER; NO FORFEIT OF RIGHTS

22.1 Any waiver under this Agreement must be given by notice to that effect.

22.2 Where a party does not exercise any right under this Agreement (which shall include the granting by a party to any other party of an extension of time in which to perform its obligations under any provision hereof), this shall not be deemed to constitute a forfeit of any such rights (rechtsverwerking)

23. NOTICES

23.1 Any communication to be given in connection with the matters contemplated by this Agreement shall except where expressly provided otherwise be in writing and in the English language and shall either be delivered by hand or sent by first class pre-paid post or facsimile transmission, addressed as follows, unless and until any party notifies the other party in accordance with this Clause 23 of a change of address:

(a)	if to the Purchaser:
	Flagstone Beheer B.V.
	Attn. Mr. L. Mes
	Breitnerstraat 1
	1077 BL Amsterdam
	The Netherlands
	Fax: +31 20 671 08 55
	with a copy to:
	Nauta Dutilh
	Attn. Mr. J.H.J. Preller
	Weena 750
	3014 DA Rotterdam
	The Netherlands
	Fax: +31 10 224 00 55
(b)	if to NPM:
	NPM Capital N.V.

- 32 -

	Attn. Mr. L. Mes
	Breitnerstraat 1
	1077 BL Amsterdam
	The Netherlands
	Fax: +31 20 671 08 55
(c)	if to the Vendor
	Armstrong DLW AG
	Attn. Mr. D. Randich
	Stuttgarterstrasse 75
	D-74321 Bietigheim-Bissingen
	Germany
	Fax: +49 714 271 270
	with a copy to:
	CMS Derks Star Busmann
	Attn. Mr. R. Tarlavski
	Mondriaan Tower
	Amstelplein 8-A
	1096 BC Amsterdam
	The Netherlands
	Fax: +31 20 301 63 35
(d)	if to AWI
	Armstrong World Industries, Inc.
	Attn. Mr. W. Gangl
	2500 Columbia Avenue
	Lancaster, Pennsylvania 17604
	United States of America
	Fax: +1 717 396 6121

Delivery by courier shall be regarded as delivery by hand.

23.2 A communication shall be deemed to have been served:

(a) if delivered by hand at the time of delivery;

(b) if sent by first class pre-paid post at the expiration of two clear days after the time of posting; and

(c) if sent by facsimile at the time of completion of transmission by the sender evidenced by a positive transmission report.

23.3 In proving service of the communication, it shall be sufficient to show that delivery by hand was made or that the envelope containing the communication was properly addressed and posted as a first class pre-paid letter or that the facsimile was despatched and a confirmatory transmission report received.

23.4 A party may notify the other parties of a change to its name, relevant person, address or facsimile number for the purposes of Clause 23.2 provided that such notification shall only be effective on the date specified in the notification as the date on which the change is to take place.

- 33 -

23.5 The provisions of this Clause 23 shall not apply in relation to the service of documents for the purpose of litigation.

24. NO RESCISSION

Subject to the conditions precedent set out in Clause 4 being fulfilled or waived in accordance with the relevant provisions of Clause 4, the parties waive their rights under Sections 2:265 through 2:272 of the Dutch Civil Code to rescind (ontbinden) this Agreement, to demand in legal proceedings the rescission (ontbinding) of this Agreement or to nullify (vernietigen) it following Completion.

25. GOVERNING LAW AND JURISDICTION

25.1 This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with Dutch law, without regard to any conflict of law rules under Dutch private international law.

25.2 Any and all disputes between the parties arising out of or in connection with this Agreement and/or any agreement, arrangement or undertaking arising out of this Agreement shall be referred to the competent court in Amsterdam, the Netherlands, subject to appeal and appeal in second instance.

THUS AGREED AND EXECUTED in four copies in Amsterdam on 27 March 2007.

/s/ S.G.H. Kranendijk		/s/ J.W. Baud
Flagstone Beheer B.V.		NPM Capital N.V.
By:	S.G.H. Kranendijk	By:	J.W. Baud
Its:	Managing Director	Its:	Managing Director

/s/ D.M. Randich		/s/ F. Nicholas Grasberger III
Armstrong DLW AG		Armstrong World Industries, Inc.
By:	D.M. Randich	By:	F. Nicholas Grasberger
Its:	Managing Director	Its:	Chief Financial Officer

- 34 -

SCHEDULE 1.1(f)

PURCHASER WARRANTIES

1. Organisation

1.1 The Purchaser is duly incorporated and existing as a private company with limited liability (besloten vennootschap met beperkte aansprakelijkheid) under the laws of the Netherlands and has the power to own its property and to carry on its business as presently conducted.

1.2 Neither the execution of this Agreement or any agreement in connection herewith by the Purchaser, nor the consummation by the Purchaser of the transactions contemplated herein or therein will constitute a violation of, conflict with, or constitute or create a default under any agreement or arrangement binding upon the Purchaser or result in the creation of any Encumbrance.

1.3 No statutory or regulatory rule or order of a court or a governmental body and no agreement between the Purchaser and any such governmental body is in effect that restrains or prohibits the execution of this Agreement or the consummation of the transactions contemplated in this Agreement, nor is there to Purchaser’s best knowledge any pending, threatened or any basis for any action, suit, proceeding or investigation by any person, entity or governmental body which questions or might jeopardise the validity of this Agreement or challenges any of the transactions contemplated hereby.

1.4 No consent, approval, or authorisation of or registration, designation, declaration or filing with any governmental authority on the part of the Purchaser is required in connection with the purchase of the Business pursuant to or contemplated in this Agreement or the consummation of any other transaction contemplated hereby except as set out in this Agreement.

2. No brokers’ fee

No finder’s fee or brokerage commission to any person is payable by the Vendor or by any member of the Vendor’s Group as a result of any action by the Purchaser or any action known to the Purchaser by any other person, in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

- 35 -

SCHEDULE 1.1(g)

VENDOR WARRANTIES

1. The Group Companies

1.1 Each Group Company is a body corporate duly incorporated and existing (where such concept is meaningful) in good standing under the laws of the country in which it is incorporated and has the requisite power and authority to own its property and to carry on its business at present conducted in each jurisdiction in which it conducts its business.

1.2 No proposal has been made by the relevant corporate body authorised to make such a proposal or resolution adopted for the dissolution or liquidation of any Group Company, statutory merger (juridische fusie) or division (splitsing), or an equivalent arrangement under the laws of any applicable jurisdiction other than the Netherlands, involving any of the Group Companies.

1.3 None of the Group Companies has either been (i) declared bankrupt (failliet verklaard) or (ii) granted a moratorium of payments (surséance van betaling) or (iii) made subject to any insolvency proceedings nor has (iv), to the best of Vendor’s knowledge, any third party applied for a declaration of bankruptcy or any such similar arrangement for any of the Group Companies under the laws of any applicable jurisdiction.

1.4 The current articles of association of each of the Group Companies read in conformity with the copies thereof set out in Annex 1.4.

1.5 The Group Companies are registered with the Trade Register of the Chamber of Commerce and Industry or with an equivalent institution as may be required under the laws of any applicable jurisdiction and evidence thereof (where available in the form of extracts) is set out in Annex 1.5. This evidence is correct and includes essential particulars of the relevant Group Company.

1.6 The minutes of all meetings of shareholders, managing directors and supervisory directors kept by the Group Companies fully and correctly reflect the matters which have been dealt with during these meetings.

1.7 The Group Companies have no directors (bestuurders) or proxyholders (procuratiehouders) or their equivalents under any applicable jurisdiction other than the Netherlands, other than those named in Annex 1.5 and no Group Company has otherwise granted powers of attorney to any person authorising such person to represent it for any special purpose other than as listed in Annex 1.5.

1.8 None of the Group Companies has a registered branch office (filiaal) or is a group company (groepsmaatschappij) of any other company than of the Group Companies and none of them is a party to any partnership agreement.

1.9 No Group Company has any activities that do not relate directly or indirectly to the development, production, marketing, sale, installation, inspection and maintenance of woven, non-woven (fibre bonded) and tufted textile floor coverings for residential and commercial use and for indoor and outdoor sport applications.

- 36 -

2. Shares and Group Company shares

2.1 Annex 2.1 sets out an accurate description of the capital structure, share ownership, and directors of each Group Company. No Group Company has issued and no obligation exists for any Group Company to issue or transfer to anyone at any time, any shares, debentures, options, warrants, subscription rights, founder certificates, profit sharing certificates or other securities of any kind in respect of any Group Company. The entities listed in Annex 2.1 as the owner or owners of the shares in a Group Company have full legal and (where such concept is meaningful) beneficial title to all of those shares, free and clear of any Encumbrance and with full right and capacity to transfer the same. Apart from the obligations resulting from this Agreement, there are no obligations to any third party (for the avoidance of doubt including members of the Vendor’s Group) with respect to any of the Shares or the shares in the capital of the Group Companies pursuant to trust, shareholders’ or voting agreements or agreements restricting the transfer of such shares or the payment of dividends (other than those reflected in the articles of association of the Group Companies) or agreements pursuant to which approval therefor is required or otherwise.

2.2 All shares in each Group Company have been duly authorized, validly issued and fully paid up and no obligation exists for anyone to make further contributions to the equity capital (whether by subscription for further shares, by payment of share premium or otherwise) or to provide loan financing to that Group Company or bonds, debentures, notes or other indebtedness entitling the holder thereof to vote on any matters on which the holders of shares in the relevant Group Company may vote.

2.3 None of the Group Companies has either issued any profit sharing certificates (winstbewijzen) or granted any other rights to third parties to share in its profits (winstrechten).

3. Accounts

3.1 The Accounts:

3.1.1 have been prepared in accordance with applicable statutory requirements and fully comply with the Agreed Accounting Principles and, without limiting the generality of the foregoing, provide in full for all known commitments and liabilities of the Group Companies, whether actual or contingent, due or to become due in accordance with the Agreed Accounting Principles;

3.1.2 are true and accurate, and in all respects fairly represent:

3.1.2.1 each of the items separately specified in the balance sheets and profit and loss statement therein;

3.1.2.2 the consolidated financial position of the Group Companies as a whole;

3.1.2.3 the results of operations of the Group Companies on a consolidated basis for the twelve month period ending on the Accounts Date;

3.1.3 to the extent required by the Agreed Accounting Principles, contain provisions adequate to cover all known commitments and liabilities of the

- 37 -

Group Companies, whether quantified, actual, contingent or otherwise, as at the Accounts Date; and

3.1.4 are not affected by any unusual or non-recurring items or by any transaction of an unusual nature other than those reflected in the Accounts.

3.2 No Group Company has issued any guarantees for the benefit of, or is otherwise generally liable for obligations of, other Group Companies or third parties other than those reflected or identified in the Accounts.

3.3 There are no payables due to any member of the Vendor’s Group other than those set out in the Accounts.

3.4 The Group Companies have fulfilled their obligations to timely file their annual financial statements with the Trade Register of the Chamber of Commerce and Industry or any such equivalent body with whom financial statements should be filed in accordance with the relevant applicable laws for the financial years 2004 and 2005.

3.5 All of the books of account, ledgers, registers, records, data, systems, controls and other information of the Group Companies (recorded, stored, maintained operated or held in whatever form or by whatever means) (and including all means of access to all such information) are owned exclusively by, and are in the possession of or under the direct control of the Group Company concerned and the Group Companies’ books of account have been kept in accordance with all applicable statutory requirements.

4. Matters since the Accounts Date

4.1 Since the Accounts Date:

4.1.1 no Group Company, other than in the usual course of its business, has:

4.1.1.1 acquired or disposed of, or agreed to acquire or dispose of, any material asset;

4.1.1.2 assumed or incurred, or agreed to assume or incur, any material liability, expenditure or obligation, save to the extent that such material liability, expenditure or obligation was assumed or incurred, or agreed to be assumed or incurred in accordance with the provisions of Clause 5;

4.1.2 no material change has occurred to the Group Companies, their operations, assets, condition (financial or otherwise) or prospects taken as a whole, save to the extent that such material change occurred:

4.1.2.1 in accordance with the provisions of Clause 5; and

4.1.2.2 as a result of general economic conditions or as a result of developments occurring on an industry-wide basis;

4.1.3 no Group Company has acquired, repaid or redeemed or agreed to acquire, repay or redeem any of its shares.

- 38 -

4.2 All accounts receivable of the Group Companies either as per the Accounts Date or arisen since then represent receivables which Vendor regards as collectible in the normal course of business, or to the extent that any receivable is not regarded as collectible, such amount has been adequately insured for or an adequate provision has been made in the Accounts.

5. Taxation

5.1 All Taxation for which a Group Company at the date hereof, or at any time thereafter, may have become or may hereafter become liable, whether for its own account or in its capacity as a withholding agent, to be assessed in respect of any period ending on or before the date hereof, including in respect of any fiscal unities, have either been paid in full or adequate provision therefore has been made in the Accounts. To the Vendor’s best knowledge, with respect to all such Taxation assessed and paid prior to the date hereof, no further payments or penalties or interest charges are or will become due with respect thereto, save to the extent provided for in the Accounts.

5.2 To the Vendor’s best knowledge, there are no agreements with or with respect to a Group Company or a fiscal unity affecting any Group Company for the extension of time for the assessment or payment of any Taxation.

5.3 All documents required to be filed by or on behalf of or relating to the Group Companies in respect of all Taxation, including consolidated returns in respect of any fiscal unities, have been timeously filed.

5.4 None of the Group Companies or a fiscal unity affecting any Group Company is involved in any dispute (in respect of which the matters in question have been brought to the attention of the relevant Group Company in writing but whether or not formal proceedings have been instituted) with any Tax authorities or others concerning any matter likely to affect any liability of a Group Company or a fiscal unity affecting any Group Company to Taxation, and no such dispute has been threatened in writing and to the Vendor’s best knowledge no facts or circumstances exist that are likely to give rise to any such dispute.

5.5 There have been no “legal mergers”, “share mergers”, “business mergers”, “internal reorganisations” and other similar transactions involving any Group Company that have occurred in 2006 and each of the preceding five (5) calendar years where a reduction of, or exemption from, Taxation has been claimed or a party has elected to take advantage to an exemption from certain Taxation obligations.

5.6 For Tax purposes, each of the Group Companies is and has been resident only in the jurisdiction in which it is incorporated and does not have nor had a permanent establishment or permanent representative or other taxable presence in any jurisdiction other than that in which it is resident for Tax purposes. None of the Group Companies constitutes or has constituted a permanent establishment or is or has been a permanent representative of another person.

5.7 None of the Group Companies has been a party to any transaction or series of transactions which is or forms part of a scheme for the avoidance of Tax.

5.8 The signing an consummation of the Agreement will not have any adverse Tax consequences for any of the Group Companies in the Netherlands.

- 39 -

5.9 None of the Group Companies has tainted (share) capital (besmet fusie aandelenkapitaal en/of agio) within the meaning of Section 3a of the Dutch Dividend Tax Act 1965.

6. Agreements and Commitments

6.1 No Group Company is in default under any material contract to which it is a party and no Group Company has received any notice (written or oral) of cancellation, termination, rescission, invalidation or claim pursuant to any actual or alleged breach or default of such material contract.

6.2 No Group Company is bound by any unusual or especially onerous contracts, or contracts not concluded on an arm’s length basis.

6.3 None of the agreements to which the Group Companies are bound contain any non-compete or similar limitations or, more generally, restrict their freedom to carry on their businesses in the manner presently conducted.

6.4 None of the Group Companies has any obligations under rental (other than in connection of Leased Premises), hire purchase or factoring agreement.

6.5 None of the Group Companies is a party to any joint venture agreements, shareholders’ agreements, consortium agreements or agreements for joint research or development.

6.6 None of the Group Companies is a party to any loan agreement (either as a lender or as a borrower) or obtained any credit facility.

6.7 None of the Group Companies either acts as a surety for, or has issued any guarantee or provided any security in favour of, any third party or the Vendor, or agreed to do any of the foregoing. None of the Group Companies has filed any declaration pursuant to section 2:403 of the Dutch Civil Code or withdrawn any such declaration within the period of 1 (one) year preceding the date hereof.

6.8 There are no written or oral agreements or arrangements between a Group Company and any member of the Vendor’s Group.

6.9 No substantial customer or supplier of any of the Group Companies has ceased, or indicated an intention to cease, trading with or supplying or has reduced, or indicated an intention to reduce, substantially its level of trade with or supplies to the Group Companies and to the Vendor’s best knowledge there is no reason to believe that any customer or supplier of the Group Companies will terminate or substantially limit its business with any of the Group Companies as a result of the execution of this Agreement.

7. Assets

7.1 All assets exceeding a replacement value of € 50,000 (fifty thousand euros) per asset:

7.1.1 included in the Accounts; or

7.1.2 acquired by any Group Company since the Accounts Date; or

- 40 -

7.1.3 included in the asset registers of any Group Company (other than stock acquired and disposed of in the ordinary course of business) (the “Assets”), are legally and, where such concept is meaningful, beneficially owned by the relevant Group Company, free from Encumbrance and, where capable of being possessed, in the possession of the relevant Group Company, and are in adequate condition and have been properly maintained and are not subject to any defect, except for ordinary wear and tear.

7.2 The Group Companies are entitled to the unrestricted use of all Assets currently used by the Group Companies required to enable the Group Companies to conduct their businesses as they are currently conducted.

7.3 The stocks (voorraden) including raw material, work in progress, finished products, merchandise, parts, packaging and promotional material, have been acquired or produced in the ordinary course of the business of the Group Companies and are of a quality consistent with previous practice while their quantity is adequate for the level at which the businesses have been conducted.

8. Insurance

8.1 The Group Companies maintain the insurance policies listed in Annex 8.1, which are all in full force and effect and all premiums due thereunder have been duly paid, and none of the Group Companies is a party to any other insurance policies than those listed in Annex 8.1.

8.2 To the Vendor’s best knowledge the Assets of an insurable nature are and have been insured in amounts to the full replacement value thereof against all accident, damage, third party loss (including product liability) and other risks normally insured against by persons carrying on the same type of business as that carried on by the relevant Group Company, and nothing has been done or omitted or happened that, individually or in the aggregate, would make any insurance policy relating to the Group Companies void or voidable. There are no claims outstanding under any such insurance policy. No Group Company has failed to give any notice or to present any claim under any such policy when due.

8.3 No notifications have been received by the Group Companies with regard to the non-renewal of any insurance policy to which a Group Company is a party or continuation or renewal on substantially less favourable terms and conditions.

9. Intellectual Property Rights

9.1 All Intellectual Property Rights are either owned by the Group Company concerned or the subject of a valid license agreement with a third party permitting the use thereof by the relevant Group Companies and all Intellectual Property Rights owned by the Group Companies are free of Encumbrances. Full details of all registered Intellectual Property Rights owned by the Group Companies are set out in Annex 9.1.

9.2 The Group Companies have all the Intellectual Property Rights and Know-How necessary for each Group Company, and no Intellectual Property Rights or Know-How is subject to any license or other rights of the Vendor.

- 41 -

9.3 Where Intellectual Property Rights have been licensed to Group Companies, the Group Companies have, to the Vendors’ best knowledge at all times complied with all material conditions of the applicable license agreements.

9.4 To the Vendor’s best knowledge the Intellectual Property Rights are not being infringed.

9.5 To the Vendor’s best knowledge, the Group Companies are in compliance with all material conditions of the applicable license agreements relating to the Intellectual Property Rights used by the Group Companies.

9.6 To the Vendor’s best knowledge the Group Companies do not infringe Intellectual Property Rights of third parties.

9.7 The Group Companies have duly paid all registration and/or renewal fees in respect of all registered Intellectual Property Rights in which they use in their respective businesses.

10. IT Systems

10.1 The IT Systems:

(a) are, save for software licensed to the Group Companies and/or third party telecommunication infrastructure, owned by the Group Companies and are under their sole control and not shared with or used by or on behalf of or accessible by any other person;

(b) have adequate capacity to satisfy the reasonable commercial requirements of the respective businesses of the Group Companies;

(c) meet the purposes for which they were acquired or set up in an efficient manner without material downtime on errors; and

(d) have for the Group Companies’ purposes and within the limits of commercially reasonable cost adequate security, back-ups, duplication, hardware and software support and maintenance, including emergency cover, provided by suitably trained personnel.

10.2 All the Computer Software:

(a) performs in accordance with its specification and does not contain any material defect of feature which adversely affects its performance or the performance of any other software or hardware with which the same interacts; and

(b) is lawfully held and used and its use, to the Vendor’s best knowledge, does not infringe the copyright or other intellectual property rights of any person and all copies of it have been lawfully made.

10.3 The specific users of the IT Systems of the Group Companies are adequately trained to enable the same to be used and operated at the capacity required by the respective businesses of the Group Companies to meet its operational requirements.

- 42 -

10.4 All records and data required by the Group Companies and stored in electronic or magnetic means are capable of ready access through the present IT Systems without recourse to any third party.

10.5 Where any Computer Software or Computer Hardware has been developed by persons other than employees of the Group Companies and is used by the Group Companies in the course of their business, either as part of their IT Systems or as a software product or a part thereof, the Group Companies have obtained written assignments of copyright in such software, or licences to use such software, from such person(s), and no third parties have notified any claims against the Group Companies in respect of the Group Companies’ use of such software.

11. Premises

11.1 The Owned Premises are set forth in Annex 11.1 and are legally and (where such concept is meaningful) beneficially owned by the relevant Group Company. The Owned Premises have not been sold or agreed to be sold and they are not subject to any purchase options or rights of first refusal exercisable by third parties.

11.2 The Leased Premises are set forth in Annex 11.2 and are the object of a valid, binding and enforceable lease agreement.

11.3 The occupation and use of each of the Premises by the Group Companies is in all material respects in accordance with all applicable law and complies with the agreements entered into with the owners of the Leased Premises.

11.4 The Owned Premises are not subject to any Encumbrance. No person other than the Group Companies has a right to possess, occupy or use them other than pursuant to a valid lease or sublease agreement entered into with the Group Companies on an arm’s length basis and on customary terms.

11.5 No governmental subsidy has been granted with respect to the Owned Premises which is subject to any conditions in respect of the use of such Premises that have not been fulfilled or waived by the granting body.

11.6 With respect to the Leased Premises:

11.6.1 no person has a right to terminate any of the relevant lease agreements prior to its scheduled expiry date (other than in the event of breach of its terms by the lessee); and

11.6.2 there are no restrictions on the possession, occupation or use of, or the development thereof.

11.7 The Premises are in an adequate state of maintenance and repair and fit for the purpose for which they are currently used.

11.8 The Group Companies have no liabilities relating to, or any interest in, land or other real property other than the Premises, other than the type of liabilities specifically referred to in paragraph 15 (Environmental and safety matters) below.

11.9 Other than the lease agreements referred to in paragraph 11.2 above, no other agreements pertaining to the Leased Premises exist with the lessors of the Leased

- 43 -

Premises and no obligations have been assumed by the Group Companies towards the lessors with respect to the Leased Premises other than those set out in the lease agreements.

11.10 To the Vendor’s best knowledge, the Group Companies are in compliance with their obligations under the lease agreements and there are no rent disputes outstanding between the Group Companies and the lessors of the Lease Premises in connection with the Leased Premises.

12. Employees

12.1 Annex 12.1 contains a complete list of the Employees, including part-time employees and employees receiving sickness or disability benefits, setting out the name, age, title, remuneration (including proposed entitlements to bonus, profit sharing or stock or share options) and date of commencement of employment of each Employee. Save as set out in Annex 12.1 no person has a management agreement or an agreement for the rendering of services (een overeenkomst tot het verrichten van diensten) with any Group Company.

12.2 The basis of remuneration or other terms of employment payable to the directors of the Group Companies or Employees is the same as that at the Accounts Date and none of the Group Companies or the Vendor is under any contractual or other obligation to increase the rates of remuneration of, or to provide any bonus or incentive or stock option or other similar payments to, any of its directors or Employees at any future date, except to the extent that:

12.2.1 any increase in remuneration results from the promotion of any individual employee and such promotion is in the ordinary course and consistent with past practices; or

12.2.2 any Collective Agreement requires an increase in base salary and such increase is not higher than the average rate of wage increases in the relevant industry in the relevant jurisdiction for the year concerned.

12.3 The employment agreements with or terms of employment applicable to any of the Employees do not contain any provision that is unusual for a relationship of the kind concerned or, in the case of the twenty-five (25) highest paid (taking into account all remuneration benefits) Employees provide for a notice period for termination materially in excess of the statutory minimum or for other termination arrangements exceeding minimum statutory requirements.

12.4 The Vendor and Group Companies is in relation to each Employee in compliance with (a) all material obligations imposed on it by law; and (b) all material obligations pursuant to all applicable Collective Agreements, if any.

12.5 None of the Group Companies nor the Vendor is party to any Collective Agreement.

12.6 There are no agreements with any works council or other representative body of employees.

12.7 There are no loans or guarantees made by a Group Company to or for the benefit of any of the Employees or any person connected with them where the outstanding principal amount exceeds € 5,000 (five thousand euros).

- 44 -

12.8 No Group Company nor the Vendor is involved in any dispute (in respect of which the matters in question have been brought to the attention of the relevant Group Company in writing but whether or not formal proceedings have been instituted) with a trade union, works council, staff association or other body representing its employees and no such disputes have been threatened in writing.

12.9 None of the Group Companies have, within the period of two years prior to the date of this Agreement, initiated or completed the implementation of any collective dismissals or implemented or entered into a social plan and none of the Group Companies have been a party to a transaction involving the transfer of assets as a result whereof employees have transferred to Group Companies by operation of law or could claim such transfer.

12.10 There are no disputes pending (in respect of which the matters in question have been brought to the attention of the relevant Group Company in writing whether or not formal proceedings have been instituted) and none have been threatened in writing between any of the Group Companies and any former Employee and, the Vendor’s best knowledge, no facts or circumstances exist that are likely to give rise to such a dispute.

12.11 Since the Accounts Date, none of the Employees have seriously injured themselves at work or contracted any serious illness or disease at work and, to the extent that there have been such injuries, there is and there has been sufficient employer’s liability insurance in respect of any such liability up to the date hereof. As per the date of this Agreement none of the Employees has been ill for a consecutive period exceeding four weeks.

13. Pensions

13.1 The pension arrangements to which the Group Companies are a party are set out in Annex 13.1 (the “Pension Arrangements”). The Pension Arrangements apply to all Employees and none of the Group Companies is a party to any other pension arrangement relating to the Employees, including pension insurance or excess (excedent) insurance other than the Pension Arrangements.

13.2 Subject to Clause 3.2, all premiums that have become due under the Pension Arrangements have been paid or have been adequately provided for and none of the Group Companies has any obligation with respect to the Pension Arrangements which are not been fully funded or provided for.

13.3 The VUT and disability supplement is for a closed group and the payouts thereunder will not significantly differ from the payout schedule set out in Annex 13.3.

13.4 No defined benefit pension plans are applicable to the Employees. Other benefit programs applicable to the Employees are fully insured defined contribution plans.

14. Litigation

No Group Company is involved in any civil, criminal, administrative or arbitral proceedings, or any governmental or other investigations, enquiries or proceedings and no such proceedings, investigations or enquiries have been threatened in writing against any of the Group Companies.

- 45 -

15. Environmental and safety matters

15.1 Except as disclosed in the Accounts, no Group Company has or will have any liability, damage, cost or expense or reduction in the value of any Premises or Assets (whether actual or contingent) resulting from or associated with:

15.1.1 the intentional or unintentional release or discharge into or contamination of the Environment of any Hazardous Substance; or

15.1.2 any exposure, whether in the ordinary course of business or otherwise, of any past of present employees, contractors, suppliers or other person to any Hazardous Substance used, stored or produced by or originating from any Group Company or present in the Environment as a result of an act or omission by any Group Company; or

15.1.3 the violation of any law relating to Environment, whether intentionally or unintentionally, by any Group Company or any person to the extent that a Group Company may be responsible or liable.

15.2 Each Group Company has obtained any and all environmental Permits, consents and exemptions necessary to conduct its business in full compliance with any law relating to the Environment and the same are in full force and effect. No Group Company has received written notice that any such Permit, consent or exemption will be revoked, varied or not renewed.

15.3 There have not been any written complaints over the last year, whether formally or informally, against the Group Companies about noise, smells, pollution or other Environment related matters caused by any of the Group Companies and there have not been any such claims over the preceding years which have not been settled yet.

15.4 None of the Group Companies operates any installations which has applied for or obtained a CO² emission permit, or has temporarily been excluded from such obligation.

16. Compliance with laws and Permits

16.1 Each of the Group Companies has complied in all material aspects with all law applicable to it in each relevant jurisdiction.

16.2 None of the Group Companies has received any written notice by any governmental body or any other person of a violation or alleged violation by a Group Company of any law, and to the Vendor’s best knowledge no facts or circumstances exist that are likely to give rise to such a written notice. To the Vendor’s best knowledge there are no draft proposals pending before the relevant authorities for a law, the adoption of which is likely to have adverse effects on the prospects, activities or operations of any of the Group Companies.

16.3 All Permits have been obtained and are valid and subsisting. The Group Companies have complied with all material conditions imposed by such Permits.

16.4 Where Group Companies have received any investment, subsidy or other state aid, all conditions of such grant of aid have been fully and timely complied with and it will have no obligation to reimburse any part of that grant of aid.

16.5 None of the Permits contains a change of control restriction.

- 46 -

16.6 To the Vendor’s best knowledge, none of the Group Companies is a party to any agreement, takes part in any concerted practice or is bound by any decision of an association of undertakings which forms a violation of the Dutch Competition Act (Mededingingswet) or equivalent legislation in force in any other country where the Group Companies are active and has not received written notification claiming that such violation exists.

17. Full disclosure

17.1 All written information given by the Vendor or any of its directors, auditors or advisers to the Purchaser or the Purchaser’s legal or financial advisers in the course of negotiations leading to this Agreement was true and accurate in all material aspects and contained no material omissions and was not misleading in any material respect at the date they were supplied.

17.2 Neither the Vendor nor any of its Affiliates are entitled on any basis to seek recourse against any directors of any of the Group Companies or Employees with respect to any liability incurred by the Vendor under or in connection with this Agreement save only in cases of and fraud or fraudulent or willful misrepresentation or fraudulent non-disclosure by any such director or Employee.

18. No brokers’ fee

18.1 No commission is payable to any person by the Purchaser or by any of the Group Companies as a result of any action by the Vendor or any action known to the Vendor by any person, in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

- 47 -

EX-11.1

Exhibit No. 11.1

ARMSTRONG WORLD INDUSTRIES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

COMPUTATION FOR BASIC EARNINGS PER SHARE

(AMOUNTS IN MILLIONS EXCEPT FOR PER-SHARE DATA)

	Three Months Ended December 31, 2006		Nine Months Ended September 30, 2006	Year Ended December 31, 2005	Year Ended December 31, 2004
Basic earnings per share
Net earnings	$	2.2	n/a	n/a	n/a
Average number of common shares outstanding		55.0	n/a	n/a	n/a
Basic earnings per share	$	0.04	n/a	n/a	n/a

EX-11.2

Exhibit No. 11.2

ARMSTRONG WORLD INDUSTRIES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

COMPUTATION FOR DILUTED EARNINGS PER SHARE

(AMOUNTS IN MILLIONS EXCEPT FOR PER-SHARE DATA)

	Three Months Ended December 31, 2006		Nine Months Ended September 30, 2006	Year Ended December 31, 2005	Year Ended December 31, 2004
Diluted earnings per share
Net earnings	$	2.2	n/a	n/a	n/a
Average number of common shares outstanding		55.0	n/a	n/a	n/a
Average number of common shares issuable under stock options or restricted stock grants		0.3	n/a	n/a	n/a
Average number of common and common stock equivalents outstanding		55.3	n/a	n/a	n/a
Diluted earnings per share	$	0.04	n/a	n/a	n/a

EX-21

Exhibit No. 21

Subsidiaries of Armstrong World Industries, Inc.

As of February 28, 2007

The following is a list of subsidiaries of Armstrong World Industries, Inc. as of the date hereof, omitting certain subsidiaries, which, considered in the aggregate as a single subsidiary, would not constitute a significant subsidiary.

U.S. Subsidiaries	Jurisdiction of Incorporation
Armstrong Cork Finance Corporation LLC	Delaware
Armstrong Hardwood Flooring Company	Tennessee
Armstrong Realty Group, Inc.	Pennsylvania
Armstrong Ventures, Inc.	Delaware
Armstrong Wood Products, Inc.	Delaware
Armstrong World Industries (Delaware) LLC	Delaware
AWI Licensing Company	Delaware
HomerWood Hardwood Flooring Company	Delaware
Worthington Armstrong Venture (50% owned General Partnership)	Delaware
Non-U.S. Subsidiaries	Jurisdiction of Incorporation
Armstrong (U.K.) Investments	United Kingdom
Armstrong Architectural Products S.L.	Spain
Armstrong Building Products B.V.	Netherlands
Armstrong Building Products Company (Shanghai) Ltd.	PRC
(80% owned affiliate)
Armstrong Building Products G.m.b.H.	Germany
Armstrong DLW AG	Germany
Armstrong DLW Licensing GmbH	Germany
Armstrong Metal Ceilings Limited	United Kingdom
Armstrong Metalldecken AG	Switzerland
Armstrong Metalldecken GmbH	Austria
Armstrong Metalldecken Holdings AG	Switzerland
Armstrong World Industries (Australia) Pty. Ltd.	Australia
Armstrong World Industries AB	Sweden
Armstrong World Industries Canada Ltd.	Canada
Armstrong World Industries Holding G.m.b.H.	Germany
Armstrong World Industries Ltd.	United Kingdom
Desso Dendermonde N.V.	Belgium
Desso DLW Sports Systems	Belgium
Desso DLW Textil GmbH	Germany
Desso Waalwijk B.V.	Netherlands
Tapijtfabriek H. Desseaux N.V.	Netherlands

EX-23.1

Exhibit No. 23.1

Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

The Board of Directors

Armstrong World Industries, Inc.:

We consent to the incorporation by reference in Registration Statement No. 333-138034 on Form S-8 of Armstrong World Industries, Inc. of our report dated March 30, 2007, with respect to the consolidated balance sheets of Armstrong World Industries, Inc., and subsidiaries as of December 31, 2006 for the Successor Company and December 31, 2005 for the Predecessor Company, and the related consolidated statements of earnings, cash flows and shareholders’ equity and the related financial statement schedule for the three months ended December 31, 2006 for the Successor Company and the nine months ended September 30, 2006, the year ended December 31, 2005, and the year ended December 31, 2004 for the Predecessor Company, which report appears in the December 31, 2006 annual report on Form 10-K of Armstrong World Industries, Inc.

Our report dated March 30, 2007, contains a paragraph that states Armstrong World Industries, Inc. emerged from the Chapter 11 bankruptcy proceeding. In connection with its emergence from the Chapter 11 bankruptcy proceeding, the Company adopted fresh-start reporting pursuant to Statement of Position 90-7, “Financial Reporting by Entities in Reorganization Under the Bankruptcy Code” as of October 2, 2006. As a result, the financial statements of the Successor Company are presented on a different basis than those of the Predecessor Company and, therefore, are not comparable in all respects. The Company has reflected the effects of the Plan and fresh-start reporting in the Predecessor Company for the nine month period ended September 30, 2006. Our report dated March 30, 2007 also states that, upon adoption of fresh-start reporting, the Company changed its method of accounting for income tax contingencies as described by FASB Interpretation No. 48, “Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes - an interpretation of FASB Statement No. 109” and its method of accounting for defined benefit and other postretirement plans as described by Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 158, “Employers’ Accounting for Defined Benefit Pension and Other Postretirement Plans - an amendment of FASB Statements No. 87, 88, 106, and 132(R).”

/s/ KPMG LLP

Philadelphia, Pennsylvania

March 30, 2007

EX-23.2

Exhibit No. 23.2

Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

We consent to the incorporation by reference in Registration Statement No. 333-138034 on Form S-8 of Armstrong World Industries, Inc. of our report dated March 19, 2007, with respect to the consolidated balance sheets of Worthington Armstrong Venture as of December 31, 2006 and 2005 and the related consolidated statements of income, partners’ equity, and cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2006, which report appears in the December 31, 2006 annual report on Form 10-K of Armstrong World Industries, Inc.

/s/ KPMG LLP

Philadelphia, Pennsylvania

March 30, 2007

EX-24

Exhibit No. 24

ARMSTRONG WORLD INDUSTRIES, INC.

CERTIFICATION REGARDING

POWER OF ATTORNEY

I, Walter T. Gangl, Deputy General Counsel and Corporate Secretary of Armstrong World Industries, Inc., a corporation organized and existing under the laws of the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania, do hereby certify that at a meeting of the Board of Directors of said corporation duly held on the 27^th day of March, 2007, at which a quorum was present and acting throughout, the following resolution was adopted and is now in full force and effect.

RESOLVED that the execution of the Company’s 2006 Annual Report on Form 10-K on behalf of the Company and by members of the Board of Directors through respective powers of attorney granting Messrs. Lockhart, Rigas and Gangl the power to sign on their behalf is authorized.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand and the seal of said corporation this 27^th day of March, 2007.

/s/ Walter T. Gangl

Walter T. Gangl

Deputy General Counsel and Corporate Secretary

ARMSTRONG WORLD INDUSTRIES, INC.

POWER OF ATTORNEY

RE: 2006 ANNUAL REPORT ON FORM 10-K

I, Michael D. Lockhart, as a Director of Armstrong World Industries, Inc., do hereby constitute and appoint, JOHN N. RIGAS or, in the case of his absence or inability to act as such, WALTER T. GANGL, my agent, to sign in my name and on my behalf the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2006, and any amendments thereto, to be filed by the Company with the Securities and Exchange Commission under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, with the same effect as if such signature were made by me personally.

/s/ Michael D. Lockhart

Michael D. Lockhart

Dated: March 27, 2007

All powers of attorney required to be filed are substantially identical in all material respects. Therefore, in accordance with SEC Regulation 229.601(a) Instruction 2, only the foregoing copy is being included except, however, that the manually signed copy filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission includes a complete set of powers of attorney.

All powers of attorney differ only from the form of the foregoing in that they are executed by the following parties in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

James J. Gaffney	Director	February 19, 2007
Robert C. Garland	Director	February 19, 2007
Judith R. Haberkorn	Director	February 19, 2007
James J. O’Connor	Director	March 23, 2007
Russell F. Peppet	Director	February 19, 2007
Arthur J. Pergament	Director	March 27, 2007
John J. Roberts	Director	February 19, 2007
Alexander M. Sanders, Jr.	Director	February 19, 2007

EX-31.1

Exhibit No. 31.1

I, Michael D. Lockhart, certify that:

1) I have reviewed this report on Form 10-K of Armstrong World Industries, Inc.;

2) Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

3) Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

4) The registrant’s other certifying officers and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) or 15d-15(e)) for the registrant and have:

a) Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

b) Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

c) Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and

5) The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent function):

a) All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

b) Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal controls over financial reporting.

Date: March 30, 2007

/s/ Michael D. Lockhart

Michael D. Lockhart

Chairman and Chief Executive Officer

EX-31.2

Exhibit No. 31.2

I, F. Nicholas Grasberger III, certify that:

1) I have reviewed this report on Form 10-K of Armstrong World Industries, Inc.;

2) Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

3) Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

4) The registrant’s other certifying officers and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) or 15d-15(e)) for the registrant and have:

a) Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

b) Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

c) Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and

5) The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent function):

a) All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

b) Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal controls over financial reporting.

Date: March 30, 2007

/s/ F. Nicholas Grasberger III

F. Nicholas Grasberger III

Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer

EX-32.1

Exhibit No. 32.1

Certification of Chief Executive Officer Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as Adopted Pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, filed herewith.

Armstrong World Industries, Inc.

(the “Company”)

Written Statement by Chief Executive Officer

Pursuant to Section 906 of Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002

I certify to the best of my knowledge and belief that the Company’s Form 10-K annual report containing its financial statements for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2006 fully complies with the requirements of section 13(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, and that information contained in that report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company as of that date.

/s/ Michael D. Lockhart

Michael D. Lockhart

Chairman and Chief Executive Officer

Armstrong World Industries, Inc.

Dated: March 30, 2007

EX-32.2

Exhibit No. 32.2

Certification of Chief Financial Officer Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as Adopted Pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, filed herewith.

Armstrong World Industries, Inc.

(the “Company”)

Written Statement by Chief Financial Officer

Pursuant to Section 906 of Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002

I certify to the best of my knowledge and belief that the Company’s Form 10-K annual report containing its financial statements for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2006 fully complies with the requirements of section 13(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, and that information contained in that report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company as of that date.

/s/ F. Nicholas Grasberger III

F. Nicholas Grasberger III

Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer

Armstrong World Industries, Inc.

Dated: March 30, 2007

EX-99.1

Exhibit No. 99.1

WORTHINGTON ARMSTRONG VENTURE

Consolidated Financial Statements

December 31, 2006, 2005, and 2004

(With Independent Auditors’ Report Thereon)

WORTHINGTON ARMSTRONG VENTURE

Table of Contents

	Page
Independent Auditors’ Report	1
Consolidated Balance Sheets, December 31, 2006 and 2005	2
Consolidated Statements of Income, Years ended December 31, 2006, 2005, and 2004	3
Consolidated Statements of Partners’ Equity, Years ended December 31, 2006, 2005, and 2004	4
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows, Years ended December 31, 2006, 2005, and 2004	5
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements	6

Independent Auditors’ Report

The Board of Directors

Worthington Armstrong Venture:

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Worthington Armstrong Venture (a general partnership) (the Company) as of December 31, 2006 and 2005, and the related consolidated statements of income, partners’ equity, and cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2006. These consolidated financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these consolidated financial statements based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with auditing standards generally accepted in the United States of America. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes consideration of internal control over financial reporting as a basis for designing audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An audit also includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Worthington Armstrong Venture as of December 31, 2006 and 2005, and the results of its operations and its cash flows in the three-year period ended December 31, 2006, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.

/s/ KPMG LLP

March 19, 2007

1

WORTHINGTON ARMSTRONG VENTURE

Consolidated Balance Sheets

December 31, 2006 and 2005

(In thousands)

	2006		2005
Assets
Current assets:
Cash and cash equivalents	$	72,025	58,690
Accounts receivable, net		45,658	36,314
Inventory, net		38,979	29,447
Other current assets		1,067	1,090
Total current assets		157,729	125,541
Property, plant, and equipment, net		25,725	26,701
Goodwill and other intangibles, net		2,133	1,963
Other assets		288	1,674
Total assets	$	185,875	155,879
Liabilities and Partners’ Equity
Current liabilities:
Accounts payable	$	20,434	12,746
Accrued expenses		6,521	5,846
Taxes payable		1,897	510
Total current liabilities		28,852	19,102
Long-term liabilities:
Deferred income taxes		457	496
Other long-term liabilities		3,616	5,329
Total long-term liabilities		4,073	5,825
Total liabilities		32,925	24,927
Partners’ equity:
Contributed capital		22,638	22,638
Retained earnings		127,757	108,871
Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)		2,555	(557	)
Total partners’ equity		152,950	130,952
Total liabilities and partners’ equity	$	185,875	155,879

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

2

WORTHINGTON ARMSTRONG VENTURE

Consolidated Statements of Income

Years ended December 31, 2006, 2005, and 2004

(In thousands)

	2006			2005		2004
Net sales	$	348,811		307,740		278,637
Cost of sales		(224,735	)	(208,628	)	(192,304	)
Gross margin		124,076		99,112		86,333
Selling, general, and administrative expenses		(19,038	)	(18,829	)	(20,505	)
		105,038		80,283		65,828
Other income, net		100		123		96
Interest income (expense), net		3,502		533		(444	)
Income before income tax expense		108,640		80,939		65,480
Income tax expense		(3,754	)	(2,299	)	(2,329	)
Net income	$	104,886		78,640		63,151

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

3

WORTHINGTON ARMSTRONG VENTURE

Consolidated Statements of Partners’ Equity

Years ended December 31, 2006, 2005, and 2004

(In thousands)

	Contributed capital					Accumulated
	Armstrong Ventures Inc.		Worthington Ventures Inc.	Retained earnings		other comprehensive income/(loss)		Total partners’ equity		Comprehensive income
Balance, January 1, 2004	$	12,925	9,713	33,080		1,578		57,296		44,513
Net income		—	—	63,151		—		63,151		63,151
Distributions		—	—	(20,000	)	—		(20,000	)	—
Additional minimum pension liability		—	—	—		(564	)	(564	)	(564	)
Foreign currency translation adjustments		—	—	—		2,559		2,559		2,559
Balance, December 31, 2004		12,925	9,713	76,231		3,573		102,442		65,146
Net income		—	—	78,640		—		78,640		78,640
Distributions		—	—	(46,000	)	—		(46,000	)	—
Additional minimum pension liability		—	—	—		(153	)	(153	)	(153	)
Foreign currency translation adjustments		—	—	—		(3,977	)	(3,977	)	(3,977	)
Balance, December 31, 2005		12,925	9,713	108,871		(557	)	130,952		74,510
Net income		—	—	104,886		—		104,886		104,886
Distributions		—	—	(86,000	)	—		(86,000	)	—
Reduction in minimum pension liability		—	—	—		40		40		40
Foreign currency translation adjustments		—	—	—		3,072		3,072		3,072
Balance, December 31, 2006	$	12,925	9,713	127,757		2,555		152,950		107,998

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

4

WORTHINGTON ARMSTRONG VENTURE

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

Years ended December 31, 2006, 2005, and 2004

(In thousands)

	2006			2005		2004
Cash flows from operating activities:
Net income	$	104,886		78,640		63,151
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities:
Depreciation and amortization		4,367		5,087		5,177
Deferred income taxes		11		(433	)	(171	)
Change in accounts receivable		(7,768	)	(1,457	)	(7,466	)
Change in inventory		(8,660	)	10,549		(15,317	)
Change in accounts payable and accrued expenses		7,258		(570	)	5,841
Other		803		(1,054	)	3,811
Net cash provided by operating activities		100,897		90,762		55,026
Cash flows from investing activities:
Purchases of property, plant, and equipment		(2,556	)	(2,993	)	(8,663	)
Sale of property, plant, and equipment		13		44		23
Net cash used in investing activities		(2,543	)	(2,949	)	(8,640	)
Cash flows from financing activities:
Reduction of long-term debt		—		(50,000	)	—
Distributions paid		(86,000	)	(46,000	)	(20,000	)
Net cash used in financing activities		(86,000	)	(96,000	)	(20,000	)
Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents		981		(807	)	1,061
Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents		13,335		(8,994	)	27,447
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year		58,690		67,684		40,237
Cash and cash equivalents at end of year	$	72,025		58,690		67,684
Supplemental disclosures:
Cash and cash equivalents paid for interest	$	102		1,067		1,088
Cash and cash equivalents paid for income taxes		2,221		2,295		2,124

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

5

WORTHINGTON ARMSTRONG VENTURE

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

December 31, 2006, 2005, and 2004

(1) Description of Business

Worthington Armstrong Venture (the Company) is a general partnership, formed in June 1992, between Armstrong Ventures, Inc. (Armstrong), a subsidiary of Armstrong World Industries Inc., and Worthington Ventures, Inc. (Worthington), a subsidiary of Worthington Industries, Inc. Its business is to manufacture and market suspension systems for commercial and residential ceiling markets throughout the world. The Company has manufacturing plants located in the United States, France, Spain, the United Kingdom, and the Peoples Republic of China.

(2) Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

(a) Use of Estimates

These financial statements are prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America and include management estimates and judgments, where appropriate. Significant items subject to such estimates and assumptions include the carrying amount of property, plant, and equipment and goodwill; valuation allowances for receivables and inventories; and assets and obligations related to employee benefits. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

(b) Consolidation Policy

The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the Worthington Armstrong Venture and its subsidiaries. All significant intercompany transactions have been eliminated.

(c) Revenue Recognition

The Company recognizes revenue from the sale of products and the related accounts receivable when title transfers, generally on the date of shipment. At the time of shipment the provision is made for estimated applicable discounts and losses and reduces revenue. Sales with independent U.S. distributors of certain products to major home center retailers are recorded when the products are shipped from the distributor’s locations to these retailers.

(d) Advertising Costs

The Company recognizes advertising expenses as they are incurred. Advertising expense was $849,000, $812,000, and $837,000 for the years ended December 31, 2006, 2005, and 2004, respectively.

(e) Research and Development Expenditures

The Company recognizes research and development expense as expenditures are incurred. Total research and development expense was $1,833,000, $1,683,000, and $1,459,000 for the years ended December 31, 2006, 2005, and 2004, respectively.

(f) Taxes

The Company is a general partnership in the United States, and accordingly, all U.S. federal and state income taxes are the responsibility of the two general partners. Deferred income tax assets and liabilities are recognized for foreign subsidiaries for taxes estimated to be payable in future years

6 (Continued)

WORTHINGTON ARMSTRONG VENTURE

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

December 31, 2006, 2005, and 2004

based upon differences between financial reporting and tax bases of assets and liabilities. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are determined using enacted rates expected to apply to taxable income in the years the temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled.

(g) Cash and Cash Equivalents

Short-term cash investments that have maturities of three months or less when purchased are considered to be cash equivalents.

(h) Trade Accounts Receivable

Trade accounts receivable are recorded at the invoiced amount and do not bear interest. The Company maintains an allowance for doubtful accounts for estimated losses inherent in its accounts receivable portfolio. In establishing the required allowance, management considers historical losses, current receivables aging, and existing industry and national economic data. Account balances are charged off against the allowance after all means of collection have been exhausted and the potential for recovery is considered remote. The Company does not have any off-balance-sheet credit exposure related to its customers.

(i) Inventories

Inventories are valued at the lower of cost or market. Cost is determined on the first-in, first-out (FIFO) method.

(j) Long-Lived Assets

Property, plant, and equipment are stated at cost, with accumulated depreciation and amortization deducted to arrive at net book value. Depreciation charges are determined generally on the straight-line basis using the half-year convention method over the useful lives as follows: buildings, 30 years; machinery and equipment, 5 to 15 years; and leasehold improvements over the shorter of 10 years or the life of the lease. Impairment losses are recorded when indicators of impairment are present and the undiscounted cash flows estimated to be generated by those assets are less than the assets’ carrying amount. If an indicator of impairment is present the asset is reduced to fair value.

(k) Goodwill and Other Intangibles

Goodwill is tested for impairment at least annually. Intangible assets with determinable useful lives are amortized over their respective estimated useful lives to their residual values and reviewed for impairment. The impairment tests performed in 2006, 2005, and 2004 did not result in an impairment of the Company’s goodwill.

(l) Foreign Currency Translation and Transactions

For subsidiaries with functional currencies other than the U.S. dollar, income statement items are translated into dollars at average exchange rates throughout the year and balance sheet items are translated at year-end exchange rates. Gains or losses on foreign currency transactions are recognized in other income, net in the accompanying consolidated statements of income.

7 (Continued)

WORTHINGTON ARMSTRONG VENTURE

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

December 31, 2006, 2005, and 2004

(m) Reclassifications

Certain prior year amounts have been reclassified to conform to 2006 presentation.

(3) Accounts Receivable

The Company sells its products to select, preapproved customers whose businesses are directly affected by changes in economic and market conditions. The Company considers these factors and the financial condition of each customer when establishing its allowance for losses from doubtful accounts. The allowance for doubtful accounts was $346,000 and $685,000 at December 31, 2006 and 2005, respectively.

(4) Inventory

	2006		2005
	(In thousands)
Finished goods	$	15,853	13,085
Goods in process		53	127
Raw materials		19,773	13,207
Supplies		3,300	3,028
Total inventories	$	38,979	29,447

(5) Property, Plant, and Equipment

	2006			2005
	(In thousands)
Land	$	1,334		1,273
Buildings		13,425		12,843
Machinery and equipment		62,796		59,103
Construction in process		1,372		945
		78,927		74,164
Accumulated depreciation		(53,202	)	(47,463	)
Total property, plant, and equipment, net	$	25,725		26,701

Depreciation expense was $4,324,000, $5,017,000, and $5,115,000 in 2006, 2005, and 2004, respectively.

(6) Goodwill and Other Intangibles

Goodwill increased or (decreased) by $189,000, $(257,000), and $167,000 during 2006, 2005, and 2004, respectively, due to foreign currency translation.

(7) Fair Value of Financial Instruments

The Company does not hold or issue financial instruments for trading purposes. The carrying amounts of cash and cash equivalents, accounts receivable, and accounts payable approximate their fair value due to the short-term maturity of these instruments.

8 (Continued)

WORTHINGTON ARMSTRONG VENTURE

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

December 31, 2006, 2005, and 2004

(8) Debt

There was no outstanding debt at December 31, 2006 and 2005. In September 2005, the Company paid off its $50 million Term Loan and established a $50 million Revolving Line of Credit with PNC Bank. The length of the credit agreement is five years ending in September 2010. The Company had pledged a security interest in its assets as collateral for the credit line. The security interest was terminated on November 16, 2006. The credit agreement contains restrictive financial covenants regarding interest coverage, leverage ratios, and dividend restrictions. The Company was in compliance with the covenants as of December 31, 2006 and 2005. As of December 31, 2006 and 2005, there were no advances against the credit line or liabilities recorded on the Company’s books.

(9) Pension Benefit Programs

The Company has a defined benefit pension plan for eligible hourly employees in its former manufacturing plant located in Malvern, Pennsylvania. This plan was curtailed in January 2004 due to the consolidation of the Company’s East coast operations, which eliminated the expected future years of service for participants in the plan (note 15). The curtailment event resulted in additional expense recognition of the remaining unrecognized prior service cost of $937,000 in 2004. The Company also contributes to the Worthington defined contribution pension plan for all other eligible U.S. employees. Cost for this plan was $836,000, $658,000, and $630,000 for 2006, 2005, and 2004, respectively. The Company also contributes to government-related pension programs in a number of foreign countries. The cost for these plans amounted to $184,000, $155,000, and $154,000 for 2006, 2005, and 2004, respectively.

Effective December 31, 2006, the Company adopted the recognition and disclosure provisions of Statement of Financial Accounting Standards (SFAS) No. 158, Employers’ Accounting for Defined Benefit Pension and Other Postretirement Plans. SFAS No. 158 requires companies to recognize the funded status of defined benefit pension and other postretirement plans as a net asset or liability on its balance sheet.

The following table sets forth the plan’s benefit obligations, fair value of plan assets, and funded status at December 31, 2006 and 2005:

	2006			2005
	(In thousands)
Benefit obligation at December 31	$	8,999		8,762
Fair value of plan assets as of December 31		7,784		7,637
Funded status at end of year	$	(1,215	)	(1,125	)
Amounts recognized in the balance sheets consist of:
Noncurrent assets	$	—		1,323
Noncurrent liabilities		(1,215	)	(2,448	)
Accumulated other comprehensive income		2,408		2,448
Net amount recognized	$	1,193		1,323

9 (Continued)

WORTHINGTON ARMSTRONG VENTURE

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

December 31, 2006, 2005, and 2004

Amounts recognized in accumulated other comprehensive income consist of:

	2006			2005
	(In thousands)
Minimum pension liability	$	—		(2,448	)
Net actuarial loss		(2,408	)	—
	$	(2,408	)	(2,448	)

The accumulated benefit obligation for the pension plan was $8,999,000 and $8,762,000 at December 31, 2006 and 2005, respectively. Net periodic benefit cost (benefit) recognized in 2006 and 2005 was $130,000 and $(22,000), respectively.

Other changes in plan assets and benefit obligations recognized in accumulated other comprehensive income in 2006 and 2005 are as follows:

	2006			2005
	(In thousands)
Adjustment to minimum liability	$	(40	)	153
Net actuarial loss		(2,408	)	—
Elimination of minimum liability		2,408		—
Total recognized in accumulated other comprehensive income	$	(40	)	153
Total recognized in net periodic benefit cost and accumulated other comprehensive income	$	90		131

The net loss for the defined benefit pension plan that will be amortized from accumulated other comprehensive income into net periodic benefit cost over the next fiscal year is $140,000.

Weighted average assumptions used to determine benefit obligations for the years ended and as of December 31, 2006 and 2005 are as follows:

	2006		2005
Weighted average assumptions for year ended December 31:
Discount rate	5.25	%	5.75	%
Rate of compensation increase	N/A		N/A
Expected long-term rate of return on plan assets	8.00	%	8.00	%
Weighted average assumptions as of December 31:
Discount rate	5.75	%	5.50	%
Rate of compensation increase	N/A		N/A

The Company’s overall expected long-term rate of return on plan assets is 8%. In developing the 8% expected long-term rate of return assumption, the Company considered its historical compounded return and reviewed asset class return expectations and long-term inflation assumptions.

10 (Continued)

WORTHINGTON ARMSTRONG VENTURE

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

December 31, 2006, 2005, and 2004

The primary investment objective of the defined benefit pension plan is to achieve long-term growth of capital in excess of 8% annually, exclusive of contributions or withdrawals. This objective is to be achieved through a balanced portfolio comprised of equities, fixed income, and cash investments.

Each asset class utilized by the defined benefit pension plan has a targeted percentage. The following table shows the asset allocation target and the December 31, 2006 and 2005 position:

			Position at December 31
	Target weight		2006		2006
Equity securities	65	%	69	%	71	%
Fixed income securities	35		28		26
Cash and equivalents	—		3		3

The Company made no contributions to the U.S. defined benefit pension plan in 2006 and does not expect to contribute to the plan in 2007.

The benefits expected to be paid in each of the next five years and in the aggregate for the five years thereafter are shown in the following table (in thousands):

Expected future payments for period ending December 31:
2007	$	563
2008		554
2009		545
2010		558
2011		567
2012-2016		2,852

The expected benefits are based on the same assumptions used to measure the Company’s benefit obligation at December 31, 2006.

(10) Income Taxes

The Company is a general partnership in the United States, and accordingly, all U.S. federal and state income taxes are the responsibility of the two general partners. Therefore, no income tax provision has been recorded on U.S. income. There are no significant differences between the statutory income tax rates in foreign countries where the Company operates and the income tax provision recorded in the income statements. No deferred taxes, including withholding taxes, have been provided on the unremitted earnings of foreign subsidiaries as the Company’s intention is to invest these earnings permanently.

Deferred tax balances recorded on the balance sheets relate primarily to depreciation and accrued expenses. In 2006, the provision for income tax expense (benefit) was $3,754,000 comprising $3,856,000 current and $(102,000) deferred. In 2005, the provision for income tax expense (benefit) was $2,299,000 comprising $2,338,000 current and $(39,000) deferred. In 2004, the provision for income tax expense (benefit) was $2,329,000 comprising $2,437,000 current and $(108,000) deferred.

11 (Continued)

WORTHINGTON ARMSTRONG VENTURE

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

December 31, 2006, 2005, and 2004

(11) Leases

The Company rents certain real estate and equipment. Several leases include options for renewal or purchase and contain clauses for payment of real estate taxes and insurance. In most cases, management expects that in the normal course of business, leases will be renewed or replaced by other leases. Rent expense during 2006, 2005, and 2004 amounted to $2,337,000, $2,869,000, and $2,756,000, respectively. Future minimum payments by year and in the aggregate for operating leases having noncancelable lease terms in excess of one year are as follows (in thousands):

Year:
2007	$	2,465
2008		2,438
2009		2,231
2010		2,128
2011		2,014
Thereafter		6,703
Total	$	17,979

(12) Comprehensive Income

The accumulated balances for other comprehensive income are as follows:

	2006			2005
	(In thousands)
Foreign currency items	$	4,963		1,891
Minimum pension liability		—		(2,448	)
Pension plan		(2,408	)	—
Total accumulated comprehensive income	$	2,555		(557	)

(13) Related Parties

Armstrong provides certain selling, promotional, and administrative processing services to the Company for which it receives reimbursement. In 2006, 2005, and 2004, the Company paid $13,706,000, $13,027,000, and $11,765,000 for these services, respectively. No amounts were owed to Armstrong as of December 31, 2006, 2005, or 2004. Armstrong owed the Company $4,742,000, $4,437,000, and $3,952,000 for product purchases for the same periods, respectively. Armstrong purchases grid products from the Company, which are then resold along with Armstrong inventory to the customer. The total amount of sales to Armstrong was approximately $75,854,000, $67,860,000, and $59,952,000 for the years ended December 31, 2006, 2005, and 2004, respectively.

Worthington provides certain administrative processing services and insurance-related coverages to the Company for which it receives reimbursement. In 2006, 2005, and 2004, the Company paid $1,079,000, $555,000, and $1,163,000 for these services, respectively. The Company purchased $3,646,000, $5,039,000, and $11,102,000 of raw materials from Worthington and related companies in 2006, 2005, and 2004, respectively. The Company owed $636,000, $590,000, and $2,022,000 to Worthington as of December 31, 2006, 2005, and 2004, respectively.

12 (Continued)

On December 6, 2000, Armstrong filed a voluntary petition for relief under Chapter 11 of the U.S. Bankruptcy Code in the U.S. Bankruptcy Court in order to use the court-supervised reorganization process to achieve a resolution of its asbestos liability. The Company was not part of this filing. Armstrong emerged from Chapter 11 on October 2, 2006. This event had no significant effect on the Company’s consolidated financial condition, liquidity, or results of operations.

(14) Legal Proceedings

The Company is involved in various claims and legal actions arising in the ordinary course of business. In the opinion of management, the ultimate disposition of these matters will not have a material adverse effect on the Company’s consolidated financial position, results of operations, or liquidity.

(15) Plant Consolidation

In 2004, the Company consolidated its East coast manufacturing operations from facilities located in Malvern, Pennsylvania, and Sparrow’s Point, Maryland, into one facility located in Aberdeen, Maryland. In connection with this, approximately 127 employees were provided severance benefits. The total expense recorded as a result of the consolidation was $4.3 million. These costs included severance, employee and equipment relocation, pension curtailment, and other miscellaneous expense. All costs have been expensed in 2004 in cost of sales in the accompanying consolidated statements of income.

(16) Subsequent Events

On February 27, 2007, the Company borrowed $50 million on its Revolving Line of Credit with PNC Bank. The Company issued a $100 million dividend the same day, with $50 million being distributed to each of the general partners.

13